user's information manual - lennoxpros.com · high altitude derate page 9 ... take care when...

USER'S INFORMATIONMANUAL

LGH/LCH036, 048, 060, 072(3, 4, 5 & 6 Tons)

This book includes the following manuals:

UNIT INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 507410-02

OWNER'S MANUAL 507246-02

AGENCY MANUAL 506373-02

IMC MANUAL 507241-02

ECONOMIZER INSTRUCTIONS 507225-01

IMC MODULE INSTRUCTIONS (LONTALK GATEWAY) 506217-01

IMC MODULE INSTRUCTIONS (LONTALK PRODIGY) 506693-01

WARRANTY W-022-L3

2014Litho U.S.A.

WARNINGImproper installation, adjustment, alteration, service or maintenance can cause property damage,personal injury or loss of life. Installation and service must be performed by a licensed professionalHVAC installer or equivalent, service agency, or thegas supplier

Table Of Contents

Dimensions Page 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Parts Arrangements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Shipping and Packing List Page 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

General Page 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Requirements Page 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Unit Support Page 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Duct Connection Page 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rigging Unit For Lifting Page 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Horizontal Air Discharge Page 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Condensate Drains Page 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gas Piping Page 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Pressure Test Gas Piping Page 9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

INSTALLATIONINSTRUCTIONS

LGH/LCH036, 048,060 & 0723, 4, 5 and 6 Ton

GAS AND COOLING PACKAGED UNITS507410-0212/2014Supersedes 8/2014

High Altitude Derate Page 9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Electrical Connections Page 9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Blower Operation and Adjustments Page 12. . . . . . . . . . . .

Cooling Start-Up Page 28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cooling Operation Page 38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gas Heat Start-Up Page 39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Heating Operation and Adjustments Page 40. . . . . . . . . . . .

Electric Heat Start-Up Page 40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Advanced Air Flow Control Start-Up Page 41. . . . . . . . . . . .

Hot Gas Reheat Startup Page 43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Service Page 44. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Factory Unit Controller Settings Page 48. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

CAUTIONDanger of sharp metallic edges. Can cause injury.Take care when servicing unit to avoid accidentalcontact with sharp edges.

RETAIN THESE INSTRUCTIONS FOR FUTURE REFERENCE

LG SHOWN

LGH/LCH036, 048, 060, 072

LGH/LCH036, 048, 060, & 072 DIMENSIONS in. - Gas heat section shown

45(1143)

END VIEW

1 (25)

47 (1194)BASE

38−

7/8

(987

) 03

6 th

ru 0

4846−7

/8 (

1191

) 06

0 th

ru 0

72

DD CC

BBAA

FF

EE

11(279)

16−1/4(413)

18(457)

20(508)

5 (127)

47 (1194)BASE

BOTTOMSUPPLY

AIROPENING

TOP VIEW (Base)

CENTEROF

GRAVITY

9−1/2(241)6−5/8

(168)

26−1/2(673)

5−5/8(143)

29(737)

7 (178) BOTTOMRETURN

AIROPENING

BOTTOMCONDENSATE OUTLET

25−3/4(654)

BOTTOM POWER ENTRY3 X 8 (76 X 203)

18−3/8(467)

19−1/2(495)

5−1/2(140)

FORKLIFT SLOTS(Front, Back and

Blower End)

HORIZONTALRETURN AIR

OPENING(Without Economizer)

HORIZONTALSUPPLY AIR

OPENING

2 (51)11

(279)

29(737)

20(508)

5−1/2(140)

BACK VIEW

CONDENSATEOUTLET

(EITHER SIDE)

3−1/2 (89)

83−1/4(2115)

85−1/4 (2165)BASE

26−1/2(673)

5−1/2(140)

GASINLET

FLUE/VENTOUTLET

LIFTING HOLES(For rigging)

SIDE VIEW

27(686)

15 (381)

ELECTRICALINLET

1 (25)35−

3/8

(899

) 03

6 th

ru 0

4843−3

/8 (

1102

) 06

0 th

ru 0

72

85-1/4 (2165)BASE

38-7

/8 (

987)

036 thru

048

46-7

/8 (

1191)

060 thru

072

LGH/LCH036, 048, 060, 072

LGH036, 048, 060, & 072 PARTS ARRANGEMENT

EVAPORATORCOIL

CONDENSERFAN

CONDENSERCOIL

COMPRESSOR

CONDENSATEDRAIN

FILTERS (4)

036, 048:16 X 20 X 2”060, 072: 20 X 20 X 2”

ECONOMIZER(OPTIONAL)

GAS VALVEBURNERS

COMBUSTIONAIR INDUCER

BLOWERMOTOR

(BELT DRIVE SHOWN)

TXV

UNITCONTROLLER

REHEAD COIL(OPTIONAL)

BLOWER

COILGUARDS

(OPTIONAL)

LCH036, 048, 060, & 072 PARTS ARRANGEMENT

ELECTRIC HEAT(Optional)

EVAPORATORCOIL

CONDENSERFAN

CONDENSERCOIL

COMPRESSOR

CONDENSATEDRAIN


BLOWER

BLOWERMOTOR

(BELT DRIVE SHOWN)

FILTERS (4)

036, 048:16 X 20 X 2”060, 072: 20 X 20 X 2”

TXV

UNITCONTROLLER

REHEAT COIL(OPTIONAL)

LGH/LCH036, 048, 060, 072

Shipping and Packing List

Package 1 of 1 contains:

1- Assembled unit

Check unit for shipping damage. Receiving party should

contact last carrier immediately if shipping damage is found.

General

These instructions are intended as a general guide

and do not supersede local codes in any way.

Authorities having jurisdiction should be consulted

before installation.

The LGH units are available in three heating inputs. The

LCH cooling packaged rooftop unit is the same basic

design as the LGH unit except for the heating section.

Optional electric heat is available for LCH units. LGH and

LCH units have identical refrigerant circuits with

respective 3, 4, 5, and 6 ton cooling capacities.

Units come standard with a lightweight, all-aluminum

condenser coil. Units are also available with an optional

fin/tube condenser coil.

In addition to standard heating and cooling, hot gas

reheat units provide a dehumidifying mode of operation.

Refer to Reheat Operation section.

Units may be equipped with a Unit Controller that is

factory-configured for “Advanced Air Flow Control”. This

option allows the installer to enter both the

design-specified supply air CFM and outdoor air CFM.

See the Advanced Air Flow Control Start-Up section.

These units are equipped with a variable speed, direct

drive blower and an economizer.

Availability of units and options varies by brand.

Requirements

See figure 1 for unit clearances.

WARNINGElectric shock hazard and danger ofexplosion. Can cause injury, death orproduct or property damage. Turn offgas and electrical power to unit beforeperforming any maintenance orservicing operations on the unit. Followlighting instructions attached to unitwhen putting unit back into operationand after service or maintenance.

IMPORTANTThe Clean Air Act of 1990 bans the intentional venting of refrigerant (CFC's and HCFC's) as of July 1,1992. Approved methods of recovery, recycling orreclaiming must be followed. Fines and/or incarceration may be levied for non-compliance.

NOTICERoof Damage!This system contains both refrigerant and oil.Some rubber roofing material may absorb oil,causing the rubber to swell. Bubbles in the rubberroofing material can cause leaks. Protect the roofsurface to avoid exposure to refrigerant and oilduring service and installation. Failure to followthis notice could result in damage to roof surface.

UNIT CLEARANCES

C

D

B

A

FIGURE 1

1UnitClearance

Ain.(mm)

Bin.(mm)

Cin.(mm)

Din.(mm)

TopClearance

ServiceClearance

48(1219)

36(914)

36(914)

36(914)

Unobstructed

Clearance toCombustibles

36(914)

1(25)

1(25)

1(25)

Unobstructed

Minimum Operation Clearance

36(914)

36(914)

36(914)

36(914)

Unobstructed

Note - Entire perimeter of unit base requires support when elevated above

mounting surface.

1 Service Clearance - Required for removal of serviceable parts.

Clearance to Combustibles - Required clearance to combustible material

(gas units).

Minimum Operation Clearance - Required clearance for proper unit operation.

Use of this unit as a construction heater or air conditioner

is not recommended during any phase of construction.

Very low return air temperatures, harmful vapors and

operation of the unit with clogged or misplaced filters will

damage the unit.

If this unit has been used for heating or cooling of

buildings or structures under construction, the following

conditions must be met or the warranty will be void:

� A room thermostat must control the unit. The use of

fixed jumpers that will provide continuous heating or

cooling is not allowed.

� A pre-filter must be installed at the entry to the return

air duct.

� The return air duct must be provided and sealed to

the unit.

� Return air temperature range between 55°F (13°C)

and 80°F (27°C) must be maintained.

LGH/LCH036, 048, 060, 072

� Air filters must be replaced and pre-filters must be

removed upon construction completion.

� The input rate and temperature rise must be set per

the unit rating plate.

� The heat exchanger, components, duct system, air

filters and evaporator coil must be thoroughly

cleaned following final construction clean-up.

� The unit operating conditions (including airflow,

cooling operation, ignition, input rate, temperature

rise and venting) must be verified according to these

installation instructions.

Unit Support

In downflow discharge installations, install the unit on a

non-combustible surface only. Unit may be installed on

combustible surfaces when used in horizontal discharge

applications or in downflow discharge applications when

installed on an T1CURB / C1CURB / E1CURB roof

mounting frame.

NOTE - Securely fasten roof frame to roof per local codes.

A-Downflow Discharge Application

Roof Mounting with T1CURB / C1CURB / E1CURB

1- The roof mounting frame must be installed, flashed

and sealed in accordance with the instructions

provided with the frame.

2- The roof mounting frame should be square and level

to 1/16” per linear foot (5mm per linear meter) in any

direction.

3- Duct must be attached to the roof mounting frame

and not to the unit; supply and return plenums must

be installed before setting the unit.

Installer's Roof Mounting Frame

Many types of roof frames can be used to install the unit

depending upon different roof structures. Items to keep

in mind when using the building frame or supports are:

1- The base is fully enclosed and insulated, so an

enclosed frame is not required.

2- The frames or supports must be constructed with

non-combustible materials and should be square and

level to 1/16” per linear foot (5mm per linear meter)

in any direction.

3- Frame or supports must be high enough to prevent

any form of moisture from entering unit.

Recommended minimum frame height is 14”

(356mm).

4- Duct must be attached to the roof mounting frame

and not to the unit. Supply and return plenums must

be installed before setting the unit.

5- Units require support along all four sides of unit base.

Supports must be constructed of steel or suitably

treated wood materials.

NOTE-When installing a unit on a combustible surface for

downflow discharge applications, a T1CURB / C1CURB /

E1CURB roof mounting frame is required.

B-Horizontal Discharge Applications

1- Units which are equipped with an optional

economizer and installed in horizontal airflow

applications must use a horizontal conversion kit.

2- Specified installation clearances must be maintained

when installing units. Refer to figure 1.

3- Top of support slab should be approximately 4”

(102mm) above the finished grade and located so no

run-off water from higher ground can collect around

the unit.

4- Units require support along all four sides of unit base.

Supports must be constructed of steel or suitably

treated wood materials.

Duct Connection

All exterior ducts, joints and openings in roof or building

walls must be insulated and weather-proofed with

flashing and sealing compounds in accordance with

applicable codes. Any duct passing through an

unconditioned space must be insulated.

CAUTIONIn downflow applications, do not drill or punchholes in base of unit. Leaking in roof may occur ifunit base is punctured.

Rigging Unit For Lifting

Rig unit for lifting by attaching four cables to holes in unit

base rail. See figure 2.

1- Detach wooden base protection before rigging.

2- Remove all six base protection brackets before

setting unit.

3- Connect rigging to the unit base using both holes in

each corner.

4- All panels must be in place for rigging.

5- Place field‐provided H‐style pick in place just above

top edge of unit. Frame must be of adequate

strength and length. (H-style pick prevents damage

to unit.)

LGH/LCH036, 048, 060, 072

LG

LC

FIGURE 2

IMPORTANT - ALLPANELS MUSTBE IN PLACE

FOR RIGGING.

LIFTING POINT SHOULDBE DIRECTLY ABOVECENTER OF GRAVITY

*Maximum weight with all availablefactory-installed accessories.

435

423

Unit*Weight

Lbs. Kg.

CAUTION - Donot walk on unit.

960

933

Horizontal Air Discharge

Unit is shipped with panels covering the horizontal supply

and return air openings. Remove horizontal covers and

place over downflow openings for horizontal air discharge.

See figure 3. Secure in place with sheet metal screws.

Units Equipped With An Optional Economizer

1- Remove the horizontal supply air cover and position

over the downflow supply air opening. Secure with

sheet metal screws.

2- Leave the horizontal return air cover in place.

3- Locate the separately ordered horizontal air

discharge kit. Place the kit panel over the downflow

return air opening.

4- Remove and retain the barometric relief dampers and

lower hood.

FIGURE 3

DOWNFLOWRETURN AIR

OPENING

UNIT SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR OPENINGS

DOWNFLOWSUPPLY AIR

OPENING


OPENING


OPENING

5- Install return air duct beneath outdoor air intake. See

figure 4. Install barometric relief damper in lower

hood and install in ductwork as shown in figure 4.

FIGURE 4

HORIZONTAL RETURN AIR DUCTWORKWITH ECONOMIZER


DUCT

INSTALL BAROMETRIC RELIEF DAMPERSAND HOOD IN RETURN AIR DUCT

UNITUNIT

Condensate Drains

Make drain connection to the drain coupling provided on

unit. Older model units have a 3/4” N.P.T. coupling and

newer model units have a 1” N.P.T. coupling.

Note - The drain pan is made with a glass reinforced

engineered plastic capable of withstanding typical joint

torque but can be damaged with excessive force. Tighten

pipe nipple hand tight and turn an additional quarter turn.

A trap must be installed between drain connection and an

open vent for proper condensate removal. See figure 5 or

6. It is sometimes acceptable to drain condensate onto

the roof or grade; however, a tee should be fitted to the

trap to direct condensate downward. The condensate line

must be vented. Check local codes concerning

condensate disposal. Refer to pages 1 and 2 for

condensate drain location.

FIGURE 5

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ

UNIT

Minimum Pitch

1” (25 mm) per

10' (3 m) of line

MOUNTINGFRAME

OPEN VENT

CONDENSATE SIDE DRAIN CONNECTION

NOTE - Allow clearance toopen doors when installingcondensate piping.

CAULK AROUND CONDENSATE COUPLING

LGH/LCH036, 048, 060, 072

FIGURE 6

UNIT

Minimum Pitch1” (25 mm) per 10'

(3 m) of line

MOUNTINGFRAME

CONDENSATE BOTTOM DRAIN CONNECTION

OPEN VENT

CAULK AROUND

CONDENSATE COUPLING

DRAIN PAN

Units are shipped with the drain coupling facing the front

of the unit. Condensate can be drained from the back or

bottom of the unit with the following modifications. The

unit can be installed in either downflow or horizontal air

discharge regardless of condensate drain location.

Rear Drain Connection

1- Remove the condensate drain mullion. See figure 7.

Remove the two panels on each side of the mullion.

FIGURE 7

CONDENSATEDRAIN MULLION

Two hinge screws must be removed in addition to the

mullion screws. See figure 8.

FIGURE 8

CONDENSATEDRAIN MULLION

REMOVETWO

SCREWS

UNITS WITH HINGED PANELS

2- Lift the front edge of the drain pan and slide pan out

of unit. See figure 9.

FIGURE 9

REMOVE DRAIN PAN

DRAIN PAN

3- Make sure the cap over the unit bottom drain hole is

secure.

4- Rotate the drain pan until the downward slope is

toward the back of the unit. Slide the drain pan back

into the unit. Be careful not to dislodge the cap over

the bottom drain hole.

5- From the back side of the unit, pull the drain pan

coupling through the rear condensate opening.

6- Replace the condensate drain mullion.

Bottom Drain Connection

1- Remove the condensate drain mullion. See figure 7.

2- Lift the front edge of the drain pan and slide pan out

of unit. See figure 9.

3- Turn the drain pan upside down and drill a pilot hole

through the bottom of the drain pan in the center of

the coupling. See figure 10.

FIGURE 10

BOTTOM CONDENSATE DRAIN

DRILL A PILOTHOLE IN CENTER

OF COUPLING

After drilling the pilothole, drill a 7/8” hole from

the inside of the pan.

CAUTION: Be careful not todamage the coupling threads

when drilling the hole.

LGH/LCH036, 048, 060, 072

4- From the inside of the pan, use a Vari-Bit® bit to

enlarge the hole to 7/8”. Do not damage coupling

threads.

5- Remove the cap over the unit bottom drain hole.

6- Slide the drain pan back into the unit.

7- From the back side of the unit, pull the drain pan

coupling through the rear condensate opening.

8- From the front side of the unit, move the drain pan

until the bottom coupling settles into the unit bottom

drain opening. Once in place, check to make sure the

coupling is still positioned through the rear

condensate drain hole.

9- Use a field-provided 3/4” plug to seal side drain

connection.

10- Replace the condensate drain mullion.

Connect Gas Piping (Gas Units)

Before connecting field-provided piping, check with gas

company or authorities having jurisdiction for local code

requirements. When installing gas supply piping, length

of run from gas meter must be considered in determining

pipe size for 0.5” w.c. (.12kPa) maximum pressure drop.

Do not use supply pipe smaller than unit gas connection.

Operating pressures at the unit gas connection must be

as shown in table 1.

TABLE 1OPERATING PRESSURE AT GAS CONNECTION “w.c.

Natural Gas LP / Propane Gas

Min. Max. Min. Max.

036-072 4.5 10.5 11 13

When making piping connections a drip leg should be

installed on vertical pipe runs to serve as a trap for

sediment or condensate. A 1/8” N.P.T. plugged tap is

located on gas valve for test gauge connection. Refer to

Heating Start-Up section for tap location. Install a ground

joint union between the gas control manifold and the

main manual shut-off valve. See figure 11 for gas supply

piping entering outside the unit. Figure 12 shows

complete bottom gas entry piping.

Compounds used on threaded joints of gas piping shall be

resistant to the action of liquified petroleum gases.

Do not use Teflon® tape to seal gas piping. Use a

moderate amount of pipe compound on the gas pipe only.

Make sure the two end threads are bare.

CAUTION

If a flexible gas connector is required or allowed bythe authority that has jurisdiction, black iron pipeshall be installed at the gas valve and extend outside the furnace cabinet.

WARNING

Do not exceed 600 in-lbs (50 ft.-lbs) torque when attaching the gas piping to the gas valve.

IMPORTANT

Compounds used on threaded joints of gas pipingmust be resistant to the actions of liquified petroleum gases.

FIGURE 11

TO GASSUPPLY

MANUAL MAIN

SHUT-OFF VALVE

GAS PIPING

SUPPORT

GROUND

JOINT UNION

(REFER TO

LOCAL CODES)

DRIP LEG

OUTSIDE OF UNIT GAS PIPE CONNECTION

TO GASVALVE

LGH/LCH036, 048, 060, 072

DRIP LEG

MANUAL MAIN

SHUT-OFF VALVE

GROUND

JOINT UNION

FIGURE 12

BOTTOM ENTRY GAS PIPING COMPLETED

7” NIPPLE

STREETELBOW

TO GASSUPPLY

TO GASVALVE

Grommets for both gas pipe openings are field provided.

2-1/2” NIPPLE

Pressure Test Gas Piping (Gas Units)

When pressure testing gas lines, the gas valve must

be disconnected and isolated. Gas valves can be

damaged if subjected to more than 0.5 psig (3.48kPa).

See figure 13.

NOTE-Codes may require that manual main shut-off

valve and union (furnished by installer) be installed in

gas line external to unit. Union must be of the ground

joint type.

After all connections have been made, check all piping

connections for gas leaks. Also check existing unit gas

connections up to the gas valve; loosening may occur

during installation. Use a leak detection solution or other

preferred means. Do not use matches candles or other

sources of ignition to check for gas leaks.

CAUTIONSome soaps used for leak detection are corrosiveto certain metals. Carefully rinse piping thoroughlyafter leak test has been completed. Do not usematches, candles, flame or othe sources of ignitionto check for gas leaks.

WARNINGDanger of explosion. Can cause injuryor product or property damage. Do notuse matches, candles, flame or othersources of ignition to check for leaks.

NOTE-In case emergency shut down is required, turn off

the main manual shut-off valve and disconnect main

power to unit. These devices should be properly labeled

by the installer.

GAS VALVE CAP

MANUAL MAIN

SHUT-OFF VALVE

FIGURE 13

PRESSURE TEST GAS LINE

High Altitude Derate

Locate the high altitude conversion sticker in the unit

literature bag. Fill out the conversion sticker and affix next

to the unit nameplate.

Refer to table 2 for high altitude adjustments.

TABLE 2HIGH ALTITUDE DERATE

Altitude Ft.* Gas Manifold Pressure

2000-4500 See Unit Nameplate

4500 And Above Derate 2% / 1000 Ft. Above Sea Level

*Units installed at 0-2000 feet do not need to be modified.

NOTE ‐ This is the only permissible derate for these units.

Electrical Connections

POWER SUPPLY

Do not apply power or close disconnect switch until

installation is complete. Refer to start-up directions.

Refer closely to unit wiring diagram.

Refer to unit nameplate for minimum circuit ampacity

and maximum fuse size.

1- Units are factory-wired for 230,460,575 volt supply.

For 208V supply, remove the insulated terminal

cover from the 208V terminal on the control

transformer. Move the wire from the transformer

240V terminal to the 208V terminal. Place the

insulated terminal cover on the unused 240V

terminal.

2- Route power through the bottom power entry area

and connect to L1, L2, and L3 on the top of K1 in

control area above compressor. Secure power

wiring with factory-installed wire ties provided in

LGH/LCH036, 048, 060, 072

control box. Route power to TB2 on units equipped

with electric heat. Route power to S48 or CB10 If

unit is equipped with the optional disconnect

switch or circuit breaker. See unit wiring diagram.

3- Solar-Ready Units Only -

All solar-ready units are equipped with an S48 circuit

breaker and F54 solar fuse block. Connect power

wiring to the top of S48. Connect solar module wiring

to the pigtails provided on the bottom of F54. Solar

equipment must be specified for use with this unit.

CONTROL WIRING

CAUTIONElectrostatic discharge can affect electronic components. Take precautions during unit installationand service to protect the electronic controls. Precautions will help to avoid control exposure to electrostatic discharge by putting the unit, the controland the technician at the same electrostatic potential. Neutralize electrostatic charge by touchinghands and all tools on an unpainted unit surface,such as the gas valve or blower deck, before performing any service procedure.

A-Thermostat Location

Room thermostat mounts vertically on a standard 2” X 4”

handy box or on any non-conductive flat surface.

Locate thermostat approximately 5 feet (1524mm)

above the floor in an area with good air circulation at

average temperature. Avoid locating the room

thermostat where it might be affected by:

-drafts or dead spots behind doors and in corners

-hot or cold air from ducts

-radiant heat from sun or appliances

-concealed pipes and chimneys

B-Control Wiring

The Unit Controller will operate the unit from a

thermostat or zone sensor based on the System Mode.

The default System Mode is the thermostat mode. Refer

to the Unit Controller Installation and Setup Guide to

change the System Mode. Use the menu navigation

arrows and select button; see Settings - Install.

Thermostat Mode

1- Route thermostat cable or wires from subbase to

control area above compressor (refer to unit

dimensions to locate bottom and side power entry).

IMPORTANT - Unless field thermostat wires are rated

for maximum unit voltage, they must be routed away

from line voltage wiring. Use wire ties located near the

lower left corner of the controls hat section to secure

thermostat cable.

Use18 AWG wire for all applications using remotely

installed electro-mechanical and electronic

thermostats.

2- Install thermostat assembly in accordance with

instructions provided with thermostat.

3- Connect thermostat wiring to Unit Controller on the

lower side of the controls hat section.

4- Wire as shown in figure 14 for electro-mechanical

and electronic thermostats. If using other

temperature control devices or energy management

systems see instructions and wiring diagram

provided by manufacturer.

IMPORTANT-Terminal connections at the wall plate or

subbase must be made securely. Loose control wire

connections may allow unit to operate but not with proper

response to room demand.

Zone Sensor Mode

The Unit Controller will operate heating and cooling

based on the Unit Controller internal setpoints and the

temperature from the A2 zone sensor. An optional

Network Control Panel (NCP) can also be used to provide

setpoints. A thermostat or return air sensor can be used

as a back-up mode. Make zone sensor wiring

connections as shown in figure 15.

LGH/LCH036, 048, 060, 072

FIGURE 14

FIELD WIRING WITH ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRO-MECHANICAL THERMOSTATS(Thermostat Mode)

J262

C

10

11

12

P297J297A1

2B

3

4

5

6

7

8C

9

10

24 V POWER

W1

W2

P26

2

A55R

OCP

C

G

W1

W2

Y1

Y2

2

K55

B

A

K55−17

5

2

S86

R

OCP

C

G

W1

W2

Y1

Y2

TO R

TO G

TO Y1

TO PROVIDE SUPERMARKET REHEAT SCHEMEUSE S86 DEHUMIDISTAT AND K55.

ALL OTHER THERMOSTATSIGNALS REMAIN CONNECTEDAS SHOWN ON THE RIGHT.

TO UNIT CONTROLLER

2

THERMOSTAT INPUTS

FIGURE 15

FIELD WIRING IN ZONE SENSOR MODE(Zone Sensor Mode)

A2 SENSOR

OUTPUTSSENSOR

SENSOR24VAC

R C

IAQ

HUMAI1 D01TMP D02

UNIT CONTROLLER

J298

C-Hot Gas Reheat Units Only -

1- Install humidity sensor in accordance with

instructions provided with sensor. A DDC input may

be used to initiate dehumidification instead of a

sensor.

2- Make wiring connections as shown in figure 14 for

Thermostat Mode or figure 15 for Zone Sensor

Mode. In addition, connect either a humidity

sensor or a dehumidification input. See figure 16

or 17 for humidity sensor wiring or figure 18 for

dehumidification input wiring.

Humidity Sensor Cable Applications:

Wire runs of 50 feet (mm) or less:

Use two separate shielded cables containing 20AWG

minimum, twisted pair conductors with overall shield.

Belden type 8762 or 88760 (plenum) or equivalent.

Connect both cable shield drain wires to the Unit

Controller as shown in figure 16.

Wire runs of 150 feet (mm) or less:

Use two separate shielded cables containing 18AWG

minimum, twisted pair conductors with overall shield.

Belden type 8760 or 88760 (plenum) or equivalent.

Connect both cable shield drain wires to the Unit

Controller as shown in figure 16.

Wire runs over 150 feet (mm):

Use a local, isolated 24VAC transformer such as Lennox

cat #18M13 (20VA minimum) to supply power to RH

sensor as shown in figure 17. Use two shielded cables

containing 20AWG minimum, twisted pair conductors

with overall shield. Belden type 8762 or 88760 (plenum)

or equivalent.

LGH/LCH036, 048, 060, 072

FIGURE 16

FIELD WIRING REHEAT UNITS (Using A HumiditySensor With Less Than 150 Ft. Wire Runs)

9

8

10

11

122

J262

B

5

P298J298A

6

1

2B

3

4C

5

6

7D

10

A91

VIN

VO

GND

P26

2

R

C

AI−1

HUM

TMP

DO−1

C

DI−1

DO−2

FIGURE 17

FIELD WIRING REHEAT UNITS (Using A HumiditySensor With More than 150 Ft. Wire Runs)

ISOLATED 24V

TRANSFORMER

9

8

P298J298A1

2B

3

4C

5

6

7D

10

A91

VIN

VO

GND

R

C

AI-1

HUM

TMP

DO-1

C

DI-1

DO-2

NOT

CONNECTED

NOTCONNECTED

DRAIN

A55 UNITCONTROLLER

FIGURE 18

FIELD WIRING REHEAT UNITS(Using A Dehumidification Switch)

7

10

8

9

R

DI−4

C

Use 24 VAC (R) from any terminalavailable on J299−2, −5, or −7.

J299

DEHUMIDIFICATIONSWITCH

Blower Operation and Adjustments

Units are equipped with one of three factory-installed

blower options. The ninth character in the model number

identifies the blower as follows:

E= Three-, four- and five-ton units are equipped with a

variable speed, direct drive blower. When these units

are also equipped with an economizer and

configured for Advanced Air Flow Control, the

installer is able to enter the design-specified supply

and outdoor air CFM into the Unit Controller. This

eliminates the need to manually take measurements

and adjust settings. See Advanced Air Flow Control

Start-Up section.

T= Units are equipped with a two-stage belt drive blower.

B= Units are equipped with a single-stage belt drive

blower.

Note - Six-ton units are available with belt drive blowers

only.

IMPORTANTThree phase scroll compressors must be phasedsequentially for correct compressor and blowerrotation. Follow “COOLING START-UP” section ofinstallation instructions to ensure proper compressor and blower operation.

A-Blower Operation

Refer to the Unit Controller Installation and Setup Guide

to energize blower. Use the menu navigation arrows and

select button; see SERVICE > TEST.

B-Determining Unit CFM

1- The following measurements must be made with air

filters in place.

IMPORTANT - On units equipped with direct drive

blowers, a low speed adjustment less than 2/3 of high

speed will improve humidity removal; refer to product

data for more information.

2- With all access panels in place, measure static

pressure external to unit (from supply to return).

Blower performance data is based on static pressure

readings taken in locations shown in figure 19.

Note - Static pressure readings can vary if not taken

where shown.

3- Measure the indoor blower wheel RPM.

4- Referring to Page 16 through Page 26, use static

pressure and RPM readings to determine unit CFM.

Use Page 27 when installing units with any of the

options or accessories listed. Refer to table 4 for

minimum airflow when electric heat is installed.

LGH/LCH036, 048, 060, 072

FIGURE 19

LOCATION OF STATIC PRESSURE READINGS

SUPPLY AIRREADINGLOCATION

SUPPLYRE

TURN

INSTALLATIONS WITH DUCTWORK

SUPPLY RETURN

INSTALLATIONS WITH CEILING DIFFUSERS

MAINDUCT RUN

FIRST BRANCHOFF OF MAIN RUN

DIFFUSER

ROOFTOP UNIT ROOFTOP UNIT

SUPPLY AIRREADINGLOCATION

RETURN AIRREADING LOCATION

RETURN AIRREADINGLOCATION

TABLE 3036, 048, 060 DIRECT DRIVE PARAMETER SETTINGS

ParameterLGH/LCH Unit Factory Default Settings

Field Setting Description036 H4E 048 H4E 060 H4E 036-060 S4T

SETUP > TEST & BALANCE > BLOWER

HIGH SPEED 55% 30% 59% Not ApplicablePercentage torque forindoor blower high speed.

LOW SPEED 28% 40% 36% Not ApplicablePercentage torque forindoor blower low speed.

SETUP > TEST & BALANCE > DAMPER

BLOWER ON HIGH 10% 10 % 10 % 10 %Minimum damper positionduring high speed bloweroperation.

BLOWER ON LOW 15 % 15 % 15 % Not ApplicableMinimum damper positionduring low speed blower operation.

SETTINGS > RTU OPTIONS > EDIT PARAMETER = 6

BLOWER SMOKE OUTPUT

55% 80% 59% Not ApplicablePercentage torque forindoor blower smokespeed.

Installer: Circle applicable unit model number and record any parameter changes under “Field Setting” column. Settings need to be recorded by

installer for use when Unit Controller is replaced or reprogrammed.

TABLE 4MINIMUM AIRFLOW-LC UNITS WITH ELECTRIC HEAT

(BELT DRIVE)

KwCFM

Downflow & Horizontal Airflow

LCH036HE 1080

LCH048HE 1280

LCH060HE 1600

C-Adjusting Unit CFM - Direct Drive Blowers

The supply CFM can be adjusted by changing Unit

Controller settings. Refer to table 3. Adjustments can also

be made by using optional software. Record any CFM

changes on the parameter settings label located on the

inside of the compressor access panel.

Note - To adjust CFM on units configured for optional

“Advanced Air Flow Control”, refer to Advanced Air Flow

Control Start-Up section.

D-Adjusting Unit CFM - Belt Drive Blowers

The blower RPM can be adjusted at the motor pulley.

Loosen Allen screw and turn adjustable pulley clockwise

to increase CFM. Turn counterclockwise to decrease

CFM. See figure 20. Do not exceed minimum and

maximum number of pulley turns as shown in table 5.

TABLE 5MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM PULLEY ADJUSTMENT

Belt Min. Turns Open Maxi. Turns Open

A Section No minimum 5

LGH/LCH036, 048, 060, 072

BLOWER ASSEMBLY

TO INCREASE BELT TENSION

1-Loosen four bolts securing motor base to mountingframe.

2-Slide the motor downward to tighten the belt.

3-Tighten four bolts on motor base.

TO INCREASE CFMLOOSEN ALLEN SCREW &

TURN PULLEY CLOCKWISE

TO DECREASE CFMTURN PULLEY

COUNTERCLOCKWISE

FIGURE 20

PULLEY

MOTOR

SIDE VIEW

ALLENSCREW

LOOSEN FOUR BOLTS ANDSLIDE BLOWER MOTOR

DOWNWARD TO TIGHTEN BELT

LOOSEN ALLENSCREW TO

ADJUST CFM

E-Blower Belt Adjustment - Belt Drive

Maximum life and wear can be obtained from belts only

if proper pulley alignment and belt tension are

maintained. Tension new belts after a 24-48 hour

period of operation. This will allow belt to stretch and

seat grooves. Make sure blower and motor pulley are

aligned as shown in figure 21.

FIGURE 21

PULLEY ALIGNMENT

BELT BLOWERPULLEY

MOTORPULLEY

NOT ALIGNED

ALIGNED

1- Loosen four bolts securing motor base to mounting

frame. See figure 20.

2- To increase belt tension -

Slide blower motor downward to tighten the belt. This

increases the distance between the blower motor and

the blower housing.

3- To loosen belt tension -

Slide blower motor upward to loosen the belt. This

decreases the distance between the blower motor

and the blower housing.

4- Tighten four bolts securing motor base to the

mounting frame.

F-Blower Belt Adjustment - Units Equipped With An

Optional Belt Tensioner

1- Remove blower belt.

2- Remove bracket from blower housing. See figure 23.

3- Remove the screw from the back side of the bracket.

4- Move the tensioner to the appropriate adjustment

hole and reinstall screw.

5- Replace bracket.

6- Replace blower belt. See figure 24.

G-Check Belt Tension

Overtensioning belts shortens belt and bearing life.

Check belt tension as follows:

1- Measure span length X. See figure 22.

MEASURE BELT TENSION

FIGURE 22

DEFLECTION 1/64” PER INCH OF SPANOR 1.5mm PER 100mm OF SPAN

FORCE

2- Apply perpendicular force to center of span (X) with

enough pressure to deflect belt 1/64” for every inch

of span length or 1.5mm per 100mm of span length.

LGH/LCH036, 048, 060, 072

Example: Deflection distance of a 40” span would be

40/64” or 5/8”.

Example: Deflection distance of a 400mm span

would be 6mm.

3- Measure belt deflection force. For a used belt, the

deflection force should be 5 lbs. (35kPa). A new belt

deflection force should be 7 lbs. (48kPa).

A force below these values indicates an

undertensioned belt. A force above these values

indicates an overtensioned belt.

H-Field-Furnished Blower Drives

For field-furnished blower drives, use page 19 through 26

to determine BHP and RPM required. Reference Page 27

to determine the drive kit number. Reference table 6 for

manufacturer's drive numbers.

FIGURE 23

ADJUST BELT TENSIONER

MAXIMUM

TENSION

MINIMUM

TENSION

INDICATOR SHOULD BE

BETWEEN MINIMUM AND

MAXIMUM TENSION LINES

FACTORY-SET

POSITION

TIGHTER

BELT

POSITION

TENSIONER

TIGHTEST

BELT

POSITION

BRACKET

TIGHTEN MOUNTING

BOLT TO 22 LB./FT.

USING 9/16” WRENCH

INSTALL BELT

FIGURE 24

1

2

3

4

TENSIONERDRIVER

PULLEY

DRIVEN

PULLEY

ROTATE DRIVEN

PULLEY TO SEAT BELT

BLO

WE

R D

ATA

- D

IRE

CT

DR

IVE

- 3

TO

NB

LOW

ER T

AB

LE IN

CLU

DES

RES

ISTA

NC

E FO

R B

ASE

UN

IT O

NLY

WIT

H D

RY IN

DO

OR

CO

IL A

ND

AIR

FIL

TER

S IN

PLA

CE.

FOR

ALL

UN

ITS

AD

D:

1 - A

ny fa

ctor

y in

stal

led

optio

ns a

ir re

sist

ance

(hea

t sec

tion,

eco

nom

izer

, etc

.).2

- Any

fiel

d in

stal

led

acce

ssor

ies

air r

esis

tanc

e (d

uct r

esis

tanc

e, d

iffus

er, e

tc.).

See

pag

e 27

for w

et c

oil a

nd o

ptio

ns/a

cces

sory

air

resi

stan

ce d

ata.

NO

TE -

Def

ault

Spee

d Se

tting

s (p

erce

ntag

e of

blo

wer

torq

ue) -

Low

28%

/ H

igh

55%

DO

WN

FLO

WEx

tern

al

Stat

ic

Pres

s.

in. w

.g.

Perc

enta

ge o

f Tot

al M

otor

Tor

que

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

80%

90%

100%

Cfm

Wat

tsR

PMC

fmW

atts

RPM

Cfm

Wat

tsR

PMC

fmW

atts

RPM

Cfm

Wat

tsR

PMC

fmW

atts

RPM

Cfm

Wat

tsR

PMC

fmW

atts

RPM

Cfm

Wat

tsR

PM0

796

3940

797

569

451

1154

9849

412

9814

056

714

4218

163

915

7023

669

216

9729

274

418

0735

778

519

1742

282

50.

171

944

482

915

7652

311

1010

856

412

5715

162

614

0419

368

715

3724

873

316

7030

477

917

8436

981

518

9843

385

00.

266

349

538

864

8358

510

6411

763

312

2016

067

913

7520

372

515

0825

977

016

4131

681

517

5438

485

318

6645

289

10.

359

355

607

806

9165

110

1812

669

511

7417

173

713

3021

678

014

7127

281

516

1232

885

017

2439

889

018

3546

993

00.

452

760

665

749

9770

897

113

575

111

3618

078

313

0022

581

514

3528

585

815

6934

490

016

8941

393

018

0948

195

90.

546

065

722

692

104

761

924

143

801

1090

190

833

1256

238

866

1398

296

899

1540

355

932

1662

424

960

1784

493

988

0.6

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

855

154

864

1033

202

889

1211

250

914

1361

308

939

1511

365

963

1629

437

995

1746

508

1028

0.7

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

808

161

898

995

209

922

1181

258

946

1325

319

976

1468

379

1007

1588

450

1036

1708

522

1065

0.8

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

743

170

942

940

220

966

1137

269

991

1281

331

1020

1425

392

1049

1548

463

1074

1670

533

1100

0.9

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

676

178

979

884

229

1006

1092

280

1033

1237

342

1061

1381

404

1088

1513

472

1105

1645

539

1121

1.0

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

605

187

1011

819

240

1049

1032

294

1087

1192

353

1100

1352

411

1112

1474

480

1137

1595

549

1161

1.1

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

988

304

1124

1142

364

1141

1295

424

1158

1420

490

1177

1544

555

1195

1.2

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

1251

433

1189

1373

495

1207

1494

558

1225

HO

RIZ

ON

TAL

Exte

rnal

St

atic

Pr

ess.

in

. w.g

.

Perc

enta

ge o

f Tot

al M

otor

Tor

que

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

80%

90%

100%

Cfm

Wat

tsR

PMC

fmW

atts

RPM

Cfm

Wat

tsR

PMC

fmW

atts

RPM

Cfm

Wat

tsR

PMC

fmW

atts

RPM

Cfm

Wat

tsR

PMC

fmW

atts

RPM

Cfm

Wat

tsR

PM0

807

4437

298

265

431

1157

8649

012

9912

654

614

4116

760

215

6521

464

716

8826

269

217

9532

873

419

0139

377

60.

170

850

468

906

7751

311

0310

455

912

4714

361

213

9118

366

615

2223

170

416

5228

074

217

6634

677

918

7941

381

50.

263

456

541

841

8858

310

4812

062

512

0615

666

313

6319

270

114

9124

374

216

1929

478

317

3136

182

018

4342

985

70.

352

363

648

759

9866

999

413

469

011

5017

172

913

0620

976

914

4625

879

615

8530

782

316

9637

686

018

0744

489

60.

443

769

732

688

107

742

939

146

752

1101

183

785

1263

221

818

1399

273

849

1535

326

881

1653

392

908

1771

458

935

0.5

344

7582

361

511

681

788

515

681

210

5319

483

812

2023

286

513

6128

589

215

0233

991

816

1440

694

917

2547

398

00.

6- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-81

716

788

399

020

790

511

6224

692

713

0730

194

914

5135

697

115

7042

099

316

8948

410

140.

7- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-76

217

493

894

121

595

411

1925

697

112

6931

298

814

1836

710

0515

3643

010

2616

5349

410

470.

8- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-70

817

899

189

222

210

0210

7626

610

1312

2232

410

3413

6838

310

5414

8444

410

7315

9950

610

920.

9- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-64

518

210

5083

223

010

5910

1927

710

6811

6833

710

8413

1739

711

0014

3145

611

1715

4551

611

341.

0- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-58

418

411

0578

023

511

0697

628

511

0711

2234

811

2512

6741

111

4413

7946

711

5814

9152

211

721.

1- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-92

329

511

5510

7035

911

6912

1742

311

8413

2747

511

9514

3652

612

071.

2- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-11

6643

412

2212

6548

112

3413

6452

712

46

BLO

WE

R D

ATA

- D

IRE

CT

DR

IVE

- 4

TO

NB

LOW

ER T

AB

LE IN

CLU

DES

RES

ISTA

NC

E FO

R B

ASE

UN

IT O

NLY

WIT

H D

RY IN

DO

OR

CO

IL A

ND

AIR

FIL

TER

S IN

PLA

CE.

FOR

ALL

UN

ITS

AD

D:

1 - A

ny fa

ctor

y in

stal

led

optio

ns a

ir re

sist

ance

(hea

t sec

tion,

eco

nom

izer

, etc

.).2

- Any

fiel

d in

stal

led

acce

ssor

ies

air r

esis

tanc

e (d

uct r

esis

tanc

e, d

iffus

er, e

tc.).

See

pag

e 27

for w

et c

oil a

nd o

ptio

ns/a

cces

sory

air

resi

stan

ce d

ata.

NO

TE -

Def

ault

Spee

d Se

tting

s (p

erce

ntag

e of

blo

wer

torq

ue) -

Low

40%

/ H

igh

80%

DO

WN

FLO

WEx

tern

al

Stat

ic

Pres

s.

in. w

.g.

Perc

enta

ge o

f Tot

al M

otor

Tor

que

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

80%

90%

100%

Cfm

Wat

tsR

PMC

fmW

atts

RPM

Cfm

Wat

tsR

PMC

fmW

atts

RPM

Cfm

Wat

tsR

PMC

fmW

atts

RPM

Cfm

Wat

tsR

PMC

fmW

atts

RPM

Cfm

Wat

tsR

PM

010

4880

507

1261

135

582

1473

190

657

1655

274

729

1836

359

801

1987

461

863

2137

563

924

2291

698

975

2445

832

1025

0.1

1000

8856

012

1814

663

314

3620

470

616

2428

977

118

1237

483

619

6547

989

621

1858

395

622

6171

610

0424

0384

910

520.

294

497

624

1177

156

683

1409

214

743

1595

304

812

1781

393

881

1940

497

934

2098

602

986

2235

729

1032

2372

856

1077

0.3

906

104

666

1139

166

728

1372

228

790

1561

320

858

1750

412

925

1915

515

970

2079

619

1015

2210

741

1058

2341

863

1100

0.4

849

113

728

1093

177

783

1336

241

837

1531

333

897

1726

425

957

1889

532

1004

2052

639

1051

2177

754

1090

2302

869

1129

0.5

793

121

790

1047

188

837

1300

254

883

1501

346

935

1702

438

987

1864

548

1036

2026

657

1085

2145

766

1120

2263

874

1155

0.6

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

1263

267

929

1467

361

978

1671

454

1027

1836

564

1071

2000

673

1116

2116

775

1145

2232

876

1175

0.7

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

1226

280

974

1433

375

1019

1639

470

1065

1807

578

1104

1974

686

1144

2080

782

1173

2186

878

1203

0.8

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

1195

291

1012

1402

388

1057

1608

485

1101

1778

591

1135

1948

697

1169

2052

787

1195

2155

878

1220

0.9

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

1162

304

1060

1367

401

1097

1572

498

1134

1741

603

1168

1909

708

1202

2009

792

1223

2109

875

1244

1.0

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

1133

316

1104

1333

414

1136

1533

511

1167

1702

612

1198

1870

714

1229

1959

791

1251

2047

868

1272

1.1

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

1490

524

1200

1654

618

1228

1817

713

1256

1909

786

1273

2000

859

1289

1.2

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

1765

701

1272

1844

771

1293

1923

840

1314

HO

RIZ

ON

TAL

Exte

rnal

St

atic

Pr

ess.

in

. w.g

.

Perc

enta

ge o

f Tot

al M

otor

Tor

que

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

80%

90%

100%

Cfm

Wat

tsR

PMC

fmW

atts

RPM

Cfm

Wat

tsR

PMC

fmW

atts

RPM

Cfm

Wat

tsR

PMC

fmW

atts

RPM

Cfm

Wat

tsR

PMC

fmW

atts

RPM

Cfm

Wat

tsR

PM

010

2580

472

1238

131

552

1450

182

632

1626

254

702

1802

326

771

1936

414

824

2071

502

878

2231

634

931

2391

767

983

0.1

978

8554

611

9913

861

014

2019

167

516

0126

573

817

8133

980

119

3044

186

220

7954

492

322

2266

396

823

6578

310

130.

292

789

602

1157

145

661

1387

201

720

1568

279

783

1749

357

845

1906

458

897

2062

559

949

2205

679

993

2348

798

1038

0.3

851

9868

410

9815

673

113

4421

477

715

3129

583

317

1737

588

818

7647

893

820

3558

198

821

6669

410

3022

9780

710

720.

480

110

573

810

5116

678

513

0022

783

214

9330

988

116

8539

293

018

4749

697

720

0960

010

2321

2870

710

6422

4781

311

050.

572

511

881

799

117

985

012

5623

988

314

5532

492

616

5340

897

018

1451

610

1919

7462

310

6820

9172

010

9922

0781

711

300.

6- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-12

1225

193

114

1733

796

916

2142

310

0817

8453

110

5319

4763

810

9820

5772

911

2621

6682

011

540.

7- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-11

6926

397

513

8035

010

1015

9043

710

4517

5654

410

8619

2165

111

2720

1473

611

5721

0682

111

870.

8- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-11

1427

710

2713

3136

610

5915

4745

410

9117

1756

011

2618

8666

611

6119

7674

311

8420

6682

112

070.

9- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-10

6229

010

7712

8338

011

0615

0447

011

3516

6957

511

7018

3368

012

0419

1974

912

2020

0581

712

361.

0- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-10

0730

411

2712

4039

211

4714

7348

111

6616

2758

412

0217

8068

712

3818

5374

812

5319

2580

912

691.

1- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-14

2949

712

1115

6959

012

4017

0968

312

6917

8774

112

8018

6479

912

911.

2- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-16

0465

112

8416

8471

413

0317

6377

713

21

BLO

WE

R D

ATA

- D

IRE

CT

DR

IVE

- 5

TO

NB

LOW

ER T

AB

LE IN

CLU

DES

RES

ISTA

NC

E FO

R B

ASE

UN

IT O

NLY

WIT

H D

RY IN

DO

OR

CO

IL A

ND

AIR

FIL

TER

S IN

PLA

CE.

FOR

ALL

UN

ITS

AD

D:

1 - A

ny fa

ctor

y in

stal

led

optio

ns a

ir re

sist

ance

(hea

t sec

tion,

eco

nom

izer

, etc

.).2

- Any

fiel

d in

stal

led

acce

ssor

ies

air r

esis

tanc

e (d

uct r

esis

tanc

e, d

iffus

er, e

tc.).

See

pag

e 27

for w

et c

oil a

nd o

ptio

ns/a

cces

sory

air

resi

stan

ce d

ata.

NO

TE -

Def

ault

Spee

d Se

tting

s (p

erce

ntag

e of

blo

wer

torq

ue) -

Low

36%

/ H

igh

59%

DO

WN

FLO

WEx

tern

al

Stat

ic

Pres

s.

in. w

.g.

Perc

enta

ge o

f Tot

al M

otor

Tor

que

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

80%

90%

100%

Cfm

Wat

tsR

PMC

fmW

atts

RPM

Cfm

Wat

tsR

PMC

fmW

atts

RPM

Cfm

Wat

tsR

PMC

fmW

atts

RPM

Cfm

Wat

tsR

PMC

fmW

atts

RPM

Cfm

Wat

tsR

PM

011

3279

438

1353

146

524

1575

212

610

1765

300

670

1954

388

730

2126

513

796

2298

638

861

2445

792

913

2591

946

965

0.1

1061

8649

413

0515

556

815

4822

364

117

4331

570

219

3740

776

421

1053

182

322

8265

488

324

2680

893

525

7096

398

70.

299

094

550

1253

165

614

1516

236

678

1716

330

735

1916

423

793

2088

549

851

2260

675

910

2405

827

959

2549

979

1009

0.3

920

102

606

1202

175

659

1484

248

713

1687

345

770

1890

442

828

2065

568

882

2239

694

937

2384

844

983

2528

994

1030

0.4

849

111

662

1151

185

705

1452

260

747

1658

360

804

1863

460

861

2041

586

911

2218

713

962

2363

861

1006

2508

1009

1050

0.5

779

121

718

1094

198

754

1410

275

790

1626

374

838

1842

473

886

2020

601

936

2197

730

987

2342

876

1028

2487

1023

1070

0.6

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

1368

289

830

1589

390

876

1810

492

921

1993

619

966

2176

746

1010

2316

895

1054

2456

1043

1099

0.7

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

1325

303

868

1552

406

911

1778

509

954

1966

635

993

2154

761

1033

2295

908

1075

2435

1055

1117

0.8

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

1261

321

920

1504

423

952

1746

524

984

1934

653

1024

2122

782

1064

2268

925

1100

2414

1067

1135

0.9

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

1211

337

964

1462

437

988

1714

538

1012

1902

669

1053

2090

801

1094

2237

942

1127

2383

1084

1161

1.0

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

1151

354

1013

1412

454

1029

1672

553

1045

1871

682

1078

2069

811

1112

2211

955

1149

2352

1099

1185

1.1

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

1629

566

1073

1828

698

1109

2027

830

1146

2174

971

1177

2321

1112

1208

1.2

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

1984

844

1175

2137

984

1202

2290

1124

1230

HO

RIZ

ON

TAL

Exte

rnal

St

atic

Pr

ess.

in

. w.g

.

Perc

enta

ge o

f Tot

al M

otor

Tor

que

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

80%

90%

100%

Cfm

Wat

tsR

PMC

fmW

atts

RPM

Cfm

Wat

tsR

PMC

fmW

atts

RPM

Cfm

Wat

tsR

PMC

fmW

atts

RPM

Cfm

Wat

tsR

PMC

fmW

atts

RPM

Cfm

Wat

tsR

PM

011

2782

426

1367

141

504

1607

200

582

1806

296

644

2005

391

706

2167

495

764

2328

599

822

2463

749

872

2598

899

922

0.1

1071

8647

613

2614

854

315

8021

061

017

8131

167

519

8141

174

021

4551

679

523

0962

084

924

5677

589

826

0293

194

70.

210

1091

529

1268

160

598

1525

229

668

1735

332

724

1945

434

781

2117

537

828

2289

640

875

2438

795

921

2587

949

967

0.3

930

100

597

1214

169

647

1497

239

696

1707

345

755

1917

452

814

2093

556

857

2269

660

900

2417

817

948

2565

975

995

0.4

869

109

646

1156

184

699

1442

258

751

1665

364

798

1888

469

845

2066

577

889

2243

685

933

2393

842

978

2543

998

1022

0.5

813

119

689

1114

193

734

1414

267

778

1637

376

827

1860

485

876

2039

597

920

2217

709

963

2373

861

1002

2528

1013

1040

0.6

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

1358

286

831

1595

394

868

1832

501

905

2012

616

949

2191

731

993

2349

882

1028

2506

1033

1064

0.7

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

1330

296

857

1560

409

903

1789

523

949

1977

638

985

2164

753

1020

2324

902

1054

2484

1052

1088

0.8

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

1275

315

908

1518

426

942

1761

536

977

1950

655

1011

2138

773

1046

2296

923

1081

2454

1073

1116

0.9

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

1233

329

946

1483

439

975

1732

549

1004

1922

670

1037

2112

792

1071

2272

939

1104

2432

1087

1136

1.0

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

1192

343

982

1441

455

1012

1690

567

1043

1881

692

1074

2072

818

1105

2237

960

1133

2402

1102

1161

1.1

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

1662

578

1068

1854

706

1097

2046

833

1126

2206

975

1157

2365

1117

1188

1.2

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

1994

861

1163

2165

993

1185

2336

1125

1206

BLOWER DATA - BELT DRIVE - 3 TONBLOWER TABLE INCLUDES RESISTANCE FOR BASE UNIT ONLY WITH DRY INDOOR COIL AND AIR FILTERS IN PLACE. FOR ALL UNITS ADD: 1 - Any factory installed options air resistance (heat section, economizer, etc.). 2 - Any field installed accessories air resistance (duct resistance, diffuser, etc.).See page 27 for blower motors and drives and wet coil and options/accessory air resistance data.

DOWNFLOW

Air Volume (cfm)

External Static (in.w.g.)

0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.9 1.0

RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP

700 453 0.07 523 0.11 596 0.14 679 0.17 762 0.18 828 0.21 878 0.24 927 0.26 979 0.29 1029 0.31

800 471 0.09 542 0.13 614 0.16 696 0.19 777 0.21 841 0.23 889 0.26 938 0.29 990 0.31 1042 0.34

900 493 0.11 563 0.15 634 0.19 715 0.21 793 0.23 854 0.26 902 0.29 950 0.32 1002 0.34 1054 0.36

1000 517 0.14 587 0.18 657 0.21 736 0.24 811 0.26 869 0.29 916 0.32 964 0.35 1015 0.37 1067 0.4

1100 544 0.17 613 0.21 683 0.24 759 0.27 831 0.3 886 0.32 931 0.36 978 0.38 1028 0.41 1078 0.43

1200 574 0.2 643 0.24 711 0.27 784 0.3 852 0.33 904 0.36 947 0.39 993 0.42 1042 0.45 1091 0.47

1300 608 0.24 676 0.28 743 0.31 812 0.34 875 0.37 923 0.4 964 0.44 1010 0.46 1057 0.49 1104 0.51

1400 645 0.28 711 0.31 776 0.35 842 0.38 898 0.41 942 0.44 983 0.48 1028 0.51 1074 0.53 1120 0.56

Air Volume (cfm)


1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0


700 1078 0.33 1124 0.36 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

800 1091 0.36 1137 0.39 1180 0.41 1221 0.44 1260 0.47 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

900 1105 0.39 1150 0.42 1192 0.45 1232 0.47 1270 0.5 1307 0.53 1345 0.56 1382 0.59 1420 0.62 - - - - - -

1000 1117 0.42 1162 0.45 1203 0.48 1242 0.51 1279 0.54 1316 0.57 1353 0.6 1390 0.63 1427 0.66 1465 0.7

1100 1126 0.46 1171 0.49 1212 0.52 1251 0.56 1288 0.59 1325 0.62 1361 0.65 1397 0.68 1433 0.71 1470 0.75

1200 1137 0.5 1180 0.54 1222 0.57 1260 0.6 1298 0.64 1334 0.67 1369 0.7 1404 0.73 1440 0.77 1477 0.8

1300 1149 0.55 1191 0.58 1232 0.62 1270 0.65 1307 0.69 1343 0.72 1378 0.76 1413 0.79 1449 0.82 1486 0.86

1400 1163 0.6 1204 0.63 1243 0.67 1281 0.71 1317 0.74 1353 0.78 1388 0.82 1423 0.85 1459 0.89 1496 0.92


HORIZONTAL

Air Volume (cfm)


0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.9 1.0


700 440 0.07 510 0.1 585 0.12 657 0.14 726 0.17 793 0.2 856 0.23 915 0.25 967 0.28 1016 0.31

800 456 0.08 526 0.11 600 0.14 672 0.16 739 0.19 804 0.22 866 0.25 923 0.28 975 0.31 1025 0.34

900 474 0.1 544 0.13 617 0.16 688 0.18 754 0.21 818 0.24 877 0.27 932 0.3 984 0.33 1034 0.36

1000 495 0.12 565 0.15 637 0.18 707 0.21 771 0.23 832 0.27 889 0.3 943 0.33 993 0.36 1043 0.39

1100 518 0.14 588 0.18 659 0.21 727 0.23 789 0.26 848 0.3 903 0.33 954 0.37 1003 0.4 1052 0.43

1200 544 0.17 613 0.21 682 0.24 748 0.27 809 0.29 866 0.33 918 0.37 967 0.4 1014 0.43 1062 0.46

1300 572 0.21 640 0.24 707 0.27 771 0.3 830 0.33 884 0.37 934 0.41 981 0.44 1027 0.47 1073 0.5

1400 602 0.24 669 0.28 733 0.31 795 0.34 851 0.37 903 0.41 950 0.45 995 0.49 1040 0.52 1086 0.55

Air Volume (cfm)


1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0


700 1065 0.33 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

800 1075 0.36 1122 0.39 1164 0.42 1203 0.45 1241 0.47 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

900 1086 0.39 1133 0.42 1174 0.45 1213 0.48 1250 0.51 1286 0.54 1322 0.57 1357 0.6 1392 0.64 - - - - - -

1000 1094 0.43 1142 0.46 1183 0.49 1222 0.52 1259 0.55 1295 0.58 1330 0.62 1365 0.65 1400 0.68 1435 0.71

1100 1102 0.46 1148 0.49 1191 0.53 1230 0.56 1267 0.6 1303 0.63 1338 0.66 1373 0.69 1408 0.73 1444 0.76

1200 1110 0.5 1156 0.53 1198 0.57 1238 0.61 1275 0.64 1311 0.68 1346 0.71 1381 0.74 1416 0.78 1452 0.81

1300 1120 0.54 1164 0.58 1207 0.62 1246 0.65 1283 0.69 1319 0.73 1354 0.76 1389 0.79 1424 0.83 1460 0.86

1400 1131 0.59 1175 0.63 1216 0.67 1255 0.7 1292 0.74 1327 0.78 1362 0.81 1397 0.84 1432 0.88 1468 0.91


DOWNFLOW

Air Volume (cfm)


0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.9 1.0


900 502 0.12 573 0.15 644 0.19 725 0.22 802 0.24 861 0.26 908 0.29 957 0.32 1009 0.34 1061 0.37

1000 528 0.14 598 0.18 668 0.22 747 0.24 821 0.27 877 0.3 923 0.33 971 0.35 1022 0.38 1074 0.4

1100 557 0.17 626 0.21 695 0.25 772 0.28 841 0.3 894 0.33 939 0.36 986 0.39 1037 0.41 1087 0.44

1200 589 0.21 657 0.25 725 0.28 798 0.31 864 0.33 913 0.37 956 0.4 1003 0.43 1052 0.45 1100 0.48

1300 625 0.25 692 0.28 759 0.32 827 0.34 887 0.37 933 0.41 975 0.44 1021 0.47 1068 0.49 1115 0.52

1400 665 0.29 730 0.32 794 0.35 857 0.38 911 0.42 953 0.45 995 0.49 1040 0.52 1086 0.54 1131 0.57

1500 706 0.33 768 0.36 829 0.39 886 0.43 934 0.46 974 0.5 1015 0.54 1060 0.56 1105 0.59 1149 0.62

1600 746 0.37 805 0.4 862 0.44 914 0.48 957 0.52 996 0.55 1037 0.59 1081 0.62 1126 0.64 1167 0.68

1700 784 0.42 840 0.45 893 0.49 940 0.53 980 0.57 1019 0.61 1060 0.64 1104 0.67 1147 0.7 1187 0.74

1800 821 0.47 874 0.51 923 0.55 967 0.59 1006 0.63 1044 0.67 1085 0.7 1128 0.73 1170 0.77 1208 0.82

1900 857 0.53 906 0.57 952 0.62 994 0.66 1032 0.7 1071 0.73 1112 0.76 1154 0.8 1194 0.85 1230 0.9

Air Volume (cfm)


1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0


900 1111 0.39 1156 0.42 1197 0.45 1236 0.48 1275 0.51 1312 0.54 1349 0.56 1387 0.59 1424 0.62 - - - - - -

1000 1124 0.43 1168 0.46 1209 0.49 1247 0.52 1285 0.55 1322 0.58 1358 0.61 1395 0.64 1432 0.67 1470 0.7

1100 1134 0.47 1178 0.5 1219 0.53 1258 0.56 1295 0.6 1331 0.63 1367 0.66 1403 0.69 1439 0.72 1477 0.75

1200 1146 0.51 1189 0.54 1230 0.58 1268 0.61 1305 0.65 1341 0.68 1376 0.71 1411 0.74 1447 0.77 1485 0.81

1300 1159 0.55 1201 0.59 1241 0.63 1279 0.66 1315 0.7 1351 0.73 1386 0.77 1421 0.8 1457 0.83 1495 0.87

1400 1173 0.61 1214 0.64 1253 0.68 1290 0.72 1327 0.75 1362 0.79 1397 0.82 1432 0.86 1468 0.89 1506 0.93

1500 1189 0.66 1228 0.7 1266 0.74 1303 0.78 1339 0.81 1374 0.85 1409 0.89 1445 0.92 1481 0.96 1519 1

1600 1206 0.72 1244 0.76 1281 0.8 1317 0.84 1353 0.88 1388 0.92 1423 0.96 1459 1 1496 1.04 1535 1.08

1700 1224 0.79 1261 0.83 1298 0.87 1334 0.91 1369 0.95 1404 0.99 1440 1.03 1476 1.07 1513 1.12 1552 1.16

1800 1244 0.86 1280 0.91 1316 0.95 1352 0.99 1387 1.03 1422 1.07 1457 1.11 1494 1.16 1532 1.2 1570 1.24

1900 1265 0.95 1301 1 1336 1.04 1371 1.08 1406 1.12 1441 1.16 1477 1.2 1515 1.24 1553 1.29 1592 1.33


HORIZONTAL

Air Volume (cfm)


0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.9 1.0


900 483 0.1 554 0.13 627 0.16 699 0.19 765 0.22 826 0.24 882 0.27 935 0.3 986 0.33 1039 0.36

1000 505 0.12 576 0.16 648 0.19 719 0.21 784 0.24 842 0.27 896 0.3 947 0.33 998 0.37 1050 0.4

1100 530 0.15 601 0.18 671 0.21 741 0.24 804 0.27 860 0.3 912 0.34 961 0.37 1010 0.4 1060 0.43

1200 558 0.18 627 0.22 696 0.25 764 0.28 824 0.3 878 0.34 928 0.37 975 0.41 1023 0.44 1072 0.47

1300 588 0.22 656 0.25 723 0.28 788 0.31 846 0.34 897 0.38 945 0.42 990 0.45 1037 0.48 1084 0.51

1400 621 0.25 687 0.29 752 0.32 814 0.35 868 0.38 916 0.42 962 0.46 1006 0.5 1052 0.53 1098 0.56

1500 655 0.29 719 0.33 781 0.36 839 0.39 890 0.43 936 0.47 979 0.51 1023 0.55 1068 0.58 1113 0.61

1600 690 0.33 751 0.37 810 0.4 865 0.44 912 0.48 955 0.52 997 0.56 1041 0.6 1086 0.63 1129 0.66

1700 725 0.38 784 0.41 839 0.45 891 0.49 935 0.53 975 0.58 1017 0.62 1060 0.65 1104 0.68 1147 0.72

1800 761 0.42 816 0.46 868 0.5 916 0.55 957 0.59 997 0.64 1038 0.68 1081 0.71 1124 0.74 1165 0.79

1900 795 0.48 848 0.52 897 0.56 942 0.61 981 0.66 1020 0.7 1060 0.74 1103 0.77 1145 0.81 1183 0.85

Air Volume (cfm)


1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0


900 1091 0.4 1138 0.43 1180 0.46 1220 0.49 1257 0.53 1293 0.56 1329 0.59 1364 0.62 1400 0.65 1435 0.69

1000 1101 0.43 1149 0.46 1190 0.5 1229 0.53 1266 0.57 1302 0.6 1338 0.63 1373 0.66 1408 0.7 1444 0.73

1100 1110 0.46 1156 0.5 1199 0.54 1238 0.57 1275 0.61 1311 0.64 1346 0.67 1381 0.71 1416 0.74 1452 0.78

1200 1119 0.5 1165 0.54 1207 0.58 1247 0.62 1284 0.65 1319 0.69 1355 0.72 1389 0.75 1425 0.79 1460 0.82

1300 1130 0.55 1175 0.59 1216 0.63 1255 0.66 1292 0.7 1328 0.74 1363 0.77 1398 0.8 1433 0.84 1469 0.87

1400 1143 0.6 1186 0.63 1226 0.67 1265 0.71 1302 0.75 1337 0.79 1372 0.82 1406 0.85 1441 0.89 1477 0.93

1500 1156 0.65 1198 0.69 1237 0.73 1275 0.77 1311 0.8 1346 0.84 1381 0.88 1415 0.91 1450 0.95 1486 0.98

1600 1171 0.7 1211 0.74 1249 0.78 1286 0.82 1321 0.86 1356 0.9 1390 0.93 1425 0.97 1460 1.01 1496 1.05

1700 1186 0.76 1225 0.8 1262 0.84 1298 0.88 1333 0.92 1367 0.96 1401 1 1436 1.03 1471 1.07 1507 1.12

1800 1202 0.83 1240 0.87 1276 0.91 1311 0.95 1345 0.99 1380 1.03 1413 1.07 1448 1.11 1483 1.15 1520 1.19

1900 1220 0.9 1256 0.94 1291 0.99 1326 1.03 1360 1.07 1393 1.1 1427 1.14 1462 1.18 1497 1.22 1534 1.27


DOWNFLOW

Air Volume (cfm)


0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.9 1.0


1100 529 0.17 591 0.21 653 0.24 724 0.26 810 0.26 886 0.26 942 0.28 982 0.32 1022 0.36 1064 0.40

1200 553 0.20 615 0.24 677 0.27 747 0.30 829 0.30 902 0.30 955 0.33 994 0.36 1034 0.40 1075 0.44

1300 579 0.23 640 0.27 701 0.31 770 0.33 850 0.34 918 0.35 969 0.37 1007 0.41 1047 0.45 1088 0.49

1400 609 0.27 669 0.31 729 0.34 796 0.37 871 0.38 936 0.39 983 0.41 1022 0.45 1061 0.49 1102 0.53

1500 658 0.28 715 0.32 771 0.36 832 0.39 898 0.41 955 0.43 999 0.46 1037 0.50 1077 0.54 1117 0.58

1600 720 0.28 769 0.33 819 0.37 871 0.41 926 0.44 975 0.47 1016 0.51 1054 0.55 1093 0.60 1133 0.63

1700 779 0.30 822 0.35 864 0.39 908 0.44 953 0.48 995 0.52 1034 0.57 1072 0.61 1111 0.65 1150 0.69

1800 828 0.34 864 0.39 901 0.43 938 0.48 977 0.53 1015 0.58 1053 0.63 1091 0.67 1130 0.71 1169 0.75

1900 857 0.41 892 0.45 927 0.50 962 0.55 999 0.60 1036 0.65 1074 0.69 1112 0.73 1150 0.77 1188 0.81

2000 879 0.47 913 0.52 948 0.56 984 0.61 1020 0.67 1058 0.72 1096 0.76 1134 0.80 1172 0.84 1210 0.88

2100 900 0.53 935 0.58 970 0.63 1007 0.69 1044 0.74 1081 0.79 1119 0.84 1157 0.88 1195 0.91 1233 0.95

2200 922 0.60 958 0.65 994 0.71 1031 0.76 1068 0.82 1106 0.87 1143 0.91 1180 0.95 1218 0.99 1255 1.03

2300 947 0.67 983 0.73 1020 0.79 1057 0.85 1094 0.90 1131 0.95 1168 1.00 1205 1.03 1242 1.07 1277 1.13

2400 974 0.76 1010 0.82 1047 0.88 1084 0.94 1120 0.99 1157 1.04 1193 1.08 1230 1.12 1267 1.16 1300 1.23

Air Volume (cfm)


1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0


1100 1106 0.44 1151 0.47 1197 0.49 1238 0.52 1272 0.56 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

1200 1117 0.48 1161 0.51 1206 0.53 1245 0.57 1278 0.60 1312 0.64 1346 0.67 1380 0.71 - - - - - - - - - - - -

1300 1129 0.52 1172 0.55 1216 0.58 1254 0.61 1287 0.65 1320 0.69 1354 0.72 1388 0.76 1421 0.79 1455 0.82

1400 1143 0.57 1185 0.60 1227 0.63 1264 0.66 1296 0.70 1329 0.74 1363 0.77 1397 0.81 1430 0.85 1464 0.88

1500 1157 0.62 1199 0.65 1239 0.68 1275 0.71 1306 0.75 1339 0.79 1373 0.83 1406 0.87 1440 0.90 1473 0.94

1600 1173 0.67 1214 0.70 1253 0.73 1288 0.77 1318 0.81 1351 0.85 1384 0.89 1417 0.93 1451 0.96 1484 1.00

1700 1190 0.72 1230 0.76 1268 0.79 1301 0.83 1331 0.87 1363 0.92 1396 0.95 1429 0.99 1462 1.03 1495 1.07

1800 1208 0.78 1247 0.82 1285 0.86 1317 0.90 1345 0.94 1377 0.98 1410 1.02 1442 1.06 1475 1.10 1508 1.14

1900 1227 0.85 1267 0.88 1303 0.92 1333 0.97 1360 1.02 1392 1.06 1424 1.10 1457 1.14 1489 1.18 1522 1.22

2000 1248 0.92 1286 0.96 1321 1.00 1350 1.05 1377 1.10 1409 1.14 1441 1.18 1473 1.22 1505 1.26 1537 1.30

2100 1269 1.00 1306 1.04 1339 1.09 1367 1.14 1395 1.19 1426 1.23 1458 1.27 1490 1.31 1522 1.35 1554 1.39

2200 1290 1.09 1324 1.14 1356 1.19 1385 1.24 1413 1.28 1444 1.32 1476 1.36 1508 1.41 1540 1.45 1572 1.49

2300 1310 1.20 1343 1.26 1374 1.30 1403 1.34 1432 1.38 1464 1.42 1495 1.46 1527 1.51 1559 1.55 1591 1.59

2400 1332 1.31 1364 1.37 1394 1.41 1423 1.45 1453 1.48 1484 1.53 1516 1.57 1547 1.61 1579 1.65 1612 1.70


HORIZONTAL

Air Volume (cfm)


0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.9 1.0


1100 503 0.14 569 0.17 636 0.20 703 0.23 769 0.26 842 0.28 909 0.30 964 0.33 1008 0.36 1049 0.40

1200 525 0.16 590 0.20 657 0.23 722 0.26 787 0.29 857 0.31 921 0.34 974 0.37 1016 0.40 1056 0.43

1300 548 0.19 613 0.23 679 0.26 743 0.29 806 0.32 873 0.35 934 0.37 984 0.41 1026 0.44 1065 0.47

1400 574 0.22 638 0.26 702 0.30 765 0.33 827 0.36 891 0.39 949 0.41 996 0.45 1037 0.48 1076 0.51

1500 609 0.25 671 0.29 733 0.33 793 0.36 851 0.39 911 0.42 965 0.46 1010 0.49 1049 0.53 1088 0.56

1600 654 0.28 712 0.32 769 0.36 825 0.39 879 0.43 933 0.47 982 0.50 1024 0.54 1063 0.58 1101 0.61

1700 703 0.31 756 0.35 807 0.39 858 0.43 906 0.47 955 0.51 999 0.55 1039 0.59 1078 0.63 1117 0.66

1800 752 0.34 798 0.38 844 0.43 889 0.48 933 0.52 977 0.57 1017 0.61 1056 0.65 1094 0.68 1133 0.72

1900 796 0.38 837 0.43 878 0.48 918 0.53 958 0.58 997 0.62 1036 0.67 1074 0.71 1112 0.74 1151 0.77

2000 833 0.43 870 0.48 907 0.54 943 0.59 980 0.64 1018 0.69 1055 0.73 1093 0.77 1131 0.80 1170 0.83

2100 864 0.50 897 0.55 931 0.60 966 0.65 1002 0.71 1038 0.76 1075 0.80 1113 0.83 1151 0.87 1189 0.90

2200 887 0.57 920 0.62 953 0.67 988 0.73 1024 0.78 1060 0.83 1097 0.87 1135 0.90 1173 0.94 1210 0.98

2300 909 0.64 942 0.70 976 0.75 1011 0.81 1046 0.86 1083 0.91 1120 0.95 1157 0.98 1195 1.02 1231 1.06

2400 931 0.72 965 0.78 999 0.83 1035 0.89 1071 0.94 1108 0.99 1144 1.03 1181 1.07 1217 1.10 1252 1.15

Air Volume (cfm)


1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0


1100 1090 0.42 1132 0.45 1175 0.47 1216 0.50 1257 0.53 1296 0.56 1334 0.59 1370 0.62 1405 0.65 1439 0.69

1200 1097 0.46 1139 0.49 1181 0.51 1222 0.54 1263 0.57 1301 0.60 1338 0.63 1374 0.67 1409 0.70 1443 0.74

1300 1106 0.50 1147 0.53 1189 0.55 1230 0.58 1270 0.61 1307 0.65 1344 0.68 1379 0.72 1414 0.75 1447 0.79

1400 1116 0.54 1157 0.57 1198 0.60 1239 0.63 1278 0.66 1315 0.70 1351 0.74 1385 0.77 1419 0.81 1452 0.85

1500 1128 0.59 1168 0.62 1209 0.64 1249 0.68 1287 0.71 1323 0.75 1358 0.79 1393 0.83 1426 0.87 1458 0.91

1600 1141 0.64 1181 0.67 1222 0.70 1261 0.73 1298 0.77 1333 0.81 1367 0.85 1401 0.89 1433 0.93 1465 0.97

1700 1156 0.69 1196 0.72 1235 0.75 1273 0.79 1309 0.83 1344 0.87 1377 0.91 1410 0.96 1442 1.00 1473 1.04

1800 1172 0.75 1211 0.78 1250 0.81 1287 0.85 1322 0.90 1355 0.94 1388 0.98 1420 1.02 1451 1.07 1482 1.11

1900 1190 0.81 1228 0.84 1265 0.88 1301 0.92 1335 0.97 1367 1.01 1399 1.05 1431 1.10 1462 1.14 1492 1.18

2000 1208 0.87 1245 0.91 1281 0.96 1316 1.00 1349 1.04 1380 1.09 1412 1.13 1443 1.18 1473 1.22 1503 1.26

2100 1227 0.94 1263 0.99 1298 1.04 1331 1.08 1363 1.13 1394 1.17 1425 1.22 1455 1.26 1485 1.31 1515 1.35

2200 1246 1.02 1281 1.07 1315 1.12 1347 1.17 1379 1.22 1409 1.26 1439 1.31 1469 1.36 1499 1.40 1529 1.45

2300 1266 1.11 1300 1.16 1333 1.22 1364 1.27 1395 1.32 1424 1.36 1454 1.41 1484 1.46 1513 1.50 1543 1.55

2400 1286 1.20 1319 1.26 1351 1.32 1382 1.38 1411 1.43 1440 1.48 1470 1.52 1499 1.57 1528 1.61 1558 1.66


DOWNFLOW

Air Volume (cfm)


0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.9 1.0


1900 510 0.45 544 0.5 579 0.55 614 0.6 649 0.65 684 0.7 718 0.74 752 0.79 784 0.83 812 0.88

2000 526 0.49 560 0.55 595 0.6 629 0.65 663 0.7 697 0.75 730 0.79 763 0.84 794 0.88 820 0.93

2100 542 0.54 576 0.59 610 0.65 644 0.7 678 0.75 711 0.8 743 0.84 775 0.89 804 0.94 830 0.98

2200 560 0.59 593 0.64 627 0.7 660 0.75 693 0.8 725 0.85 757 0.9 787 0.94 814 0.99 840 1.03

2300 578 0.64 610 0.7 644 0.75 676 0.81 709 0.86 740 0.91 770 0.95 799 1 826 1.05 851 1.09

2400 597 0.7 629 0.75 661 0.81 693 0.86 725 0.91 755 0.96 784 1.01 812 1.06 838 1.11 862 1.15

2500 617 0.76 648 0.81 679 0.87 710 0.92 741 0.97 770 1.03 799 1.08 825 1.13 850 1.17 875 1.22

2600 637 0.82 667 0.87 698 0.93 728 0.98 758 1.04 786 1.09 814 1.15 839 1.2 864 1.24 887 1.28

2700 658 0.88 687 0.94 717 1 746 1.05 775 1.11 802 1.16 829 1.22 853 1.27 877 1.31 901 1.36

2800 679 0.95 708 1.01 736 1.07 764 1.12 792 1.18 819 1.24 844 1.3 868 1.35 892 1.39 915 1.43

2900 701 1.02 728 1.08 756 1.14 783 1.2 809 1.26 835 1.32 860 1.38 884 1.43 907 1.47 930 1.52

Air Volume (cfm)


1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0


1900 837 0.92 861 0.96 886 1 913 1.04 939 1.07 966 1.11 992 1.16 1017 1.21 1041 1.27 1065 1.33

2000 845 0.97 870 1.01 895 1.05 921 1.09 948 1.12 974 1.17 999 1.22 1023 1.27 1047 1.33 1070 1.39

2100 855 1.02 879 1.06 904 1.1 930 1.14 956 1.18 982 1.22 1006 1.28 1030 1.34 1053 1.4 1075 1.46

2200 865 1.08 889 1.12 914 1.15 940 1.19 966 1.24 990 1.29 1014 1.34 1037 1.41 1059 1.47 1081 1.54

2300 875 1.13 900 1.17 925 1.21 951 1.25 976 1.3 999 1.35 1022 1.41 1044 1.48 1066 1.55 1087 1.62

2400 887 1.19 912 1.23 936 1.27 961 1.32 986 1.37 1009 1.43 1031 1.49 1052 1.57 1073 1.64 1094 1.71

2500 899 1.25 923 1.29 948 1.34 973 1.39 996 1.44 1018 1.51 1039 1.58 1060 1.65 1080 1.73 1101 1.8

2600 912 1.32 936 1.36 960 1.41 984 1.46 1007 1.52 1028 1.59 1049 1.67 1069 1.75 1089 1.82 1109 1.89

2700 925 1.4 949 1.44 973 1.49 996 1.55 1018 1.61 1038 1.69 1058 1.76 1078 1.84 1098 1.92 1118 1.99

2800 939 1.47 962 1.52 985 1.57 1008 1.64 1029 1.71 1049 1.79 1069 1.87 1088 1.94 1107 2.02 1127 2.09

2900 953 1.56 976 1.61 998 1.67 1020 1.73 1041 1.81 1060 1.89 1079 1.98 1098 2.06 1117 2.13 1137 2.21


HORIZONTAL

Air Volume (cfm)


0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.9 1.0


1900 485 0.55 516 0.57 549 0.59 583 0.62 618 0.65 654 0.69 689 0.73 724 0.77 758 0.82 790 0.86

2000 499 0.59 531 0.61 563 0.63 597 0.66 631 0.7 666 0.73 701 0.77 734 0.82 767 0.86 798 0.91

2100 514 0.63 546 0.65 578 0.68 611 0.71 645 0.74 679 0.78 712 0.82 745 0.86 777 0.91 806 0.96

2200 530 0.68 562 0.7 594 0.73 627 0.76 660 0.79 693 0.83 725 0.87 757 0.92 787 0.96 816 1.01

2300 548 0.73 579 0.75 610 0.78 643 0.81 675 0.85 707 0.88 738 0.93 769 0.97 798 1.02 826 1.06

2400 566 0.78 596 0.81 628 0.84 659 0.87 691 0.9 722 0.94 752 0.98 782 1.03 810 1.08 837 1.12

2500 585 0.84 615 0.86 645 0.9 676 0.93 707 0.96 737 1 767 1.05 795 1.09 822 1.14 848 1.19

2600 604 0.9 634 0.93 664 0.96 694 0.99 724 1.03 753 1.07 781 1.11 809 1.15 835 1.2 861 1.25

2700 624 0.96 653 0.99 682 1.02 712 1.06 741 1.09 769 1.13 796 1.18 823 1.22 849 1.27 873 1.32

2800 645 1.02 673 1.05 701 1.09 730 1.12 758 1.16 785 1.2 812 1.25 838 1.29 862 1.34 886 1.39

2900 665 1.09 693 1.12 721 1.16 748 1.19 775 1.23 802 1.27 827 1.32 852 1.36 877 1.41 900 1.46

Air Volume (cfm)


1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0


1900 819 0.9 846 0.94 871 0.98 897 1.02 922 1.05 948 1.09 974 1.13 999 1.18 1025 1.23 1050 1.28

2000 826 0.95 852 0.99 877 1.03 902 1.06 928 1.1 953 1.14 979 1.18 1004 1.23 1029 1.28 1054 1.34

2100 834 1 859 1.04 884 1.08 909 1.12 934 1.15 960 1.2 985 1.24 1010 1.29 1034 1.35 1058 1.4

2200 842 1.05 868 1.1 892 1.13 917 1.17 942 1.21 967 1.26 992 1.3 1016 1.36 1040 1.41 1063 1.47

2300 852 1.11 877 1.15 901 1.19 926 1.23 950 1.27 975 1.32 999 1.37 1023 1.42 1046 1.48 1069 1.54

2400 862 1.17 887 1.21 911 1.25 935 1.3 959 1.34 983 1.39 1007 1.44 1030 1.5 1053 1.56 1075 1.62

2500 873 1.23 897 1.28 921 1.32 945 1.36 969 1.41 992 1.46 1016 1.52 1038 1.58 1060 1.64 1082 1.7

2600 885 1.3 909 1.34 932 1.39 955 1.43 979 1.49 1002 1.54 1025 1.6 1047 1.66 1069 1.73 1090 1.79

2700 897 1.37 920 1.41 944 1.46 967 1.51 990 1.57 1012 1.62 1034 1.69 1056 1.75 1077 1.82 1098 1.89

2800 910 1.44 933 1.49 955 1.54 978 1.6 1001 1.65 1023 1.72 1044 1.78 1066 1.85 1086 1.92 1107 1.99

2900 923 1.52 945 1.57 968 1.63 990 1.68 1012 1.75 1034 1.81 1055 1.88 1076 1.95 1096 2.02 1116 2.09

BLOWER DATABELT DRIVE KIT SPECIFICATIONS - 036-060

Model No.

Motor HP No. of Speeds

Drive Kits and RPM RangeNominal Maximum A01 A02 A03 A05 A06 A07

036 0.75 0.86 2 low 449-673 high 673-1010

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

1 1.15 2 - - - - - - - - - low 598-897 high 897-1346

- - - - - -

048 0.75 0.86 2 - - - low 497-673 high 745-1117

- - - - - - - - - - - -

2 2.3 2 - - - - - - - - - - - - low 714-953 high 1071-1429

- - -

060 1 1.15 2 - - - - - - low 555-833 high 833-1250

- - - - - - - - -

2 2.3 2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - low 808-1032 high 1212-1548

BELT DRIVE KIT SPECIFICATIONS - 072Model

No.Motor HP No. of

SpeedsNominal Maximum AA01 AA02 AA03072 1 1.15 1 522-784 - - - - - -

2 2.3 1 - - - 632-875 798-1105

FACTORY INSTALLED OPTIONS/FIELD INSTALLED ACCESSORY AIR RESISTANCE - in. w.g.Air

Volume cfm

Wet Indoor Coil Humiditrol Dehumidification

Coil

Gas HeatingEconomizer

Filters

036 048 060, 072 Medium Heat High Heat MERV 8 MERV

13036-048 MODELS

800 0.01 0.01 - - - 0.00 0.02 0.02 0.04 0.04 0.051000 0.02 0.02 - - - 0.00 0.02 0.02 0.04 0.04 0.071200 0.03 0.04 - - - 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.04 0.04 0.071400 0.04 0.05 - - - 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.04 0.071600 0.05 0.06 - - - 0.03 0.03 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.071800 0.06 0.07 - - - 0.04 0.04 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.072000 0.08 0.09 - - - 0.04 0.04 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.08

060-072 MODELS1000 - - - - - - 0.02 0.00 0.02 0.02 0.04 0.03 0.051200 - - - - - - 0.04 0.00 0.02 0.02 0.04 0.03 0.071400 - - - - - - 0.05 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.04 0.071600 - - - - - - 0.07 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.071800 - - - - - - 0.08 0.02 0.03 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.072000 - - - - - - 0.10 0.03 0.04 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.072200 - - - - - - 0.11 0.04 0.04 0.07 0.05 0.05 0.082400 - - - - - - 0.13 0.04 0.05 0.08 0.05 0.05 0.082600 - - - - - - 0.15 0.05 0.05 0.09 0.06 0.05 0.082800 - - - - - - 0.16 0.05 0.06 0.10 0.06 0.05 0.083000 - - - - - - 0.18 0.06 0.07 0.11 0.06 0.05 0.08

POWER EXHAUST FAN PERFORMANCE Return Air System Static

Pressure in. w.g.

Air Volume Exhausted cfm

Return Air System Static Pressure in. w.g.

Air Volume Exhausted cfm

036-048 MODELS 060-072 MODELS0.00 2000 0.00 31750.05 1990 0.05 29550.10 1924 0.10 26850.15 1810 0.15 24100.20 1664 0.20 21650.25 1507 0.25 19200.30 1350 0.30 14200.35 1210 0.35 1200

LGH/LCH036, 048, 060, 072

TABLE 6MANUFACTURER'S DRIVE COMPONENT NUMBERS

Drive No.

DRIVE COMPONENTS

Motor Pulley Blower Pulley bELT

Supplier No. OEM Part No. Supplier No. OEM Part No. Supplier No. OEM Part No.

A01 1VP34x7/8 31K6901 AK54 x 1 100244-19 A40 100245-17

A02 1VP34x7/8 31K6901 AK49 x 1 100244-18 A39 100245-16

A03 1VP34x7/8 31K6901 AK44 x 1 100244-16 A39 100245-16

A05 1VP34x7/8 31K6901 AK41 x 1 100244-15 A39 100245-16

A06 1VP44x7/8 P-8-1488 AK51 x 1 18L2201 A41 100245-18

A07 1VP50x7/8 P-8-2187 AK54 x 1 100244-19 AX43 73K8201

AA01 1VP34x7/8 31K6901 AK69 x 1 37L4701 AX51 13H0101

AA02 1VP40x7/8 79J0301 BK80H1 100788-03 A53 P-8-4951

AA03 1VP40x7/8 79J0301 AK59 x 1 31K6801 A50 100245-29

AA04 1VP44x7/8 P-8-1488 AK59 x 1 31K6801 AX51 13H0101

A01T2 1VP34x7/8 31K6901 AK54 x 1 100244-19 A41 100245-18

A02T2 1VP34x7/8 31K6901 AK49 x 1 100244-18 A40 100245-17

A03T2 1VP34x7/8 31K6901 AK44 x 1 100244-16 A40 100245-17

A05T2 1VP34x7/8 31K6901 AK41 x 1 100244-15 A41 100245-18

A06T2 1VP44x7/8 P-8-1488 AK51 x 1 18L2201 A41 100245-18

A07T2 1VP50x7/8 P-8-2187 AK54 x 1 100244-19 AX43 73K8201

AA01T2 1VP34x7/8 31K6901 AK69 x 1 37L4701 A50 100245-29

AA02T2 1VP40x7/8 79J0301 BK80H* 100788-03 A52 100245-30

AA03T2 1VP40x7/8 79J0301 AK59 x 1 31K6801 A49 100245-32

AA04T2 1VP44x7/8 P-8-1488 AK59 x 1 31K6801 A50 100245-29

NOTES: 1 Requires split taper bushing, Browning no. H1; OEM no. 100073-04 2 Includes tension assembly, Fenner no. FS0590; OEM no. 101994-02

Cooling Start-Up

A-Operation

1- Initiate first and second stage cooling demands

according to instructions provided with Unit

Controller Installation and Setup Guide. Use the

menu navigation arrows and select button; see

SERVICE > TEST

2- No Economizer Installed in Unit -

A first-stage cooling demand (Y1) will energize the

compressor and blower in low speed along with the

condenser fan. An increased cooling demand (Y2)

will increase the blower and compressor to high

speed.

Units Equipped With Economizer -

When outdoor air is acceptable, a first-stage

cooling demand (Y1) will energize the economizer.

An increased cooling demand (Y2) will energize

the compressor and low speed blower along with

the condenser fan. When outdoor air is not

acceptable unit will operate as though no

economizer is installed.

3- Units contain one refrigerant circuit or stage.

4- Unit is charged with R-410A refrigerant. See unit

rating plate for correct amount of charge.

5- Refer to Cooling Operation and Adjustment section for

proper method to check refrigerant charge.

B-Three Phase Scroll Compressor Voltage Phasing

Three phase scroll compressors must be phased

sequentially to ensure correct compressor and blower

rotation and operation. Compressor and blower are

wired in phase at the factory. Power wires are

color-coded as follows: line 1-red, line 2-yellow, line

3-blue.

1- Observe suction and discharge pressures and

blower rotation on unit start-up.

2- Suction pressure must drop, discharge pressure

must rise, and blower rotation must match rotation

marking.

If pressure differential is not observed or blower rotation is

not correct:

3- Disconnect all remote electrical power supplies.

4- Reverse any two field-installed wires connected to

the line side of K1 contactor. Do not reverse wires at

blower contactor.

5- Make sure the connections are tight.

Discharge and suction pressures should operate at

their normal start‐up ranges.

LGH/LCH036, 048, 060, 072

C-Refrigerant Charge and Check - All-Aluminum Coil

WARNING-Do not exceed nameplate charge under

any condition.

This unit is factory charged and should require no further

adjustment. If the system requires additional refrigerant,

reclaim the charge, evacuate the system, and add

required nameplate charge.

NOTE - System charging is not recommended below

60�F (15�C). In temperatures below 60�F (15�C), the

charge must be weighed into the system.

If weighing facilities are not available, or to check the

charge, use the following procedure:

IMPORTANT - Charge unit in standard cooling mode

high stage only.

1- Make sure outdoor coil is clean. Attach gauge

manifolds and operate unit at full CFM in cooling mode

with economizer disabled until system stabilizes

(approximately five minutes). Make sure all outdoor air

dampers are closed.

2- Compare the normal operating pressures (see tables

7 - 13) to the pressures obtained from the gauges.

Check unit components if there are significant

differences.

3- Measure the outdoor ambient temperature and the

suction pressure. Refer to the appropriate circuit

charging curve to determine a target liquid

temperature.

Note - Pressures are listed for sea level applications.

4- Use the same thermometer to accurately measure the

liquid temperature (in the outdoor section).

� If measured liquid temperature is higher than

the target liquid temperature, add refrigerant to

the system.

� If measured liquid temperature is lower than

the target liquid temperature, recover some

refrigerant from the system.

5- Add or remove charge in increments. Allow the

system to stabilize each time refrigerant is added or

removed.

6- Continue the process until measured liquid

temperature agrees with the target liquid

temperature. Do not go below the target liquid

temperature when adjusting charge. Note that

suction pressure can change as charge is adjusted.

7- Example LGH/LCH036H: At 95°F outdoor ambient

and a measured suction pressure of 130psig, the

target liquid temperature is 98°F. For a measured

liquid temperature of 106°F, add charge in

increments until measured liquid temperature agrees

with the target liquid temperature.

TABLE 7LGH/LCH036S NORMAL OPERATING PRESSURES - ALL-ALUMINUM COIL

Outdoor Coil Entering Air Temperature

65 F 75 F 85 F 95 F 105 F 115 F

Suct(psig)

Disc(psig)

Suct(psig)

Disc(psig)

Suct(psig)

Disc(psig)

Suct(psig)

Disc(psig)

Suct(psig)

Disc(psig)

Suct(psig)

Disc(psig)

113 235 117 274 116 329 118 379 121 438 124 497

121 239 122 284 125 327 127 378 129 437 132 506

138 248 141 288 144 329 147 375 151 427 151 497

157 264 160 297 163 339 167 387 172 437 175 492

TABLE 8LGH/LCH036H NORMAL OPERATING PRESSURES - ALL-ALUMINUM COIL


65 F 75 F 85 F 95 F 105 F 115 F

Suct(psig)

Disc(psig)

Suct(psig)

Disc(psig)

Suct(psig)

Disc(psig)

Suct(psig)

Disc(psig)

Suct(psig)

Disc(psig)

Suct(psig)

Disc(psig)

115 242 116 283 119 328 120 382 122 444 124 535

121 245 124 284 126 329 128 379 129 447 131 528

138 255 143 294 146 340 148 389 151 441 152 515

155 267 160 305 165 349 168 399 171 454 175 514

LGH/LCH036, 048, 060, 072



65 F 75 F 85 F 95 F 105 F 115 F

Suct(psig)

Disc(psig)

Suct(psig)

Disc(psig)

Suct(psig)

Disc(psig)

Suct(psig)

Disc(psig)

Suct(psig)

Disc(psig)

Suct(psig)

Disc(psig)

117 249 120 287 122 330 124 381 126 435 129 493

124 253 128 291 131 332 133 386 135 441 138 499

141 272 145 306 149 345 152 393 155 448 157 515

160 300 163 332 167 367 172 415 176 465 179 520



65 F 75 F 85 F 95 F 105 F 115 F

Suct(psig)

Disc(psig)

Suct(psig)

Disc(psig)

Suct(psig)

Disc(psig)

Suct(psig)

Disc(psig)

Suct(psig)

Disc(psig)

Suct(psig)

Disc(psig)

116 251 119 289 121 331 124 377 126 429 129 488

123 256 127 293 130 335 132 382 135 435 137 494

139 277 143 308 148 348 151 395 155 447 158 503

156 306 161 338 165 373 170 416 174 468 178 523



65 F 75 F 85 F 95 F 105 F 115 F

Suct(psig)

Disc(psig)

Suct(psig)

Disc(psig)

Suct(psig)

Disc(psig)

Suct(psig)

Disc(psig)

Suct(psig)

Disc(psig)

Suct(psig)

Disc(psig)

114 249 116 287 119 330 121 376 123 425 127 482

122 250 124 290 127 333 129 379 132 435 135 492

140 258 143 293 145 343 148 392 151 449 154 508

158 274 162 311 166 356 169 398 173 462 175 520



65 F 75 F 85 F 95 F 105 F 115 F

Suct(psig)

Disc(psig)

Suct(psig)

Disc(psig)

Suct(psig)

Disc(psig)

Suct(psig)

Disc(psig)

Suct(psig)

Disc(psig)

Suct(psig)

Disc(psig)

113 240 116 285 117 329 119 383 120 454 122 533

122 245 125 285 127 322 129 376 130 431 132 516

141 254 143 293 146 334 149 382 151 436 153 498

159 269 163 305 167 351 169 395 172 448 176 507



65 F 75 F 85 F 95 F 105 F 115 F

Suct(psig)

Disc(psig)

Suct(psig)

Disc(psig)

Suct(psig)

Disc(psig)

Suct(psig)

Disc(psig)

Suct(psig)

Disc(psig)

Suct(psig)

Disc(psig)

113 261 115 300 116 347 118 402 119 492 123 512

122 266 124 307 126 349 126 402 128 467 132 518

140 277 143 316 145 360 147 411 149 472 151 540

159 291 161 329 164 375 168 423 172 478 174 537

LGH/LCH036, 048, 060, 072

LGH/LCH036S CHARGING CURVE - ALL-ALUMINUM COIL

60

70

80

90

100

110

120

130

110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180

Outdoor Temperature (°F)

Suction Pressure (psig)

105°

95°

115°

85°

75°

65°

60

70

80

90

100

110

120

130

110 120 130 140 150 160


170 180Suction Pressure (psig)

105°

95°

115°

85°

75°

65°

LGH/LCH036H CHARGING CURVE - ALL-ALUMINUM COIL

LGH/LCH036, 048, 060, 072



60

70

80

90

100

110

120

130

110 120 130 140 150 160


170 180

105°

95°

115°

85°

75°

65°



60

70

80

90

100

110

120

130

110 120 130 140 150 160


170 180

105°

95°

115°

85°

75°

65°

LGH/LCH036, 048, 060, 072


60

70

80

90

100

110

120

130

110 120 130 140 150 160



105°

95°

115°

85°

75°

65°

60

70

80

90

100

110

120

130

110 120 130 140 150 160



105°

95°

115°

85°

75°

65°


LGH/LCH036, 048, 060, 072



60

70

80

90

100

110

120

130

110 120 130 140 150 160


170 180

105°

95°

115°

85°

75°

65°

LGH/LCH036, 048, 060, 072

D-Refrigerant Charge and Check - Fin/Tube Coil

WARNING-Do not exceed nameplate charge underany condition.

This unit is factory charged and should require no further

adjustment. If the system requires additional refrigerant,

reclaim the charge, evacuate the system, and add

required nameplate charge.

NOTE - System charging is not recommended below

60°F (15°C). In temperatures below 60°F (15°C) , the

charge must be weighed into the system.

If weighing facilities are not available, or to check the

charge, use the following procedure:

1- Attach gauge manifolds and operate unit in cooling

mode on HIGH SPEED with economizer disabled

until system stabilizes (approximately five minutes).

Make sure outdoor air dampers are closed.

2- Use a thermometer to accurately measure the

outdoor ambient temperature.

3- Apply the outdoor temperature to tables 14 through

27 to determine normal operating pressures.

Pressures are listed for sea level applications at 80°F

dry bulb and 67°F wet bulb return air.

4- Compare the normal operating pressures to the

pressures obtained from the gauges. Minor

variations in these pressures may be expected due to

differences in installations. Significant differences

could mean that the system is not properly charged

or that a problem exists with some component in the

system. Correct any system problems before

proceeding.

5- If discharge pressure is high, remove refrigerant from

the system. If discharge pressure is low, add

refrigerant to the system.

� Add or remove charge in increments.

� Allow the system to stabilize each time

refrigerant is added or removed.

6- Use the following approach method along with the

normal operating pressures to confirm readings.

TABLE 14LG/LC 036S NORMAL OPERATING PRESSURES

Outdoor CoilEntering Air Temp

Discharge+10 psig

Suction + 5psig

65� F 267 138

75� F 305 140

85� F 350 142

95� F 398 146

105� F 451 147

115� F 507 150

TABLE 15LG/LC 036S REHEAT NORMAL OPERATING

PRESSURES


Discharge+10 psig

Suction + 5psig

65� F 261 138

75� F 300 141

85� F 342 144

95� F 387 148

105� F 437 150

115� F 490 153

TABLE 16LG/LC 036H NORMAL OPERATING PRESSURES


Discharge+10 psig

Suction + 5psig

65� F 262 142

75� F 293 145

85� F 345 147

95� F 389 149

105� F 439 152

115� F 493 155

TABLE 17LG/LC 036H REHEAT NORMAL OPERATING

PRESSURES


Discharge+10 psig

Suction + 5psig

65� F 262 139

75� F 299 141

85� F 342 144

95� F 388 147

105� F 437 150

115� F 491 153



Discharge+10 psig

Suction + 5psig

65� F 259 129

75� F 299 138

85� F 343 146

95� F 390 148

105� F 442 157

115� F 497 160


PRESSURES


Discharge+10 psig

Suction + 5psig

65� F 259 139

75� F 298 143

85� F 340 145

95� F 388 148

105� F 439 151

115� F 495 154

LGH/LCH036, 048, 060, 072



Discharge+10 psig

Suction + 5psig

65� F 256 122

75� F 299 132

85� F 342 139

95� F 388 145

105� F 437 150

115� F 493 153


PRESSURES


Discharge+10 psig

Suction + 5psig

65� F 261 138

75� F 299 142

85� F 342 144

95� F 389 147

105� F 441 150

115� F 497 153



Discharge+10 psig

Suction + 5psig

65� F 264 136

75� F 303 138

85� F 346 140

95� F 395 142

105� F 445 145

115� F 500 148


PRESSURES


Discharge+10 psig

Suction + 5psig

65� F 267 135

75� F 307 137

85� F 350 139

95� F 399 142

105� F 451 144

115� F 507 147



Discharge+10 psig

Suction + 5psig

65� F 253 136

75� F 291 137

85� F 334 139

95� F 380 142

105� F 427 145

115� F 479 148


PRESSURES


Discharge+10 psig

Suction + 5psig

65� F 256 136

75� F 295 138

85� F 337 140

95� F 384 143

105� F 432 146

115� F 488 147



Discharge+10 psig

Suction + 5psig

65� F 271 136

75� F 312 139

85� F 357 141

95� F 405 144

105� F 458 147

115� F 515 151


PRESSURES


Discharge+10 psig

Suction + 5psig

65� F 272 137

75� F 312 139

85� F 356 140

95� F 403 142

105� F 453 145

115� F 507 148

D-Charge Verification - Approach Method - AHRI

TESTING (Fin/Tube Coil Continued)

1- Using the same thermometer, compare liquid

temperature to outdoor ambient temperature.

Approach Temperature = Liquid temperature (at

condenser outlet) minus ambient temperature.

2- Approach temperature should match values in table

28. An approach temperature greater than value

shown indicates an undercharge. An approach

temperature less than value shown indicates an

overcharge.

3- The approach method is not valid for grossly over or

undercharged systems. Use tables 14 through 27 as

a guide for typical operating pressures.

LGH/LCH036, 048, 060, 072

TABLE 28APPROACH TEMPERATURE

LGH/LCH Unit Liquid Temp. Minus Ambient Temp.

036S & H Std.036S & H Reheat048H Std.060S & H Reheat060H Std.072H Std.

6°F + 1 (3.3°C + 0.5)

048H Reheat072H Reheat

7°F + 1 (3.9°C + 0.5)

048S Std.060S Std.

8°F + 1 (4.4°C + 0.5)

048S Reheat 9°F + 1 (5.0°C + 0.5)

E-Compressor Controls

See unit wiring diagram to determine which controls are

used on each unit. Optional controls are identified on

wiring diagrams by arrows at junction points.

1- High Pressure Switch (S4)

The compressor circuit is protected by a high

pressure switch which opens at 640 psig + 10 psig

(4413 kPa + 70 kPa) and automatically resets at 475

psig + 20 psig (3275kPa + 138 kPa).

2- Low Pressure Switch (S87)

The compressor circuit is protected by a loss of

charge switch. Switch opens at 40 psig + 5 psig (276

+ 34 kPa) and automatically resets at 90 psig + 5

psig (621 kPa + 34 kPa).

3- Freezestat (S49)

The compressor is protected by a freezestat located

on the indoor coil. The freezestat opens at 29�F+3

(-2�C+2) and closes at 58�F+4 (14�C+2).

4- Compressor Crankcase Heater (HR1)

Crankcase heater must be energized at all times to

prevent compressor damage due to refrigerant

migration. Energize crankcase heater 24 hours before

unit start-up by setting thermostat so that there is no

cooling demand (to prevent compressor from cycling)

and apply power to unit.

5- Low Ambient Pressure Switch (S11)

Switch maintains adequate discharge pressure by

de-energizing condenser fan when liquid pressure

falls below 240 psig +10 (1655 kPa+69). S11 is

installed in the liquid line. Switch closes to energize

condenser fan when pressure rises to 450 psig +10

(3103kPa + 69).

6- Discharge Line Thermostat (S40)

3 through 5 Ton Units Only

Switch opens when discharge line temperature

reaches 94�F+5 (34�C+3) and closes when

temperature falls below 74�F+5 (23�C+3). Prevents

crankcase heater operation in warm weather.

7- High Ambient Pressure Switch (S16)

Switch improves high ambient operation by

activating the TXV assist circuit. Switch closes at

550psig + 10 (3792kPa + 70kPa) and automatically

resets at 400 PSIG (2758kPa + 70kPa).

LGH/LCH036, 048, 060, 072

Cooling Operation - 036, 048, 060

This is a summary of cooling operation. Refer to the

sequence of operation provided in the Engineering

Handbook or Service Manual for more detail.

Note - During a dehumidification demand the blower

operates at the highest speed. Free cooling is locked-out

during reheat operation. Refer to hot gas reheat start-up

and operation section for details.

A-Two-Stage Thermostat

1-Economizer With Outdoor Air Suitable

Y1 Demand -

Compressors Off

Blower Cooling Low

Dampers modulate

Y2 Demand -

Compressors Off

Blower Cooling High

Dampers Modulate

Note - If dampers are at maximum open for three

minutes, compressor is energized at high speed and

blower stays on cooling high.

2-No Economizer or Outdoor Air Not Suitable

Y1 Demand -

Compressor Low

Blower Cooling Low

Dampers Minimum Position

Y2 Demand -

Compressor High

Blower Cooling High


B-Three-Stage Thermostat OR Room Sensor


Y1 Demand -

Compressors Off

Blower Cooling Low

Dampers modulate

Y2 Demand -

Compressors Off

Blower Cooling High

Dampers Modulate

Note - If dampers are at maximum open for three minutes,

compressor 1 is energized and blower stays on cooling high.

Y3 Demand -

Compressors 1 and 2 On

Blower Cooling High

Dampers Maximum Open

Cooling Operation - 072

This is a summary of cooling operation. Refer to the

sequence of operation provided in the Engineering

Handbook or Service Manual for more detail.

Note - During a dehumidification demand the blower

operates at the highest speed. Free cooling is locked-out

during reheat operation. Refer to hot gas reheat start-up

and operation section for details.

A-Two-Stage Thermostat


Y1 Demand -

Compressors Off

Blower Cooling On

Dampers modulate

Note - If dampers are at maximum open for three

minutes, compressor is energized.

Y2 Demand -

Compressors On

Blower Cooling On

Dampers Modulate

2-No Economizer or Outdoor Air Not Suitable

Y1 Demand -

Compressor 1 On

Blower Cooling On


LGH/LCH036, 048, 060, 072

Gas Heat Start-Up (Gas Units)

FOR YOUR SAFETY READ BEFORE LIGHTING

WARNINGElectric shock hazard. Can cause injuryor death. Do not use this unit if any parthas been under water. Immediately calla qualified service technician to inspectthe unit and to replace any part of thecontrol system and any gas controlwhich has been under water.

WARNINGDanger of explosion. Can cause injuryor product or property damage. If overheating occurs or if gas supply fails toshut off, shut off the manual gas valveto the appliance before shutting offelectrical supply.

WARNINGElectric shock hazard. Can causeinjury or death. Before attempting toperform any service or maintenance,turn the electrical power to unit OFF atdisconnect switch(es). Unit may havemultiple power supplies.

WARNINGSMOKE POTENTIAL

The heat exchanger in this unit could be a source ofsmoke on initial firing. Take precautions with respect to building occupants and property. Vent initial supply air outside when possible.

BEFORE LIGHTING smell all around the appliance area

for gas. Be sure to smell next to the floor because some

gas is heavier than air and will settle on the floor.

The gas valve may be equipped with either a gas control

lever or gas control knob. Use only your hand to push

the lever or turn the gas control knob. Never use tools. If

the the lever will not move or the knob will not push in or

turn by hand, do not try to repair it. Call a qualified

service technician. Force or attempted repair may

result in a fire or explosion.

WARNINGDanger of explosion. Can cause injury ordeath. Do not attempt to light manually.Unit has a direct spark ignition system.

This unit is equipped with an automatic spark ignition

system. There is no pilot. In case of a safety shutdown,

move thermostat switch to OFF and return the thermostat

switch to HEAT to reset ignition control.

A-Placing Unit In Operation

WARNINGDanger of explosion and fire. Can causeinjury or product or property damage.You must follow these instructionsexactly.

Gas Valve Operation (figure 25 and 26)

1- Set thermostat to lowest setting.

2- Turn off all electrical power to appliance.

3- This appliance is equipped with an ignition device

which automatically lights the burner. Do not try to

light the burner by hand.

4- Open or remove the control access panel.

MANIFOLDPRESSURE

OUTLET

Gas valve switch shown in ON position.

INLETPRESSURE

PORT

MANIFOLDPRESSURE

ADJUSTMENTSCREW

FIGURE 25

HONEYWELL VR8215S GAS VALVE

Single-Stage

WHITE RODGERS 36J54 GAS VALVE

Two-Stage

Gas valve switch is shown in OFF position.

FIGURE 26

LOW FIREADJUSTMENT

HIGH FIREADJUSTMENT

INLETPRESSURE

TAP

MANIFOLDPRESSURE TAP

LGH/LCH036, 048, 060, 072

5- Move gas valve switch to OFF. See figure 25 or 26.

6- Wait five (5) minutes to clear out any gas. If you then

smell gas, STOP! Immediately call your

gas supplier from a neighbor's phone. Follow the gas

supplier's instructions. If you do not smell gas, go to

the next step.

7- Move gas valve switch to ON. See figure 25 or 26.

8- Close or replace the control access panel.

9- Turn on all electrical power to appliance.

10- Set thermostat to desired setting.

NOTE - When unit is initially started, steps 1 through 9

may need to be repeated to purge air from gas line.

11- The ignition sequence will start.

12- If the furnace does not light the first time (gas line not

fully purged), it will attempt up to two more ignitions

before locking out.

13- If lockout occurs, repeat steps 1 through 10.

14- If the appliance will not operate, follow the

instructions “Turning Off Gas to Appliance” and call

your service technician or gas supplier.

Turning Off Gas to Unit

1- If using an electromechanical thermostat, set to the

lowest setting.

2- Before performing any service, turn off all electrical

power to the appliance.

3- Open or remove the control access panel.

4- Move gas valve switch to OFF.

5- Close or replace the control access panel.


Heating Operation and Adjustments

(Gas Units)

A-Heating Sequence of Operation

1- On a heating demand the combustion air inducer

starts immediately.

2- Combustion air pressure switch proves inducer

operation. After a 30-second pre-purge, power is

allowed to ignition control. Switch is factory set and

requires no adjustment.

3- Spark ignitor energizes and gas valve solenoid

opens.

4- Spark ignites gas, ignition sensor proves the flame

and combustion continues.

5- If flame is not detected after 8 seconds, the ignition

control will repeat steps 3 and 4 two more times. The

ignition control will wait 5 minutes before the ignition

attempt recycles.

B-Ignition Control Diagnostic LED's

TABLE 29IGNITION CONTROL HEARTBEAT LED STATUS

LEDFlashes

Indicates

Steady Off No power or control hardware fault.

Steady On Power applied. Control OK.

3 Flashes Ignition lockout from too many trials.

4 FlashesIgnition lockout from too many flamelosses within single call for heat.

5 Flashes Control hardware fault detected.

C-Limit Controls

Limit controls are factory-set and are not adjustable. The

primary limit is located to the right of the combustion air

inducer. See figure 34.

D-Heating Adjustment

Main burners are factory-set and do not require adjustment.

The following manifold pressures are listed on the gas valve.

Natural Gas Units - Low Fire - 2.0” w.c.

Natural Gas Units - High Fire - 3.5” w.c.

LP Gas Units - Low Fire - 5.9” w.c.

LP Gas Units - High Fire - 10.5” w.c.

Electric Heat Start-Up (LCH Units)

Optional electric heat will stage on and cycle with

thermostat demand. See electric heat wiring diagram on

unit for sequence of operation.

LGH/LCH036, 048, 060, 072

Advanced Air Flow Control Start-Up

Three-, four- and five-ton units equipped with a direct

drive blower and optional economizer allows the installer

to directly enter the design specified supply air (blower)

and outdoor air volume (economizer minimum position)

parameters without the need to manually take

measurements and adjust settings. The system monitors

supply air volume and outside air volume and also has

customizable diagnostics.

Note - Unit Controller configuration I.D. 1 character 7 is

factory-set to either S or L for the unit to operate in

Advanced Air Flow Control mode. When character 7 is set

to N or U, the Unit Controller will stage the indoor blower

speed but it won't control the damper minimum position.

The economizer is equipped with a PT5 pressure

transducer which provides feedback for damper

minimum position. See figure 27 for PT5 location. Refer to

the economizer installation instructions and Unit

Controller manual for additional economizer set-up.

Note - Modulation of dampers for free cooling does not

change.

ADesign Specifications

Use table 30 to fill in the field-provided,

design-specified supply air CFM and minimum required

outdoor/fresh air CFM.

TABLE 30

FIELD-PROVIDED DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS

Supply Air CFM

Heating CFM

Cooling High CFM

Cooling Low CFM

Ventilation CFM

Economizer Minimum Position

Outdoor Airflow CFM

BEnter Supply Air CFM Into Unit Controller

Use the following menu path to enter each supply air CFM

into the Unit Controller. Make sure supply air CFM is

within limitations shown in table 31. Refer to the Unit

Controller manual provided with unit.

SETTING > RTU OPTIONS > BLOWER > SPEEDS

In the SPEEDS submenu, enter CFM values for HEAT,

COOLING HIGH, COOLING LOW and VENTILATION.

Use the down, up and save push buttons below the

display to enter each value.

After the speed CFM are saved, the Unit Controller will

cycle to BLOWER CALIBRATION.

PT5 PRESSURE TRANSDUCER

PRESSURETRANSDUCER

FIGURE 27

ECONOMIZER

CAUTIONThe BLOWER CALIBRATION process starts the in

door blower at operational speeds and moves the

economizer damper blades. Before starting this pro

cess, replace any access panels and close all unit

doors except compressor compartment door.

Blower calibration is required only on units that are newly

installed or if there is a change in the duct work or air filters

after installation. After the new CFM values are entered,

use the down and up arrow buttons to select START

CALIBRATION. Push SAVE to start calibration. The

blower calibration status is displayed as a % complete.

Upon successful completion, the Unit Controller will

display CALIBRATION SUCCESS and go back to the

blower calibration screen. Press the MAIN MENU button

to go to the main menu and press the BACK button to go

to the status screen.

If only the CFM values are updated, use the down and up

arrow buttons to select “CALIBRATION DONE”. Push

SAVE to enter the updated values. This selection will not

initiate calibration, resulting in less setup time. Press the

MAIN MENU button to go to the main menu and press the

BACK button to go to the status screen.

LGH/LCH036, 048, 060, 072

CEnter Outdoor Airflow Design Specifications Into

Unit Controller

Use the following menu path to enter the outdoor airflow

CFM (replaces minimum damper position set point) into

the Unit Controller. Make sure outdoor airflow CFM is

within limitations shown in table 31. Refer to the Unit

Controller manual provided with unit.

SETTINGS > RTU OPTIONS > DAMPER

Press the SAVE button to cycle through the sub-menu

until the OUTDOOR AIRFLOW input screen is displayed.

Enter the value and press SAVE.

Press the MAIN MENU button to go to the main menu and

press the BACK button to go to the status screen.

DOperation

1- After calibration, the indoor blower will supply the

CFM specified based on the thermostat demand

signal received by the Unit Controller:

G – Ventilation CFM

W – Heating CFM

Y1 – Cooling Low CFM

Y2 – Cooling High CFM

2- The Unit Controller, using input from PT5 and the

entered outdoor air flow CFM, will open the fresh

air dampers to minimum position. In addition, the

Unit Controller must have an occupied (OCP)

thermostat demand.

TABLE 31

MINIMUM / MAXIMUM CFM

LGH/LCH036-060 Unit Parameter Settings

Parameter NameLCH/LGH Default Factory Settings

036H4E 048H4E 060H4E

SETUP > TEST & BALANCE > BLOWER

COOLING HI SPEED / HEATING MAXIMUM (480 CFM/TON) 1440 1920 2400

COOLING HI SPEED MINIMUM (280 CFM/TON) 840 1120 1400

COOLING LOW SPEED MINIMUM (220 CFM/TON) 660 880 1100

GAS HEAT - STANDARD - MINIMUM CFM 970 970 970

GAS HEAT - MEDIUM - MINIMUM CFM 1120 1120 1120

GAS HEAT - HIGH - MINIMUM CFM 1310 1310 1310

ELECTRIC HEAT - MINIMUM CFM 1080 1280 1600

VENTILATION MINIMUM (150 CFM/TON) 450 600 750

SETUP > TEST & BALANCE > DAMPER

OUTDOOR AIRFLOW CFM MAXIMUM CFM 450 600 750

SETTINGS > RTU OPTIONS > EDIT PARAMETER = 12In order for the SMOKE CFM change to take effect, go to SETUP > TEST & BALANCE > BLOWER and run the the wizard. Performing thistask will recalculate the output to the desired CFM. No adjustments are required during this procedure.

MSAV SMOKE CFM MAXIMUM 1440 1920 2400

Installer: Configuration ID 1, position 7 needs to be set to either S or L. Circle applicable unit model number and record any CFM changes under

“Field Set CFM Value” column. Settings need to be recorded by installer for use when Unit Controller is replaced or reprogrammed.

LGH/LCH036, 048, 060, 072

SCR Electric Heat Controller (LCH Units)

Optional factory-installed SCR (A38) will provide small

amounts of power to the electric heat elements to

efficiently maintain warm duct air temperatures when

there is no heating demand. The SCR maintains duct

air temperature based on input from a field-provided

and installed thermostat (A104) and duct sensor

(RT20). SCR is located in the compressor section on

the left wall. Use only with a thermostat or Novar

control system.

Use the instructions provided with the thermostat to set

DIP switches as follows: S1 On, S2 Off, S3 Off. Use the

instructions provided with the duct sensor to install sensor

away from electric element radiant heat and in a location

where discharge air is a mixed average temperature.

Once power is supplied to unit, zero SCR as follows:

1- Adjust thermostat (A104) to minimum position.

2- Use a small screwdriver to slowly turn the ZERO

potentiometer on the SCR until the LED turns solid red.

3- Very slowly adjust the potentiometer the opposite

direction until the LED turns off.

Hot Gas Reheat Start-Up And Operation

General

Hot gas reheat units provide a dehumidifying mode of

operation. These units contain a reheat coil adjacent to

and downstream of the evaporator coil. Reheat coil

solenoid valve, L14, routes hot discharge gas from the

compressor to the reheat coil. Return air pulled across

the evaporator coil is cooled and dehumidified; the

reheat coil adds heat to supply air. See figure 28 for

reheat refrigerant routing and figure 29 for standard

cooling refrigerant routing.

L14 Reheat Coil Solenoid Valve

When Unit Controller input (Unit Controller J298-5 or

J299-8) indicates room conditions require

dehumidification, L14 reheat valve is energized (Unit

Controller P269-3) and refrigerant is routed to the

reheat coil.

Reheat Setpoint

Reheat is factory-set to energize when indoor relative

humidity rises above 60% (default). The reheat setpoint

can be adjusted by changing Unit Controller Settings -

Control menu. A setting of 100% will operate reheat from

an energy management system digital output. The reheat

setpoint can also be adjusted using an optional Network

Control Panel (NCP).

Reheat will terminate when the indoor relative humidity

falls 3% (57% default) or the digital output de-energizes.

The reheat deadband can be adjusted at Settings -

Control menu.

REHEAT MODE REFRIGERANT ROUTING

REHEATCOIL

EVAPORATOR

REHEATVALVE

RETURNAIR

CONDENSERCOIL

OUTDOORAIR

COMPRESSOR

SUPPLYAIR

CHECKVALVE

EXPANSIONVALVE

FIGURE 28

COIL

LGH/LCH036, 048, 060, 072

COOLING MODE REFRIGERANT ROUTING

REHEATCOIL

EVAPORATOR

REHEATVALVE

RETURNAIR

CONDENSERCOIL

OUTDOORAIR

COMPRESSOR

SUPPLYAIR

CHECKVALVE

EXPANSIONVALVE

FIGURE 29

COIL

Check-Out

Test reheat operation using the following procedure.

1- Make sure reheat is wired as shown in wiring section.

2- Make sure unit is in local thermostat mode.

3- Use Unit Controller key pad to elect SERVICE >

TEST > DEHUMIDIFIER.

The blower and compressor (reheat) should be

operating. DEHUMIDIFIER 1 ON will be appear on the

Unit Controller display.

4- Press BACK on the Unit Controller display to stop the

testing mode.

Compressor (reheat) and blower should de-energize.

Default Reheat Operation

During reheat mode free cooling is locked out.

No Y1 demand but a call for dehumidification:

Compressor is operating, blower is on, and the reheat

valve is energized.

Y1 demand:


valve is energized.

Y2 demand:


valve is de-energized.

Service

The unit should be inspected once a year by a qualified

service technician.

CAUTIONLabel all wires prior to disconnection when servicing controls. Wiring errors can cause improper anddangerous operation. Verify proper operation afterservicing.

WARNINGThe State of California has determined that thisproduct may contain or produce a chemical orchemicals, in very low doses, which may cause serious illness or death. It may also cause cancer,birth defects, or reproductive harm.

A-Filters

Units are equipped with temporary filters which must be

replaced prior to building occupation. See table 32 for

correct filter size. Refer to local codes or appropriate

jurisdiction for approved filters.

LGH/LCH036, 048, 060, 072

WARNINGUnits are shipped from the factory with temporaryfilters. Replace filters before building is occupied.Damage to unit could result if filters are not replaced with approved filters. Refer to appropriatecodes.

Approved filters should be checked monthly and

replaced when necessary. Take note of air flow direction

marking on filter frame when reinstalling filters. See

figure 30.

TABLE 32

UNIT FILTERS

Unit Qty Filter Size - inches (mm)

036, 048 4 16 X 20 X 2 (406 X 508 X 51)

060, 072 4 20 X 20 X 2 (508 X 508 X 51)

NOTE-Filters must be U.L.C. certified or equivalent for

use in Canada.

FIGURE 30

REMOVE FILTERS

PULL TOREMOVEFILTERS

B-Lubrication

All motors are lubricated at the factory. No further

lubrication is required.

C-Burners (Gas Units)

Periodically examine burner flames for proper

appearance during the heating season. Before each

heating season examine the burners for any deposits or

blockage which may have occurred.

Clean burners as follows:

1- Turn off both electrical power and gas supply to unit.

2- Remove blower access panel.

3- Remove top burner box panel.

4- Remove two screws securing burners to burner

support and lift the burners from the orifices. See

figure 31. Clean as necessary.

FIGURE 31

BURNER BOX ASSEMBLY

GAS VALVE

GAS

MANIFOLD

FLAME

SENSOR

BURNERS

IGNITOR

5- Locate the ignitor under the right burner. Check

ignitor spark gap with appropriately sized twist drills

or feeler gauges. See figure 32.

FIGURE 32

IGNITOR

SPARK GAP

SHOULD BE 1/8”

(3mm)

6- Replace burners and screws securing burner. See

figure 33.

LGH/LCH036, 048, 060, 072

WARNINGDanger of explosion. Can cause injury ordeath. Do not overtighten main burnermounting screws. Snug tighten only.

7- Replace access panel.

8- Restore electrical power and gas supply. Follow

lighting instructions attached to unit and use

inspection port in access panel to check flame.

FIGURE 33

BURNER ORIENTATION

150,000 BTUH - 7 BURNERS



SENSOR IGNITOR

SENSOR IGNITOR

SENSOR IGNITOR

D-Combustion Air Inducer (Gas Units)

A combustion air proving switch checks combustion air

inducer operation before allowing power to the gas

controller. Gas controller will not operate if inducer is

obstructed.

Under normal operating conditions, the combustion air

inducer wheel should be checked and cleaned prior to the

heating season. However, it should be examined

periodically during the heating season to establish an

ideal cleaning schedule.

Clean combustion air inducer as follows:

1- Shut off power supply and gas to unit.

2- Remove the mullion on the right side of the heat

section.

3- Disconnect pressure switch air tubing from

combustion air inducer port.

4- Remove and retain screws securing combustion

air inducer to flue box. Remove vent connector.

See figure 34.

5- Clean inducer wheel blades with a small brush and

wipe off any dust from housing. Take care not to

damage exposed fan blades. Clean accumulated

dust from front of flue box cover.

HEAT EXCHANGER ASSEMBLY

FIGURE 34

BURNER


VENTCONNECTOR

GAS VALVE

HEATEXCHANGER

TUBE

PRIMARYLIMIT

ROLLOUTSWITCH

FLUE BOXCOVER

6- Return combustion air inducer motor and vent

connector to original location and secure with

retained screws. It is recommended that gaskets be

replaced during reassembly.

7- Replace mullion.

8- Clean combustion air inlet louvers on blower access

panel using a small brush.

E-Flue Box (Gas Units)

Remove flue box cover only when necessary for

equipment repair. Clean inside of flue box cover and heat

exchanger tubes with a wire brush when flue box cover

has to be removed. Install a new flue box cover gasket

and replace cover. Make sure edges around flue box

cover are tightly sealed.

F-Evaporator Coil

Inspect and clean coil at beginning of each cooling season.

Clean using mild detergent or commercial coil cleaner.

Flush coil and condensate drain with water taking care not

to get insulation, filters and return air ducts wet.

LGH/LCH036, 048, 060, 072

G-Condenser Coil

All-Aluminum Coils -

Clean condenser coil annually with water and inspect

monthly during the cooling season.

Clean the all-aluminum coil by spraying the coil steadily

and uniformly from top to bottom. Do not exceed 900 psi

or a 45� angle; nozzle must be at least 12 inches from the

coil face. Take care not to fracture the braze between the

fins and refrigerant tubes. Reduce pressure and work

cautiously to prevent damage.

Fin/Tube Coils -

Clean condenser coil annually with detergent or

commercial coil cleaner and inspect monthly during the

cooling season.

Condenser coils are made of single and two formed slabs.

On units with two slabs, dirt and debris may become

trapped between the slabs. To clean between slabs,

carefully separate coil slabs and wash them thoroughly.

See figure 35. Flush coils with water following cleaning.

Note - Remove all screws and gaskets prior to cleaning

procedure and replace upon completion.

H-Supply Air Blower Wheel

Annually inspect supply air blower wheel for accumulated

dirt or dust. Turn off power before attempting to remove

access panel or to clean blower wheel.

TOP VIEW

CONDENSERCOILS

BLOWER

CONDENSER ACCESS PANEL

FIGURE 35

ENDPLATE IS SECUREDTO MULLION

1- Remove unit top panel and condenser section access

panel.

2- Remove screws securing coil end plate to mullion.

3- Remove wire ties connecting coils slabs and separate

slabs 3-4” (76-102mm).

4- Clean coils with detergent or commercial coil cleaner.

5- Rinse thoroughly with water and reassemble. Use

field-provided wire ties to connect coil slabs.

CLEAN CONDENSER COIL - UNITS WITH FIN/TUBE COILS

SUPPLYAIR

LGH/LCH036, 048, 060, 072

Factory Unit Controller Settings

Use the Unit Controller to adjust parameters; menu paths

are shown in each table. Refer to the Unit Controller

manual provided with each unit.

Tables 33 through 36 show factory settings (in degrees, %

of fan CFM, etc.). Record adjusted settings on the label

located inside the compressor access panel.

When field installing optional kits and accessories, the

Unit Controller must be configured to identify the option

before it will function. Refer to figures 36 and 37 to

determine whether the Unit Controller configuration I.D.

must change. To configure the option, use MAIN MENU >

SETUP > INSTALL menu path. Press SAVE until

CONFIGURATION ID 1 or 2 appears depending on the

option installed. Change the appropriate character in the

configuration I.D. For example, when an economizer is

installed using a single enthalpy sensor, change

configuration I.D. 1, the second character, to “S”.

TABLE 33580730

Units With BACnet Module Settings

Use menu SETUP > NETWORK INTEGRATION. Set “BACNET” andnetwork address.

BACNET MAC ADDRESS:

TABLE 34580732

Units With Room Sensor, CPC/LSE Gateway Settings

Use menu SETUP > NETWORK INTEGRATION. Set “L CONNECTION” and network address.

LCONN ADDRESS:

TABLE 35

580734

Units With Hot Gas Reheat

Use SETTINGS > RTU OPTIONS > EDIT PARAMETERS

Parameter

FactorySetting

FieldSetting Description

105 6

Hot Gas Reheat Option 6: Reheat isonly possible if blower is energized during occupied periods. Controlled by RHsensor (A91) connected to inputA55_P298_5 and set point set at parameter 106 (default 60%).

TABLE 36

580735

Units with BACnet Module (Target) Settings

Use menu SETUP > NETWORK INTEGRATION. Set “BACNET”and network address.

BACNET MAC ADDRESS:

Parameter

FactorySetting Setting Description

Use SETTINGS > RTU OPTIONS > EDIT PARAMETERS

91 120Sets the compressor minimum runtime to 2 minutes.

106 99

Set reheat SP from connected sensorto 99% to basically disable. Reheatwill be controlled over by BAS. Onlyapplies to units with the reheat option.

111 3 Thermostat with three cooling stages.

117 0DCV max. open damper. 0=controlledby network.

153 60Time delay between heating and cooling mode.

LGH/LCH036, 048, 060, 072

Configuration ID 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Humiditrol [1]

Not Installed = N

Humiditrol Installed = H

Unconfigured = U

Economizer [2]

Not Installed = N

Motorized Outdoor Air

Damper Only = M

Economizer - Temperature = T

Economizer Global = G

Economizer - Single

Enthalpy = S

Economizer - Dual Enthalpy = D

Unconfigured = U

Power Exhaust [3]

Not Installed = N

Single-Stage = S

Dual-Stage = D

Unconfigured = U

Power Exhaust Control 4]

Not Installed = N

Damper Position = A

[5] Network Module

N = Not Installed

B = BACnet

L = LonTalk (Lennox)

[6] Blower Variable

Frequency Drive Bypass

N = Not Installed

A = Automatic Bypass

M = Manual Bypass

U = Unconfigured

[7] Advance Air Flow

Control

N = Not Installed

S = Installed with Standard

Economizer

L = Installed with High Performance

Economizer

U = Unconfigured

[8] Outdoor Air CFM

Control

N = Not applicable (for future

use)

FIGURE 36

LGH/LCH036, 048, 060, 072

Configuration ID 2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Not Installed = N

Installed on M3 = C

Installed on DDC

Controller = D

Dirty Filter Switch (S27) [2]

Not Installed = N

Installed on M3 = C

Not Installed = N

Installed on DI-2 = 2


[5] Phase / Voltage Detection *

N = Not Installed

1 = Enabled Internal (Lennox)

2 = External (A42) Phase Detection

on DI-2

3 = External (A42) Phase Detection

on DI-3

N = Not Installed

Y = Installed

[8] Load Shedding

N = Not Installed

G = Global (P297 - pin 9)

L = Installed on DI-2

U = Installed on DI-3

[9] Electric Heat

(Field-Installed)

[1]Air Flow Proving Switch (S52)

[3]Overflow Switch

(S149 / S179)

[4]Motor Overload

Switch (S42)

Not Installed = N



[7] Zone Bypass Damper

N = Not Installed

Y = Installed

[6] Ultra Violet Lamp

N = Not Installed

Y = Installed

* When Phase / Voltage detection monitoring is enabled on a three-phase

system and configured incorrectly will result in the system going into de

mand hold status and then restart after three minutes.

FIGURE 37

LGH036, 048 060, 072, 074

LGH092, 094, 120, 122, 150, 152

LGH156, 180, 210, 240, 300S

LGH242, 300H, 360

(3, 4, 5 and 6 Tons)

(7-1/2, 8‐1/2, 10 and 12 Tons)

(13, 15, 17-1/2, 20 and 25 Tons)

(20, 25 and 30 Tons)

2015

Litho U.S.A.

507246-029/2015Supersedes 507246-01

WHAT TO DO IF YOU SMELL GAS:

FIRE OR EXPLOSION HAZARD

Failure to follow safety warnings exactly could result in serious injurydeath or property damage.

WARNING

Do not store or use gasoline or otherflammable vapors and liquids in thevicinity of this or any other appliance.

Installation and service must be performed by a qualified installer, service agency or the gas supplier.

� Do not try to light any appliance.

� Do not touch any electrical switch; do notuse any phone in your building.

� Immediately call your gas supplier from aneighbor's phone. Follow the gas supplier'sinstructions.

� If you cannot reach your gas supplier, callthe fire department.

� Extinguish any open flames.

ROOFTOPUNITS

READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS IN THIS MANUALAND RETAIN FOR FUTURE REFERENCE

See unit nameplate for manufacturerand address.

FBR113270

� Leave the building immediately.

33

33

LLEENNOOXXNNLLEENNOOXXNN

02 9/2015

LGH036, 048, 060, 072, & 074 Parts Arrangement

EVAPORATORCOIL

CONDENSERFAN

CONDENSERCOIL

COMPRESSOR

CONDENSATEDRAIN

FILTERS (4)

036, 048:16 X 20 X 2”060, 072, 074: 20 X 20 X 2”


GAS VALVEBURNERS


BLOWERMOTOR

(BELT DRIVE SHOWN)

TXV

UNITCONTROLLER


BLOWER

COILGUARDS

(OPTIONAL)

LGH092, 094, 102, 120, 122, 150 & 152 Parts Arrangement

UNITCONTROLLER

EVAPORATORCOIL

CONDENSER FANS(2 ON 092, 102, 120, 150UNITS; 3 ON 094, 122,

152 UNITS) CONDENSERCOILS

COMPRESSORS

CONDENSATEDRAIN

FILTERS(FOUR - 20 X 25 X 2”)


BLOWER

BLOWERMOTOR (BELT

DRIVE SHOWN)

GAS VALVE

BURNERS



DISCONNECT /CIRCUIT BREAKER

(FACTORY OR FIELDINSTALLED OPTION)

33

33

LLEENNOOXXNNLLEENNOOXXNN

BLOWER

LGH036-360 User's

LGH156, 180, 210, 240, 300S Parts Arrangement

BLOWERS

EVAPORATORCOIL


CONDENSER FANS(3 FANS ON 156 UNITS;6 FANS ON 180U, 210,

240, & 300S UNITS

CONDENSERCOILS (RIGHT COIL

IS VERTICAL ON156 UNITS)

COMPRESSORS(4 ON 180U, 240 & 300S UNITS)

GAS VALVE BURNERS

BLOWERMOTOR

CONDENSATEDRAIN

FILTERS(SIX - 24 X 24 X 2”)ECONOMIZER

DAMPERS (OPTIONAL)

UNITCONTROLLER

DISCONNECT(Factory-installed option)

LGH242, 300H, 360 Parts Arrangement

BURNERSCOMPRESSORS


EVAPORATORCOIL

BLOWER MOTOR

CONDENSER FANS(6)

CONDENSERCOILS

HEATEXCHANGER TUBES

BLOWERS

CONDENSATEDRAIN

FILTERS(TWELVE - 20 X 20 X 2”)ECONOMIZER

DAMPERS (OPTIONAL)

CONTROL BOX

115V GFCI OUTLET(Factory-installed option)

DISCONNECT(Factory-installed option)

02 9/2015

Safety

1 - Keep unit area clear and free of combustible

materials, gasoline and other flammable vapors and

liquids.

2 - Do not obstruct air flow to unit. Unit must receive

an unobstructed flow of combustion and

ventilating air.

WARNINGDanger of explosion and fire. Failure tofollow safety warnings exactly couldresult in dangerous operation, seriousinjury, death or property damage.


WARNINGElectric shock hazard. Can cause injuryor death. Before attempting to performany service or maintenance, turn theelectrical power to unit OFF at disconnect switch(es). Unit may have multiplepower supplies.

WARNINGThe State of California has determined that thisproduct may contain or produce a chemical orchemicals, in very low doses, which may cause serious illness or death. It may also cause cancer,birth defects, or reproductive harm.

CAUTIONLabel all wires prior to disconnection when servicing controls. Wiring errors can cause improper anddangerous operation. Verify proper operation afterservicing.

WARNINGDanger of electrical shock, explosionand fire. Improper servicing couldresult in dangerous operation, seriousinujry, death or property damage.

WARNINGDo not use this furnace if any part has been underwater. A flood-damaged furnace is extremely dangerous. Attempts to use the furnace can result infire or explosion. A qualified service agencyshould be contacted to inspect the furnace and toreplace all gas controls, control system parts,electrical parts that have been wet or the furnaceif deemed necessary.

WARNINGDanger of explosion. Can cause injuryor product or property damage. Shouldthe gas supply fail to shut off or ifoverheating occurs, shut off the gasvalve to the furnace before shutting offthe electrical supply.

Unit Operation

FOR YOUR SAFETY READ BEFORE LIGHTING

BEFORE LIGHTING smell all around the furnace area for

gas. Be sure to smell next to the roof because some gas is

heavier than air and will settle on the roof.

The gas valve may be equipped with either a gas control

lever or gas control knob. Use only your hand to push

the lever or turn the gas control knob. Never use tools. If

the lever will not move or the knob will not push in or turn

by hand, do not try to repair it. Call a qualified service

technician. Force or attempted repair may result in a fire

or explosion.

The unit is equipped with an automatic spark ignition

system. There is no pilot. In case of a safety shutdown,

move thermostat switch to OFF and return the thermostat

switch to HEAT. For logic units and units with electronic

temperature controls, shut off the main disconnect and

then turn it on to reset the ignition control.

Placing Unit Into Operation

WARNINGDanger of explosion and fire. Can causeinjury or product or property damage.You must follow these instructions exactly.

LGH036-360 User's

Gas Valve Operation (figures 1, 2, 3 and 4)

1- Set thermostat to lowest setting.

2- Turn off all electrical power to appliance.

MANIFOLDPRESSURE

OUTLET

GAS VALVE SWITCH SHOWN IN ON POSITION.

INLETPRESSURE

PORT

MANIFOLDPRESSURE

ADJUSTMENTSCREW

FIGURE 1

Honeywell VR8215S Gas ValveSingle-Stage

White Rodgers 36J54 Gas ValveTwo-Stage

GAS VALVE SWITCH SHOWN IN OFF POSITION.

FIGURE 2

LOW FIREADJUSTMENT

HIGH FIREADJUSTMENT

INLETPRESSURE

TAP


White Rodgers 36H54 Gas ValveTwo-Stage


FIGURE 3

LOW FIREADJUSTMENT

HIGH FIREADJUSTMENT

INLETPRESSURE

TAPMANIFOLDPRESSURE

TAP

Honeywell VR8305Q Gas Valve with Knob

Two-Stage

GAS VALVE KNOB IS SHOWN IN OFF POSITION.

FIGURE 4

LOW FIREADJUSTMENT

HIGH FIREADJUSTMENT

INLETPRESSURE

TAP

MANIFOLDPRESSURE

TAP

3- This appliance is equipped with an ignition device

which automatically lights the burner. Do not try to

light the burner by hand.

4- Open or remove the heat section access panel.

5- Turn gas valve switch to OFF. See figure 1, 2 or 3.

On Honeywell VR8305Q gas valves, turn knob on

gas valve clockwise to OFF. Do not force. See

figure 4.

6- Wait five (5) minutes to clear out any gas. If you then

smell gas, STOP! Immediately call your

gas supplier from a neighbor's phone. Follow the gas

supplier's instructions. If you do not smell gas, go to

the next step.

7- Turn gas valve switch to ON. See figure 1, 2 or 3. On

Honeywell VR8305Q gas valves, turn knob on gas

valve counterclockwise to ON. Do not force. See

figure 4.

8- Close or replace the heat section access panel.

9- Turn on all electrical power to appliance.

10- Set thermostat to desired setting.

NOTE - When unit is initially started, steps 1 through 9

may need to be repeated to purge air from gas line.

11- The ignition sequence will start.

12- If the appliance does not light the first time (gas line

not fully purged), it will attempt up to two more

ignitions before locking out.

13- If lockout occurs, repeat steps 1 through 10.

14- If the appliance will not operate, follow the

instructions “Turning Off Gas to Appliance” and call

your service technician or gas supplier.

Turning Off Gas to Unit

1- If using an electromechanical thermostat, set to the

lowest setting.

2- Before performing any service, turn off all electrical

power to the appliance.

02 9/2015

3- Open or remove the heat section access panel.

4- Turn gas valve switch to OFF. On Honeywell

VR8305Q gas valves, turn knob on gas valve

clockwise to OFF. Do not force.

5- Close or replace the heat section access panel.


Burner Flame

WARNINGDanger of explosion and fire. Can causeinjury or product or property damage.Periodically inspect burner flame to ensure proper unit operation.

The primary air is permanently set for normal operation.

The flame will be basically blue with some clear yellow

streaking in the end of the flame. Inspect the burner flame

periodically during the heating season using the

inspection port provided on the burner access panel.

Flue Passage and Vent Inspection

Annually, before heating season, inspect the combustion

air intake louvers, vent cap, heat exchanger, burners and

combustion air inducer for corrosion, deterioration or

deposits of debris. Remove any obstructions or blockage.

See figure 5, 6, or 7.

Service

To maintain efficiency and longevity, your equipment

must be serviced yearly by a qualified service technician.

Failure to provide proof of service can void warranty.

CAUTIONLabel all wires prior to disconnection when servicing controls. Wiring errors can cause improperand dangerous operation. Verify proper operationafter servicing.

Servicing Filter

Units are equipped with filters as shown in table 1. Filters

should be checked monthly and replaced when

necessary. Take note of air flow direction marking on filter

frame when reinstalling filters. See figure 8.

NOTE - Replace factory-installed filters within 30 days of

initial unit start-up. Refer to local codes or appropriate

jurisdiction for approved filters.

HEAT EXCHANGER ASSEMBLY036-074 UNITS

FIGURE 5

BURNER


VENTCONNECTOR

GAS VALVE

HEATEXCHANGER

TUBE

PRIMARYLIMIT

ROLLOUTSWITCH

FLUE BOXCOVER


FIGURE 6

BURNER


VENTCONNECTOR

GAS VALVE

HEATEXCHANGER

TUBE

WARNINGUnits are shipped from the factory with temporaryfilters. Replace filters before building is occupied.Damage to unit could result if filters are not replaced with approved filters. Refer to appropriatecodes.

LGH036-360 User's


FIGURE 7

BURNER


VENTCONNECTOR

GAS VALVE

HEATEXCHANGER

TUBE

TABLE 1 UNIT FILTERS

Unit Qty Filter Size - inches (mm)

036, 048 4 16 X 20 X 2 (406 X 508 X 51)

060, 072, 074 4 20 X 20 X 2 (508 X 508 X 51)

092, 094, 102, 122,120, 150, 152

4 20 X 25 X 2 (508 X 635 X 51)

156 - 300S 6 24 X 24 X 2 (610 X 610 X 51)

242, 300H, 360 12 20 X 20 X 2 (508 X 508 X 51)

NOTE - Filters must be ULC approved or equivalent foruse in Canada.

REMOVE FILTERS

FIGURE 8

PULL TO REMOVEFILTERS

Lubrication

All motors are lubricated at the factory. No further

lubrication is required.

156-360 Units -

Blower shaft bearings are prelubricated. For extended

bearing life, relubricate at least once every two years

with a lithium base grease, such as Alvania 3 (Shell Oil),

Chevron BRB2 (Standard Oil) or Regal AFB2 (Texas

Oil). Use a hand grease gun for relubrication. Add only

enough grease to purge through the bearings so that a

bead of grease appears at the seal lip contacts.

Manifold Pressures

Manifold pressures are shown in table 2. Refer to figures

1, 2, 3 or 4 to locate pressure ports.

TABLE 2MANIFOLD PRESSURES in.wg.

Unit

Natural Gas Propane (LP) Gas

1stStage+ 0.2

2ndStage+ 0.3

1stStage+ 0.2

2ndStage+ 0.3

036, 048, 060, 072,074 Std./High Heat

NA3.5

(0.87)NA

10.5(2.61)

036, 048, 060, 072,074 Dual Heat

2.0(0.47)

3.5(0.87)

5.9(1.47)

10.5(2.61)

092-3601.6

(0.40)3.7

(0.92)5.5

(1.37)10.5

(2.61)

Burners

Clean the burners as follows:

1- Turn off the electrical power and the gas supply to the

unit.

2- Remove the burner compartment access panel.

3- Remove top burner box panel. See figure 9 or 10.

4- Remove two screws securing burners to burner support

and lift the burners from the orifices. See figure 9 or 10.

Clean as necessary. Spark gap on ignition electrode

must be properly set. Refer to the Heating Adjustment

section in the installation instructions.

5- Replace burners and screws securing burner.

Replace the top burner box panel.

6- Turn on the electrical power and the gas supply to the

unit. Follow the operating instructions attached to the

unit and use the inspection port in the access panel

to check the flame.

Combustion Air Inducer

A combustion air inducer proving switch checks

combustion air inducer operation before allowing power

to the gas controller. The gas controller will not operate if

the inducer is obstructed.

Under normal operating conditions, the combustion air

inducer wheel should be checked and cleaned prior to the

heating season. However, it should be examined

periodically during the heating season to establish an

ideal cleaning schedule.

Clean the combustion air inducer as follows:

1- Turn off the electrical power and the gas supply to the

unit.

2- On 092-152 units, remove the tube bracket support

from the mullion on the right side of the heat section.

On 156-360 units, remove the mullion on the right

side of the heat section.

3- Disconnect the pressure switch air tubing from the

combustion air inducer port.

02 9/2015

4- Remove and retain the screws securing the

combustion air inducer to the flue box.

FIGURE 9

BURNER BOX ASSEMBLY036-074 UNITS

GAS

VALVE

GAS

MANIFOLD

FLAME

SENSORBURNERS

IGNITOR

TOP BURNER

BOX PANELNOX INSERT

BURNER BOX ASSEMBLY092-360 UNITS

FIGURE 10

GASMANIFOLD

FLAMESENSOR

GASVALVE

BURNERS

5- Remove and retain two screws from the bracket

supporting the vent connector before removing vent

connector. 024-152 units do not have a support

bracket. See figure 5, 6, or 7.

6- Clean the inducer wheel blades with a small brush

and wipe off any dust from the housing. Clean

accumulated dust from the front of the flue box cover.

7- Return the combustion air inducer motor and the vent

connector to their original location. Secure with

retained screws. It is recommended that the

combustion air inducer gasket be replaced during

reassembly.

8- On 092-152 units, replace the tube bracket support.

On 156-360 units, replace mullion.

9- Use a small brush to clean the combustion air inlet

louvers on the access panel.

Flue Passageway and Flue Box

1- Remove the combustion air inducer assembly as

described in the Combustion Air Inducer subsection.

2- Remove the flue box cover. Clean the flue box with a

wire brush as required.

3- Clean the tubes with a wire brush.

4- Reassemble the unit. The flue box cover gasket and

combustion air inducer gasket should also be

replaced during reassembly.

Service Reminder

Call a qualified service technician if the unit is inoperative.

Before calling, always check the following to be sure

service is required:

1- Be sure electrical disconnect switches are ON.

2- Check room thermostat for proper setting.

3- Replace any blown fuses or reset circuit breakers.

4- Gas valve should be ON.

5- Air filters should not be plugged, limiting air flow.

6- Make sure all access panels are in place.

Repair Parts Listing

When ordering repair parts, include the complete model number and serial number listed on the ETL/CSA rating plate -

e.g. LGH120H4BH1Y.

Gas Heat Section Parts

Heat Exchanger

Combustion Air Assembly

Combustion Air Proving Switch

Burner Assembly

Burner Manifold Assembly

Main Burner Orifices

Flame Roll-out Switches

Auxiliary Limit Controls

Ignition Electrode Assembly

Ignition Lead

Ignition Sensor Assembly

Sensor Lead

Combination Gas Valve

Limit Controls

Cooling Parts

Compressors

Cond. Fan Run Capacitors

Cond. Fan Blades

Cond. Fan Mounting Bracket

Cond. Fan Motors

Freezestats

Fan Grille

Indoor Blower Motors

Blower Wheel

Expansion Valve

Distributor

Exhaust Fans (Opt.)

Electrical Control Parts

Unit Controller

Compressor Contactors

Circuit Breakers (Opt.)

Transformer (Control)

Transformer (Contactor)

Blower Contactor

Limit, Blower Relay

Heat Relays

Condenser Fan Relays

Capacitor CAB

Relay CAB

Disconnect Switch (Opt.)

2015

See unit nameplate for manufacturerand address.

Litho U.S.A.

INSTALLATIONINSTRUCTIONSAGENCY REQUIRED

RETAIN THESE INSTRUCTIONSFOR FUTURE REFERENCE

3 THROUGH 30 TONSLGH036-360 UNITS

PACKAGED GAS AND COOLING UNITS506373-029/2015Supersedes 506373-01

Table of Contents

Safety 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Connect Gas Piping 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

High Altitude Derate 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Pressure Test Gas Piping 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Two Stage Gas Valve Adjustment 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gas Heat Operation 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Proper Gas Flow 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Typical Gas Heat Schematic 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Typical Unit Schematic 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Repair Parts Listing 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Safety


Use of this unit as a construction heater or air conditioner

is not recommended during any phase of construction.

Very low return air temperatures, harmful vapors and

operation of the unit with clogged or misplaced filters will

damage the unit.

If this unit has been used for heating or cooling of

buildings or structures under construction, the following

conditions must be met or the warranty will be void:

� The vent hood must be installed per these installation

instructions.

� A room thermostat must control the unit. The use of

fixed jumpers that will provide continuous heating or

cooling is not allowed.

� A pre-filter must be installed at the entry to the return

air duct.

� The return air duct must be provided and sealed to

the unit.

� Return air temperature range between 55°F (13°C)

and 80°F (27°C) must be maintained.

� Air filters must be replaced and pre-filter must be

removed upon construction completion.

� The input rate and temperature rise must be set per

the unit rating plate.

� The heat exchanger, components, duct system, air

filters and evaporator coil must be thoroughly

cleaned following final construction clean-up.

� The unit operating conditions (including airflow,

cooling operation, ignition, input rate, temperature

rise and venting) must be verified according to these

installation instructions.

NOTE - The Commonwealth of Massachusetts

stipulates these additional requirements:

� Gas units shall be installed by a licensed plumber

or gas fitter only.

� The gas cock must be “T handle” type.

The unit is certified for installation on noncombustible

floors only. However, it may be installed on wood flooring,

or on class A, class B, or class C material covered floors

when used in horizontal discharge applications or in

downflow discharge applications when mounted on a

C1CURB or E1CURB roof mounting frame.

Adequate clearance shall be provided around air

openings into the vestibule area. Provisions shall be

made for proper operation and for combustion air and

ventilation air supply. Unit must be adjusted for the

temperature rise range and within the allowable external

static pressure on furnaces with a duct system as listed

on unit nameplate.

LGH036-360 Agency

United States

The unit is ETL/CSA certified for outdoor installations only

at the clearances to combustible materials listed on the

unit nameplate and in figures 1, 2 and 3.

LGH036, 048, 060, 072, 074 UNIT CLEARANCES

C

D

B

A

FIGURE 1

1UnitClearance

Ain.(mm)

Bin.(mm)

Cin.(mm)

Din.(mm)

TopClearance

ServiceClearance

48(1219)

36(914)

36(914)

36(914)

Unobstructed


36(914)

1(25)

1(25)

1(25)

Unobstructed


36(914)

36(914)

36(914)

36(914)

Unobstructed


mounting surface.


Clearance to Combustibles - Required clearance to combustible material.


LGH092, 094, 102, 120, 122, 150, 152UNIT CLEARANCES

FIGURE 2

C

D

B

A

1UnitClearance

Ain.(mm)

Bin.(mm)

Cin.(mm)

Din.(mm)

TopClearance

ServiceClearance

60(1524)

36(914)

36(914)

60(1524)

Unobstructed


36(914)

1(25)

1(25)

1(25)

Unobstructed


36(914)

36(914)

36(914)

36(914)

Unobstructed


mounting surface.




LGH156, 180, 210, 240, 242, 300, 360UNIT CLEARANCES

C

D B

A

OutdoorAir Hood

FIGURE 3

Number offans variesby model.

1UnitClearance

Ain.(mm)

Bin.(mm)

Cin.(mm)

Din.(mm)

TopClearance

ServiceClearance

60(1524)

36(914)

36*(914)

66(1676)

Unobstructed


36(914)

1(25)

1(25)

1(25)

Unobstructed


45(1143)

36(914)

36**(914)

41(1041)

Unobstructed

*242, 300H and 360 units with high static exhaust fans allow 80in.(2032mm).

**242, 300H and 360 units with high static exhaust fans allow 80in.(2032mm).


mounting surface.




Installation of the ETL/CSA certified units must conform

with local building codes. In the absence of local codes,

units must be installed according to the current National

Fuel Gas Code ANSI Z223.1/NFPA 54.

When installed, the unit must be electrically wired and

grounded according to local codes or, in the absence of

local codes, with the current National Electric Code,

ANSI/NFPA 70.

The current American National Standard (ANSI-

Z233.1/NFPA54) National Fuel Gas Code is available

from the following address:

American National Standard Institute Inc.

11 West 42nd Street

New York, NY 10036

The current National Electric Code (ANSI/NFPA 70) is

available from the following address:

National Fire Protection Association

1 Batterymarch Park

PO Box 9101

Quincy, MA 02269-9101

Use only the type of gas approved for use with this

furnace. Refer to unit nameplate.

02 9/2015

Never test for gas leaks with an open flame. Check all

connections with a commercially available soap solution

made specifically for leak detection.

NOTE - Furnace must be adjusted to obtain a

temperature rise (high and low fire) within the range(s)

specified on the unit nameplate. Failure to do so may

cause erratic limit operation.

Canada

The unit is CSA International (CSA) certified for

combination heating/cooling for outdoor installations and

non-residential use only at the clearances to combustible

materials as listed on the unit nameplate.

Installation of CSA international certified units must

conform with current standard CSA B149.1, “Natural Gas

and Propane Installation Codes” and applicable local

codes. Authorities having jurisdiction should be consulted

before installation.

The unit must be wired and electrically grounded

according to local codes or, in the absence of local codes,

current CSA Standard C22.1 Canadian Electrical Code

Part 1. Installation of combination heating/cooling units

must also conform with current CSA Standard B52

“Mechanical Refrigeration Code.”

Connect Gas Piping

A manual main shut-off valve must be installed external

to the unit when local codes require the installation of

such a valve.

Install a ground joint union between the gas control

manifold and the main manual shut-off valve.

When making piping connections a drip leg should be

installed on vertical pipe runs to serve as a trap for

sediment or condensate.

A 1/8” N.P.T. plugged tap is located on gas valve for test

gauge connection. See figure 4, 5, 6, or 7 for tap location.

See figure 8 for for gas supply piping entry through the

side of the unit and figure 9 for gas piping through the

bottom of the unit. A kit is required when routing gas

supply piping through the bottom of the unit.

Compounds used on threaded joints of gas piping must

be resistant to the actions of liquified petroleum gases.

HONEYWELL VR8305Q SERIES GAS VALVE

Gas valve knob is shown in OFF position.

FIGURE 4

LOW FIREADJUSTMENT

HIGH FIREADJUSTMENT

MANIFOLDINLET

PRESSURETAP

MANIFOLDOUTLET

PRESSURETAP

MANIFOLDPRESSURE

OUTLET


INLETPRESSURE

PORT

MANIFOLDPRESSURE

ADJUSTMENTSCREW

FIGURE 5

HONEYWELL VR8215S GAS VALVE

Single-Stage

WHITE RODGERS 36J54 GAS VALVE

Two-Stage

Gas valve switch is shown in OFF position.

FIGURE 6

LOW FIREADJUSTMENT

HIGH FIREADJUSTMENT

INLETPRESSURE

TAP


LGH036-360 Agency

WHITE RODGERS 36H54 GAS VALVETwo-Stage

FIGURE 7

LOW FIREADJUSTMENT

HIGH FIREADJUSTMENT

INLETPRESSURE

TAPMANIFOLDPRESSURE

TAP


FIGURE 8

TO GASSUPPLY

MANUAL MAIN

SHUT-OFF VALVE

GAS PIPING

SUPPORT

GROUND

JOINT UNION

(REFER TO

LOCAL CODES)

DRIP LEG

OUTSIDE OF UNIT GAS PIPE CONNECTION

TO GASVALVE

High Altitude Derate

Locate the high altitude conversion sticker in the unit

literature bag. Fill out the conversion sticker and affix next

to the unit nameplate.

Refer to table 1 for high altitude adjustments.

TABLE 1HIGH ALTITUDE DERATE

Altitude Ft.* Gas Manifold Pressure

2000-4500 See Unit Nameplate

4500 And Above Derate 2% / 1000 Ft. Above Sea Level

*Units installed at 0-2000 feet do not need to be modified.

NOTE ‐ This is the only permissible derate for these units.

DRIP LEG

MANUAL MAIN

SHUT-OFF VALVE

GROUND

JOINT UNION

FIGURE 9

BOTTOM ENTRY GAS PIPING COMPLETED

7” NIPPLE

STREETELBOW

TO GASSUPPLY

TO GASVALVE

Grommets for both gas pipe openings are field provided.

2-1/2” NIPPLE

Pressure Test Gas Piping

Operating pressures at the unit gas connection must be

as shown in table 2.

TABLE 2OPERATING PRESSURE AT GAS CONNECTION “w.c.

Natural Gas LP / Propane Gas

Min. Max. Min. Max.

LGH036-074 4.5 10.5 11 13

LGH092-360 4.7 10.5 11 13

When testing the pressure of gas lines, the gas valve

must be disconnected and isolated. Gas valves can be

damaged if subjected to more than 0.5 psig.

WARNINGFIRE OR EXPLOSION HAZARD

Failure to follow the safety warnings exactly couldresult in serious injury, death or property damage.

Never test for gas leaks with an open flame. Use acommercially available soap solution made specifically for the detection of leaks to check all connections. A fire or explosion may result causing property damage, personal injury or loss of life.

02 9/2015

Two-Stage Gas Valve Adjustment

Gas manifold pressures should match pressures shown

in table 3. On two stage gas valves, initiate a W2

thermostat demand to check high fire pressure before low

fire pressure. With high fire operating, reduce the

thermostat demand to W1 and check the low fire

pressure. Refer to the Unit Controller manual to initiate a

thermostat demand.

IMPORTANT - Do not set low fire pressure lower than

the certified minimum input rating listed in table 3.

TABLE 3MANIFOLD INPUT PRESSURES in.wg.

Unit

Natural GasPropane (LP)

Gas

1stStage+ 0.2

2ndStage+ 0.3

1stStage+ 0.2

2ndStage+ 0.3

036, 048, 060, 072, 074Std./Med./High Heat

NA 3.5 NA 10.5

036, 048, 060, 072,074 Dual Heat

2.0 3.5 5.9 10.5

092- 360 1.6 3.7 5.5 10.5

Gas Heat Operation

See the operating instruction plate on the unit for details.

Proper Gas Flow (Approximate)

1- Operate unit at least 15 minutes before checking gas

flow. Determine the time in seconds for two

revolutions of gas through the meter. (Two

revolutions assures a more accurate time.) A

portable LP gas meter (17Y44) is available for LP

applications.

2- Divide the number of seconds by two and

compare to the time in table 4. If manifold pressure is

correct and rate is incorrect, check gas orifices for

proper size and restriction.

3- Remove temporary gas meter if installed.

NOTE- To obtain accurate reading, shut off all other

gas appliances connected to meter.

TABLE 4

GAS METER CLOCKING CHART

UnitInputRate

(Btuh)

Seconds for One Revolution

Natural LP

1 cu ftDial

2 cu ftDial

1 cu ftDial

2 cu ftDial

65,000 55 111 138 277

78,000 46 92 115 231

108,000 33 67 83 167

125,000 29 58 72 144

130,000 28 55 69 138

150,000 24 48 60 120

169,000 21 43 53 107

180,000 20 40 50 100

240,000 15 30 38 75

260,000 14 28 35 69

360,000 10 20 30 50

480,000 8 15 19 38

Natural-1000 btu/cu ft LP-2500 btu/cu ft

Note: Table assumes standard temperature (60°F), pressure

(30in.Hg.), and fuel heating values (Btuh/Ft.3). Apply pressure

corrections in altitudes above 2000 ft.

LGH036-360 Agency

TYPICAL GAS HEAT SCHEMATICThis schematic is typical. See the wiring schematic on the unit for actual unit wiring.

02 9/2015

TYPICAL UNIT SCHEMATICThis schematic is typical. See the wiringschematic on the unit for actual unit wiring.

LGH036-360 Agency

Repair Parts Listing

When ordering repair parts, include the complete model number and serial number listed on the ETL/CSA rating plate -

e.g. LGH120H4BH1Y.

Gas Heat Section Parts

Heat Exchanger

Combustion Air Assembly

Combustion Air Proving Switch

Burner Assembly

Burner Manifold Assembly

Main Burner Orifices

Flame Roll-out Switches

Auxiliary Limit Controls

Ignition Electrode Assembly

Ignition Lead

Ignition Sensor Assembly

Sensor Lead

Combination Gas Valve

Limit Controls

Cooling Parts

Compressors

Condenser Fan Motors

Condenser Fan Blades

Condenser Fan Run Capacitors

Freezestats

Condenser Fan Mounting Bracket

Fan Grille

Indoor Blower Motors

Blower Wheel

Expansion Valve

Distributor

Exhaust Fans (Opt.)

Electrical Control Parts

Unit Controller

Compressor Contactors

Circuit Breakers (Opt.)

Transformer (Control)

Transformer (Contactor)

Blower Contactor

Limit, Blower Relay

Heat Relays

Condenser Fan Relays

Capacitor CAB

Relay CAB

Disconnect Switch (Opt.)

Litho U.S.A.©2015

507241-02 4/2015Supersedes 3/2015

PRODIGY® 2.0INSTALLATION AND SETUP GUIDE

Prodigy® 2.0 (M3 Unit Controller) Installation and Setup Guide

Table Of Contents

Description 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

M3 Unit Controller - Connections, Input/Outputs, jumpers and LEDs Locations 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

System Status Screen 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Firmware Update 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Configuration Identifier Settings 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Level 1 Menu Level Selections 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Menu Interface Details 11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Blower Operation with Effective Occupancy 22. . . . . . .

Economizer 24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Networking Serial Communications (RS-485) 33. . . . . .

APPENDIX:

Abbreviations 34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Parts List 34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

USB Service Report Example 35. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Alarm Codes 37. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Controller Signal References 55. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Wiring Diagrams 50. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Quick Start Guide 52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Description

The M3 unit controller:

� provides control functions for Energence® RooftopUnits,

� includes a 4 x 20 LCD display, USB port, menu selectionLED, and various navigation tools,

� provides status and diagnostic information fortroubleshooting,

� allows adjustment of time delays and setpoints thatenable advanced features,

� is controlled by a standard room thermostat, direct digitalcontroller (DDC), or a room sensor,

� can be configured as a device on the network whendaisy-chained to the L Connection® Network,

� may be connected to a PC which has been loaded withunit controller software,

� accepts add-on boards to build variations according toapplication or equipment type.

� USB verification and profile sharing.

� For all available M3 unit controller documentation, see

the Lennox Commercial website.

www.lennoxcommercial.com.

Start-Up Procedure

WARNINGImproper installation, adjustment, alteration, service ormaintenance can cause property damage, personal injuryor loss of life. Installation and service must be performedby a qualified installer, service agency or the gas supplier

1. Turn on unit and dismiss alarm messages as necessary.

2. Follow SETUP > INSTALL menu to properly configureunit

3. Be sure unit is in normal operating mode as seen ondisplay (COOLING, HEATING, IDLE, etc).

4. To verify operation use SERVICE > TEST menu.

See Quick Start Guide section at the end of this manual foradditional information.

M3 Unit Controller - Connections, Inputs/Outputs, Jumpers, and LEDs Locations

4

2

3A

1A

3C

5 3B

61B

NO DEMAND - OAS

ZAT: 56.0FDAT: 75.0F UNOCC

5. Thermostat / Humidistat Common Isolation:Thermostat (TSTAT) and humidity (HUM) sensorcommons located on connector P298 may be isolated ifthey are powered remotely. Remove jumper.

� A — TSTAT_COM Jumper: This jumper is located

to the left of P297 connector. This jumper would beremoved only in unique situations where the device

supplying the thermostat signals to the M3 unitcontroller has its own power source and does not

share a common reference voltage with the M3 unitcontroller. Otherwise the jumper would remaininstalled across both pins, as shipped from the

factory.

� B — HMD_COM Jumper: This jumper is located to

the right of P299 connector. This jumper would beremoved only in unique situations where the device

supplying the thermostat/humidistat signals to theM3 unit controller has its own power source and does

not share a common reference voltage with the M3unit controller. Otherwise the jumper would remaininstalled across both pins, as shipped from the

factory.

6. USB Flash Drive Interface Usage: This USB port isused for verifying service, downloading reports,transferring unit profiles and performing firmwareupdates. Onsite data collection requires use of a USBflash drive. Data written to the drive includes date, time,serial number, catalog number, basic data, error code

buffer, and unit configuration.

7. Communication Interfaces:

These interfaces are used with unit controller software tochange programming.

� A — USB: The M3 interface uses a USB A to B male

cable for PC connection.

� B — S-BUS: This is the L-connection connection

interface. This is a R485 network connection withother devices (NCP, comfort sensors, other RTU,

etc.)

� C — RJ-11 Phone Jack: S-Bus connection is for

factory tests. It is RS485 connection to the RJ-11

phone jack. Some DDC controllers may also beconnected.

A list of service connection kits is listed on page 34.

8. SmartWire™ Field Wiring Connections (P297, P298and P299): These connectors allow for easy field wiringconnection points. The M3 unit controller connects to therooftop unit using SmartWire™ connectors. Eachconnector is keyed so that no connector can be installedin the incorrect location. Be sure all connectors are inplace and completely inserted.

9. Communication Module Interface: This connection isused for either BACnet® or LonTalk® communicationmodules.

10. LED Indicators: Some indicators on the circuit boardare visible with the cover in place; others are not. Theindicators and their meanings are described in table 1.

Page 3

Table 1. LED Operation Indications

LED Status Indication Meaning

Heartbeat (HB) (D33)

Green Slow Flash Normal Operation

Green Fast Flash Bootloader / firmware update mode

UNLIT Steady Off No voltage to M3 board or defective board

Green Steady OnUnit in configuration / test mode (not innormal mode)

S-BUS / PCConnection (D70and D71)

BUS (green) Flickering ON Network traffic present

TX (yellow) Flickering ON Unit controller is transmitting

BACnet (option) -LEDs located onmodule

RX (green) Flickering ON Unit controller is receiving


LonTalk (option) -LEDs located onmodule

RX (green) Flickering ON Unit controller is receiving


SERVICE (red)Flashing 1 sec. on; 1sec. off

Node is not configured; application loaded

SERVICE (UNLIT) Steady off Node is completely configured

SERVICE (red) Constant on Node is configured; no application loaded

SERVICE (red)Quick flashes duringinitialization

Messages being passed to M3; normaloperation

Thermostat Input YellowIndicates a thermostatdemand

G - Blower on (D17)W1 - First-Stage Heating (D20)W2 - Second -Stage Heating (D23)Y1 - First-Stage Cooling (D26)Y2 - Second-Stage Cooling (D29)OCP - Occupied (D32)GLO - Global input (D38)

Thermostat LEDs indicate only with incoming thermostat connection via SmartWire� connectors.

Slow Flash = 1 second on; 1 second off.

Fast Flash = ½ second on; ½ second off.

A “flickering” LED flashes significantly faster than a “fast flash“.

NOTE - LEDs are energized by 24VAC thermostat inputs.

CAUTION

ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE (ESD)Precautions and Procedures

Electrostatic discharge can affect electronic components. Take precautionsduring unit installation and service to protect the unit's electronic controls.Precautions will help to avoid control exposure to electrostatic discharge byputting the unit, the control and the technician at the same electrostaticpotential. Neutralize electrostatic charge by touching hand and all tools on anunpainted unit surface before performing any service procedure

System Status Screen

The display shows operating mode if in normal operation.Alarms will interrupt the display.

Alarm messages will appear on the display and remain thereuntil dismissed. Dismissing an alarms is just clearing thealarm from using the entire screen to display the condition(s).The alarm condition still exist and up to two alarm codes aredisplayed along the right side of the screen above thethermostat demand type status. To dismiss an alarm, pressthe BACK button.

COOLING

UNOCC

RAT: 76.0FDAT: 57.0F

ZONE AND DISCHARGEAIR TEMPERATURES OCCUPIED (OCC) OR

UNOCCUPIED (UNOCC)

FIRST TWO ALARMS THATARE ACTIVE

NORMAL MODEMESSAGE

Y1

THERMOSTATDEMAND TYPE

74, 93LON ON

NETWORKSTATUS

Figure 1. System Status Display

Network Status

The second line on the left side (see figure 1) is used fordisplaying network status. The status will indicate either ONor OFF for the network employed. Network types are listed intable 2.

Table 2. Network Status

Screen Label Network Type

LON LonTalk

BACNET BACnet

LCONN L-Connection

RTU Rooftop Unit (this is not anetworking status, but indicates if the RTU is ON orOFF.

Unit Operation

This section describes the display and control buttons, howto configure the unit, and how to read stored configurationdata, status, and alarms.

The M3 unit controller is an input and output junction point.If in the thermostat mode, thermostat inputs at P297 resultin an output to unit components (see table 11 on page 48). Ifthe heartbeat LED is not flashing, see table 1 on page 3 forheartbeat operation. If the display shows an alarm, refer toalarm section for more information. If the thermostat inputindicating lights are not responding appropriately, checkthe thermostat or a DDC control acting as thermostatinputs into P297.

Basic cooling and heating functions may be energized to testmajor unit components by using the M3 unit controller testingfunction or by using jumper wires on the Field WiringTermination plug P297.

Alarm Status Display

Figure 2 shows how alarms are displayed. Alarming valuemay indicate the condition which triggered the alarm(temperature, voltage, pressure, time, etc.).

ALARM 1732.4.2014 12: 02: 24ALARMING VALUE = 0AIR FLOW SWITCH CON

ALARM(S) ARE PRESENT -ALARM CODE, ALARMINGVALUE, AND DATE TIME STAMP(HOUR, MINUTE AND SECONDS)OF ALARM EVENT.

COMPLETE ALARM LISTING ANDDESCRIPITIONS ARE AVAILABLE BYSCROLLING DOWN (A DOWN ARROW ON THE SCREEN INDICATESMORE TEXT FOLLOWS)

WHILE THE ALARM IS SHOWING ON THE STATUS SCREEN, PRESS THEHELP BUTTON FOR FURTHER DETAILS CONCERNING THE ALARM.

Figure 2. Alarm Code Readout Example

Page 5

Normal Mode Messages

The format of the message is mode and setpoint (see table 3).

Table 3. Possible MODE messages

COMP LOADSHEDDING

Unit is running at lower power capacity

COOLING Cool demand present; unit is in mechanical cooling.

DEHUMIDIFICATION Unit is dehumidifying

FREE COOLING Cooling demand is present, no compressor cooling.

FRESH AIR COOLING Cool ventilation air to neutral value

FRESH AIR HEATING Heat ventilation air to neutral value

HEATING Heat demand present; unit is heating

CONTROLLERLOCKOUT

User has disabled controller operation.

LOW AMBIENTLOCKOUT

Outdoor air is too cold to allow compressors to run.

MORNING WARMUP Outdoor air damper closed

OFF ON ALARM

Unit is off due presence of alarm(s) that the system has determined will halt system operations. This system status could be present with no active alarms, which usually indicates the alarm condition(s) are no longer present. If the system has cleared the alarmthere is usually a five minute delay before resuming system operations.

NOTE: Not all alarms will halt system operation. The first two active alarms are displayedon the main system status screen (see figure 2).

PRE-COOL

Compressor not allowed—free cooling. (During the first 30 minutes of the first coolingdemand following a change from unoccupied to occupied, calls for mechanical [compressor] cooling are ignored if an economizer is installed and if outdoor air is suitable for freecooling.)

PREINSTALL Unit has not been set up for operation. Must follow installation menus

START UPDefault start up delay before servicing demands. Go to M3 user interface: SETUP > INSTALL

SMOKE ALARM Smoke input detected

TEST Network has unit in test mode

BLOWER ON Indoor blower is on.

BLOWER ON - OAS Indoor blower is on and outdoor air is suitable.

NO DEMAND System not receiving a demand for cooling or heating.

NO DEMAND - OAS System not receiving a demand for cooling or heating and outdoor air is suitable.

COOL + MAX OPENECON

Mechanical cooling is operating with maximum free cooling.

COOL + MODULATEECON

Mechanical cooling is operating with variable free cooling.

Firmware Update

Unit Controller USB Flash Drive Update Capability

Firmware updating is available using the USB port. To displaythe current firmware version, navigate to menu DATA >FACTORY > SOFTWARE VERSION.

Updating Firmware

The firmware on the M3 unit controller can be updated byinserting a USB flash drive containing the update.

NOTE - Flash drive media must be formatted using the

FAT32 file system.

Files needed for update

Files needed to upgrade M3 unit controller from USB flashdrive: M3XXXXXXXX.P2F (ALL UPPERCASE)

The xxxxxxxx are place holders for major and minorversions and build number information in the actual filename, and varies from one version to the next.

Where to place the .P2F file on the USB flash drive.

1. Firmware folder is located in the root directory of the USBflash drive. (Note: Drive letter may differ from the oneillustrated below.

2. The M3 folder is located under the Firmware folder.

3. Place a copy of the .P2F file into the M3 folder.

M3XXXXXXXX.P2F file goes here. (.P2F filename suffix must be in all CAPS.

Updating Firmware

1. After inserting the USB flash drive, navigate to SERVICE> SOFTWARE UPDATE.

2. Press the SELECT button, then use the adjust values(up/down) arrows to select a firmware version.

3. Press SAVE.

4. The following update sequence should occur:

� SOFTWARE UPDATE STARTING

� SOFTWARE UPDATE ERASING FLASH

� SOFTWARE UPDATE PROGRAMMING FLASH

� SOFTWARE UPDATE PROGRAMMING FLASH

PROGRESS xx% (xx% indicates updatepercentage completed)

� SOFTWARE UPDATE RESETTING

CONTROLLER.

5. After the unit controller resets, the first screen to appearwill display the following (xx.xx.xxxx indicates thesoftware version number):

PRODIGY 2.0

M3 CONTROLLER

xx.xx.xxxx

6. You may remove the USB flash drive anytime after thereset is completed.

7. Firmware version can also be verify by navigating tomenu DATA > FACTORY > SOFTWARE VERSION.

NOTE - Firmware updates do not alter the unit controller

configuration settings. All settings will be retained after the

firmware has been updated.

Saving and Loading User Profile

When saving the user profile, all information concerningmodel number, configuration ID1 / ID2, parameters modifiedusing the EDIT PARAMETER option and Test & Balanceinformation are all stored to a non-volatile location inmemory.

The reference tasks are available from the M3 unit controlleruser interface:

1. To SAVE a user profile, go to SERVICE > REPORT >SAVE USER PROFILE = YES

2. To LOAD a user profile, go to SERVICE > REPORT >LOAD USER PROFILE = YES

Saving and Loading USB Profile

The USB Profile utility allows a copy of the profile to be saveto a USB storage device. Only EDIT PARAMETER changedsettings and Test & Balance information is saved. Theinstaller will need to configure the Model Number, andConfigurations ID 1 / ID2 first before loading the saved USBprofile. The USB Profile is typically used when replacing theM3 unit controller with a new one.

The reference tasks are available from the M3 unit controlleruser interface:

1. To SAVE a USB Profile, go to SERVICE > REPORT >USB PROFILE SAVE > enter a unique name for theprofile and press SAVE.

2. To LOAD a USB Profile, go to SERVICE > REPORT >USB PROFILE LOAD > use the adjust and save valuesarrows to select highlight the desired profile and pressSAVE.

Page 7

Configuration Identifier Settings (Model Number and Configuration ID 1 / 2)

This section addresses the requirement that specific configuration information must be completed using the SETUP /INSTALL feature if a new unit controller was being installed. Other requirements are the addition of accessories that werenot factory-installed. Model number, configuration ID 1 and 2, catalog number, serial number and RTU description are all keyitems required to be completed for the system to operate correctly. Running the SETUP / INSTALL wizard allows theinstaller to verify that all fields have been completed as required.

Model Number

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Type [1, 2, 3]

Electric = LCH

Gas = LGH

Tonnage [4, 5, 6]

Efficiency [7]

High Efficiency = H

Standard Efficiency = S

Ultra Efficiency = U

[10] Factory Electric or Gas

Heat

See unit nameplate for applicable electric

or gas heat designation.

[11] Design Sequence

1 = First revision

[12] Voltage

See unit nameplate for

applicable electric voltage

designation.

Refrigerant [8]

HFC-410A = 4

Blower Type [9]

Belt Drive (1 speed) = B

Direct Drive = D

Direct Drive ECM = E

MSAV Belt Drive = M

Belt Drive (2 speed) = T

IMPORTANT: Always refer to the model

information listed on the unit nameplate when

setting these options.

See unit nameplate for

applicable tonnage

designation.

Figure 3. Model Number

CONFIGURATION ID 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Humiditrol [1]

Not Installed = N

Humiditrol Installed = H

Unconfigured = U

Economizer [2]

Not Installed = N

Motorized Outdoor Air

Damper Only = M

Economizer - Temperature = T

Economizer Global = G

Economizer - Single

Enthalpy = S

Economizer - Dual Enthalpy = D

Unconfigured = U

Power Exhaust [3]

Not Installed = N

Single-Stage = S

Dual-Stage = D

Variable Speed Drive = V

Unconfigured = U

Power Exhaust Control [4]

Not Installed = N

Damper Position = A

S37 Pressure Switch = B

A34 Pressure Sensor = C

A34 Pressure Sensor with

Enable Switch = D

S27 and S39 Pressure

Switch = E

[5] Network Module

N = Not Installed

B = BACnet

L = LonTalk (Lennox)

[6] Blower Variable

Frequency Drive Bypass

N = Not Installed

A = Automatic Bypass

M = Manual Bypass

U = Electronic Bypass Field

Un-configured

[7] Advanced Air Flow

Control System

N = Not Installed

S = Installed with Standard

Economizer

L = Installed with High Performance

Economizer

U = Unconfigured

[8] Outdoor Air CFM

Control

N = Not applicable (for future

use)

L = Outdoor Air Control Installed

with A24 Sensor set for low range.

M = Outdoor Air Control Installed

with A24 Sensor set for medium

range.

H = Outdoor Air Control Installed

with A24 Sensor set for high

range.

IMPORTANT: Always refer to the white sticker titled ORIGINAL FACTORY UNIT CONFIGURATION located inside the control box area.

NOTE - The M3 unit controller will display applicable alarm(s) if any positions is left unconfigured (U).

Figure 4. Configuration ID 1

Page 9

CONFIGURATION ID 2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Not Installed = N

Installed on M3 = C

Installed on DDC

Controller = D

Dirty Filter Switch (S27) [2]

Not Installed = N

Installed on M3 = C

Installed on DDC Controller = D

Not Installed = N



[5] Phase / Voltage Detection*

N = Not Installed

1 = Enabled Internal (Lennox)

2 = External (A42) Phase Detection on

DI-2

3 = External (A42) Phase Detection on

DI-3

N = Not Installed

Y = Installed

[8] Load Shedding

N = Not Installed

G = Global (P297 - pin 9)

2 = Installed on DI-2

3 = Installed on DI-3

[9] Electric Heat[1]Air Flow Proving

Switch (S52)

[3]Overflow Switch

(S149 / S179)

[4]Motor Overload

Switch (S42)

Not Installed = N



[7] Zone Bypass Damper

N = Not Installed

Y = Installed

[6] Ultra Violet Lamp

N = Not Installed

Y = Installed

* When Phase / Voltage detection monitoring is enabled on three-

phase system and configured incorrectly will cause the system to

go to demand hold and restart after 3 minutes.

IMPORTANT: Always refer to the white sticker titled ORIGINAL FACTORY UNIT CONFIGURATION located inside the control box area.

Figure 5. Configuration ID 2

Level 1 Menu Options

IN/OUTPUTS

FACTORY

NETWORK

INSTALL

NETWORK

INTEGRATION

TEST &

BALANCE

Use

SCROLL

arrows to

move

SETUP

DATA

SHOW STATUS

SERVICE

SETTINGS

ALARMS

PRESENT?

BACKSELECT

SCROLL

Use

SCROLL

arrows to

move

TEST

REPLACE

Use

SCROLL

arrows to

move

OFFLINE

REPORT

SOFTWARE

UPDATE

INSTALL

CONTROL

RTU

OPTIONS

GENERAL

Use

SCROLL

arrows to

move

ADVANCED

STATUS

RUNTIMES

HISTORY

ALARMS, ZAT, DAT,

OCC OR UNOCC,

DEMAND STATUS

ZAT, DAT, OCC

OR UNOCC,

DEMAND

STATUS

YES

NO

Page 11

Menu Interface Details

Table 4 lists the major levels of the menu interface. Many of these options have more levels and are described in thefollowing sections that detail DATA, SETUP, SERVICE, and SETTINGS.

Use SELECT button to progress to next menu level (i.e. level 1 to level 2).

Use the SCROLL arrows ▲▼ to move (scroll) within a menu level.

Use the BACK button to return to the previous menu level.

Use the Adjust and set value arrows ▲▼ to change values of selected item.

Table 4. Menu Interface (Level 1 - DATA)

Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Level 6

HISTORY

ALARMS

CLEAR ALARM HISTORY = NO OR YES

LAST SERVICE (TIME STAMP OF LAST SERVICE)

IN/OUTPUTS

SENSORS

LOCAL

THERMOSTAT

G: ON/OFF

W1: ON/OFF

W2: ON/OFF

Y1: ON/OFF

Y2: ON/OFF

BLOWER SPEED: X

OAT: XX F

RAT: XX F

DAT: XX F

ZAT (A2): XX F

C02: XX PPM

OAV: XX FT/MIN

BP: XX IN H20

RH: XX %

IE

OE

GLO: ON/OFF

OCP: ON/OFF

SMOKE: ON/OFF

D12: ON/OFF

D13: ON/OFF

REHEAT D14: ON/OFF

SUCTION1: XX PSIG

SUCTION2: XX PSIG

C1 SUMP: XX F

C2 SUMP: XX F

C3 SUMP: XX F

C4 SUMP: XX F

NETWORK

THERMOSTAT

G: ON/OFF

W1: ON/OFF

W2: ON/OFF

Y1: ON/OFF

Y2: ON/OFF

ZAT (A2): XX F

C02: XX PPM

RH: XX %


Level 2 Level 6Level 5Level 4Level 3

OUTPUTS

(NOTE: COMPONENTS AREONLY DISPLAYED IF INSTALLED.)

COMPRESSOR 1: ON/OFF




BLOWER: ON/OFF

EXHAUST: ON/OFF

FAN 1: ON/OFF

FAN 2: ON/OFF

FAN 3: ON/OFF

FAN 4: ON/OFF

FAN 5: ON/OFF

FAN 6: ON/OFF

HEAT 1: ON/OFF

HEAT 2: ON/OFF

HEAT 3: ON/OFF

HEAT 4: ON/OFF

REHEAT COIL 1: ON/OFF

REHEAT COIL 2: ON/OFF

SERVICE RELAY: ON/OFF

LCD HEATER: ON/OFF

CRANKCASE HEATER 1:ON/OFF




FACTORY

SOFTWARE VERSION

RTU DESCRIPTION

CATALOG NUMBER

MODEL NUMBER

SERIAL NUMBER

CONFIGURATION ID 1

CONFIGURATION ID 2

NETWORK

BACNET

MAC ADDRESS: XXX

BAUD RATE: XXXXX

DEVICE INSTANCE: X

LONTALKPROGRAM ID

NEURON ID

L-CONNECTION LCONN ADDRESS: X

Page 13



ADVANCEDSTATUS

CURRENT ALARMS ACTIVE ALARMS XXX

SETPOINTS

OCC HEAT

UNOCC HEAT

OCC COOL

UNOCC COOL

APP MODE

BLOWER BLOWER STATUS

BLOWER SPEED 0.0 % AND0 RPM.

(if advanced airflow is enabled)

ACTUAL SUPPLY CFM

TARGET SUPPLY CFM

DAMPER DAMPER STATUS

TARGET: X %

ACTUAL X %

(if advanced airflow is enabled)

ACTUAL OA CFM

TARGET OA CFM

ECON DIFF PRESSURE

RUNTIMES

BELT X HRS

BLOWER X HRS

BLOWER X CYC

COOLING

EXHAUST X HRS

FANS

FILTER X HRS

FREE COOL X HRS

FREE COOL X CYC

HEATING

DEHUMID X HRS

DEHUMID X CRC

POWER ON X CYC

POWER ON X HRS

PREINSTALL X HRS

UV LAMP XXX HRS

COMP 1: XX HRS - XX CYCLES




STAGE 1: XX HRS - XX CYCLES

STAGE 2: XX HRS - XX CYCLES

FAN 1: XX HRS - CYCLES






FILTER X HRS

FREE COOL X HRS

FREE COOL X CYC

HEAT 1: XX HRS - XX CYCLES




DEHUMID X HRS

DEHUMID X CRC

POWER ON X CYC

POWER ON X HRS

PREINSTALL X HRS

UV LAMP XXX HRS

Table 5. Menu Interface (Level 1 - SETUP)

Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Level 6

INSTALL

LANGUAGE = = ENGLISH, ESPANOL, OR FRANCAIS

DATE/TIME = = DAY, MONTH, YEAR, HOURS, MINUTES, SECONDS

DISPLAY UNITS F/C = FAHRENHEIT OR CELSIUS

MODEL NUMBER = LOCATED ON UNIT NAMEPLATE.

CONFIGURATION ID 1SEE WHITE STICKER TITLED “ORIGINAL FACTORY UNIT CONFIGURATION” LOCATED ONTHE RIGHT SIDE OF THE CONTROL BOX NEAR THE M3 CONTROLLER.

CONFIGURATION ID 2WHITE STICKER TITLED “ORIGINAL FACTORY UNIT CONFIGURATION” LOCATED ON THERIGHT SIDE OF THE CONTROL BOX NEAR THE M3 CONTROLLER.

CATALOG NUMBER LOCATED ON UNIT NAMEPLATE

SERIAL NUMBER LOCATED ON UNIT NAMEPLATE

RTU DESCRIPTION = UP TO 18 ALPHA/NUMERIC CHARACTERS

DEHUMIDIFIERSENSOR TYPE

= NONE OR REHEAT DI4

= LOCAL SENSOR ORNETWORK SENSOR

DEHUMIDIFIER DEHUMID SETPOINT = X.XX %

DEHUMIDIFIER DEHUMID DEADBAND = X.X %

NOTE: PARAMETERS AVAILABLE ARE DEPENDENT ON MODEL NUMBER AND CONFIGURATION ID 1 AND 2 SETTINGS

NETWORKINTEGRATION

NETWORK =L-CONNECTION

LCONN ADDRESS = X

CONTROL MODE =ROOM SENSOR, MONITOR ONLY OR NETWORK THERMOSTAT

� NETWORK SENSOR CO2 = YES OR NO

� NETWORK SENSOR RELATIVE HUMIDITY = YES OR NO

� NETWORK SENSOR TEMPEATURE = YES OR NO

� ROOM SENSOR OCC BLOWER MODE= AUTO CYCLES OR ON-

CONTINUOUS 1, 2 OR 3 *

� BACKUP MODE = NONE, ROOM SENSOR, RETURN AIR BACKUP

OR THERMOSTAT

� BACKUP SETPOINTS OCCUPIED HEAT = XX.X F

� BACKUP SETPOINTS UNOCCUPIED HEAT = XX.X F

� BACKUP SETPOINTS OCCUPIED COOL = XX.X F

� BACKUP SETPOINTS UNOCCUPIED COOL = XX.X F

* OCC (OCCUPIED) BLOWER MODE DESCRIPTION:

� AUTO CYCLE: BLOWER CYCLES WITH DEMAND

� ON-CONTINUOUS 1: BLOWER IS ON WITH EITHER THE OCCUPANCY SENSOR OR OCCU

PANCY SCHEDULER INDICATES OCCUPIED.

� ON-CONTINUOUS 2: BLOWER IS ON ONLY WITH BOTH THE OCCUPANCY SENSOR AND

OCCUPANCY SCHEDULER, BOTH INDICATES OCCUPIED.

� ON-CONTINUOUS 3: BLOWER IS ON ONLY WHEN BOTH THE OCCUPANCY SENSOR AND

OCCUPANCY SCHEDULER INDICATES OCCUPIED. IN ADDITION, BLOWER WILL BE ON AMINIMUM OF 25% OF THE TIME WHEN OCCUPANCY SCHEDULER INDICATES OCCUPIEDBUT THE OCCUPANCY SENSOR INDICATES NOT OCCUPIED. THE 25% MINIMUM ISACHIEVED BY TURNING BLOWER ON FOR 30 MINUTES AND OFF FOR 90 MINUTES.

NETWORK = BACNET

BACNET MAC ADDRESS = X

BACNET BAUD RATE = 9.6, 19.2, 38.4 OR 76.8 K




� NETWORK SENSOR TEMPERATURE = YES OR NO


CONTINUOUS 1, 2 OR 3 (SEE DESCRIPTION ABOVE)


OR THERMOSTAT





Page 15



NETWORK = LONTALK




� NETWORK SENSOR TEMPERATURE = YES OR NO


CONTINUOUS 1, 2 OR 3 (SEE DESCRIPTION ABOVE)


OR THERMOSTAT





NETWORK = RTUSTANDALONE

BACKUP MODE =NONE OR RETURN AIRBACKUP

� SETPOINTS HEAT = XX.X F

� SETPOINTS COOL = XX.X F

NOTE: PARAMETERS AVAILABLE ARE DEPENDENT ON MODEL NUMBER AND CONFIGURATION ID 1 AND 2 SETTINGS.

TEST &BALANCE

BLOWER

BLOWER CALIBRATION HIGH SPEED = CALIBRATION DONE OR TURN BLOWER ON

BLOWER HEAT = XXXX CFM

BLOWER COOLING HIGH = XXXX CFM

BLOWER COOLING LOW = XXXX CFM

BLOWER VENTILATION = XXXX CFM

ON (TARGET XXXX CFM) ADJUST BLOWER RPM = XXXX RPM

DAMPER

ECONOMIZER TEMP ECON TYPE = TEMPERATURE OFFSET OR TEMPERATURE SETPT

NOTE: THIS OPTION IS DEPENDANT ONCONFIGURATION ID 1 SETUP.

ECONOMIZER OAT SETPOINT = XX.X F.

ECONOMIZER ENTHALPY SETPOINT = XXMA NOTE: THESE OPTIONS ARE DEPENDANT ON

CONFIGURATION ID 1 SETUP.ECONOMIZER ENTHALPY OFFSET = XX MA

FREE COOLING SUPPLY AIR SETPOINT = XX.X F

DAMPER OUTDOOR AIRFLOW = XXX CFM

ADVANCED AIRFLOW ALARMS = ENABLED ORDISABLED (ONLY VISIBLE IF CONFIGURATIONID 1, POSITION 2 IS SET CORRECTLY).

ADV AIRFLOW ALARMS LO SPLY AIRFLOWALM = XX%

ADV AIRFLOW ALARMS LO OD AIRFLOW ALM= XX%

ADV AIRFLOW ALARMS HI OD AIFLOW ALM =XX%

ADV AIRFLOW ALARMS ALM TRIGGER PERIOD = XXXX SEC

VENTILATION OPTIONSDEMAND CONTROL VENTILATION

BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL

IF DCV

DEMAND CONTROL VENT > DAMPER STARTOPEN = XXX PPM

DEMAND CONTROL VENT > DAMPER FULLOPEN = XXXX.X PPM

DEMAND CONTROL VENT > DAMPER MAXOA CFM = X CFM

(ONLY VISIBLE IF CONFIGURATION ID 1, POSITION 2 IS SET CORRECTLY).

DEMAND CONTROL VENT > DAMPER MAXOPENING = XXX.X %.

IF BPCBUILDING PRESS CTROL > PRESSURE SETPOINT = X.X IN H20.

OUTDOOR AIR CONTROL (ONLY VISIBLE IFCONFIGURATION ID 1, POSITION 8 IS SETCORRECTLY)

VELOCITY SETPOINT = XXX FT/MIN

POWER EXHAUST ON BY ECON TRAVEL = XX.X %



FRESH AIR HEATINGENABLE FAH = NO ORYES

FRESH AIR HEATING FAH SETPOINT = XX F

FRESH AIR COOLINGENABLE FAC = YES ORNO

FRESH AIR COOLING AFC SETPOINT = XX F


Table 6. Menu Interface (Level 1 - SERVICE)

Note: Available menu options are dependent on hardware configuration.

Test Menu Section: Each major component of the M3 unit controller will include a test mode to verify critical componentand system performance. All blower testing will remain active for two hours unless terminated by the user.

Level 2 Level 3Use the Adjust and set valuesarrows to scroll up or down forselection options.

WHEN SELECTED (PRESS BACK TO RETURN TO THE PREVIOUS MENU)

TEST

COOLOPTIONS ARE COOL 1, COOL2, COOL 3 AND COOL 4.

COOL X ODNRAT: XX.X FDAT: XX.X F

(if advanced airflow is enabled then ACTUAL CFM is displayed.)

or

NOT APPLICABLE EQUIPMENT NOT PRESENT

HEATOPTIONS ARE HEAT 1, HEAT2, HEAT 3 AND HEAT 4.

HEAT X ONRAT: XX.X FDAT: XX.X F

(if advanced airflow is enabled then ACTUAL CFM is displayed.)

or

NOT APPLICABLE EQUIPMENT NOT PRESENT

BLOWER

BLOWER HI BLH ON/OFF SET POINT

BLOWER LOW BLL ON/OFF SET POINT

PROVING SWITCH PSW CLOSED/OPEN SET POINT

FILTER SWITCH FSW CLOSED/OPEN SET POINT

RPM XX RPM FSW CLOSED/OPEN SET POINT

SPEED XX RPM TD: XX (IF COMPRESSOR IS TURNED ON)

DAMPERPOSITION

ACTUAL: 0.1%.

NOTE: THIS FUNCTION IS ONLY AVAILABLE IF CONFIGURATIONID 1, POSITION 2 HAS BEEN CONFIGURED.

EXHAUST 1 OR 2 SET ON/OFF SETPOINT (EX1 OR EX2 ON/OFF ACTUAL)

FANS

FAN 1 (OR FAN L) FN1 (OR FL) ON/OFF SETPOINT

FAN 2 (OR FAN H) FN2 (OR FH) ON/OFF SETPOINT

FAN 3 THROUGH 6. ON/OFF

DEHUMIDIFIEROPTIONS ARE HUM 1 ANDHUM 2

WHEN SELECTING OPTION, RESPONSE WILL BE EITHER DEHUMIDIFIER X ON OR NOT APPLICABLE EQUIPMENT NOTPRESENT.

OUTPUTS SERVICE RELAY SERVICE RELAY ON

REPLACE

FILTER RESET RUNTIME? = NO OR YES

BELT

(only available basedon model number)

RESET RUNTIME? = NO OR YES

UV LAMP RESET RUNTIME? = NO OR YES OR NOT APPLICABLE EQUIPMENT NOT PRESENT

FANS (1 through 6) RESET RUNTIME? = NO OR YES OR NOT APPLICABLE EQUIPMENT NOT PRESENT

BLOWER RESET RUNTIME? = NO OR YES

COMPRESSOR (1through 4)

RESET RUNTIME? = NO OR YES OR NOT APPLICABLE EQUIPMENT NOT PRESENT

Page 17

Table 6. Menu Interface (Level 1 - SERVICE)


Test Menu Section: Each major component of the M3 unit controller will include a test mode to verify critical componentand system performance. All blower testing will remain active for two hours unless terminated by the user.

Level 2 Level 3Use the Adjust and set valuesarrows to scroll up or down forselection options.

WHEN SELECTED (PRESS BACK TO RETURN TO THE PREVIOUS MENU)

REPORT

USB SERVICEREPORT

USB SERVICE REPORT = DEFAULT VALVE IS THE SERIAL NUMBER IF SET. OTHERWISE IT WILLBE 123456789. CAN BE RENAMED BY USER. MAXIMUM 18 CHARACTERS.

USB ADV AIRFLOWRPT

USB ADVANCED AIRFLOWREPORT = START USB REPORT OR USB REPORTDONE.

START USB REPORT = SAF_RPT (DEFAULT) AND CAN BE RENAMED BY USER. MAXIMUM 18 CHARACTERS.

SAVE USERPROFILE

SAVE USER PROFILE = YES OR NO

LOAD USERPROFILE

LOAD USER PROFILE = YES OR NO

USB PROFILE SAVEUSB PROFILE SAVE = 1234 UNLESS CATALOG NUMBER IS SET. DEFAULT IS CATALOG NUMBER.CAN BE RENAMED BY USER. MAXIMUM 18 CHARACTERS.

USB PROFILE LOAD

USB PROFILE LOAD =1234XXXXXXXXXXX (USERASSIGNED NAME AS SPECIFICED. TYPICALLY CATALOG NUMBER.

WILL LOAD PREVIOUSLY SAVED USB PROFILE.

LOAD FACTORYPROF

LOAD FACTORY PROF = YES OR NO

LOG SERVICEEVENT

LOG SERVICE EVENT = YES OR NO

SOFTWAREUPDATE

SOFTWAREUPDATE

SOFTWARE UPDATE (EITHERTHE UPDATE WILL BE SUCCESSFUL OR THE FOLLOWING MESSAGES WILL APPEAR. SW UPDATE FAILEDOR SW UPDATE FILE NOTFOUND.

NOTE: IF USB FLASH DRIVE IS NOT INSTALLED OR THE M3 UNITCONTROLLER CANNOT READ THE FLASH MEDIA, A MESSAGEWILL APPEAR “NOT APPLICABLE EQUIPMENT NOT PRESENT.”

OFFLINE

CLEAR DELAYS CLEAR DELAYS = YES OR NO.

RESETCONTROLLER

RESET CONTROLLER = YESOR NO.

NOTE: THIS REBOOTS THE M3 CONTROLLER. NO CONFIGURATION SETTINGS ARE CHANGED.

CONTROLLERLOCKOUT

CONTROLLER LOCKOUT = YES OR NO.


Table 7. Menu Interface (Level 1 - SETTINGS)


Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Level 6 Level 7

CONTROL

CONTROL TYPE =NETWORK OR

WIREDTHERMOSTAT

WIRED THERMOSTAT

NETWORK >BACNET

BACNET MAC ADDRESS = X

BACNET BAUD RATE = 9.6, 19.2, 38.4 OR 76.8 K

CONTROL MODE = ROOM SENSOR OR NETWORK THERMOSTAT

CONTROL MODE =MONITOR

CONTROL MODE =ROOM SENSOR ORNETWORKTHERMOSTAT

NETWORK SENSOR C02 = YES OR NO

NETWORK SENSOR RELATIVE HUMIDITY = YES ORNO

NETWORK SENSOR TEMPERATURE = YES OR NO

ROOM SENSOR OCC BLOWER MODE = AUTO -CYCLES OR ON - CONTINUOUS 1, 2, 3

BACKUP MODE = NONE, ROOM SENSOR, RETURNAIR BACKUP OR THERMOSTAT

RAT OR ROOM

BACKUP SETPOINTSOCCUPIED HEAT = XX.X F

BACKUP SETPOINTSUNOCCUPIED HEAT = XX.X F

BACKUP SETPOINTSOCCUPIED COOL = XX.X F

BACKUP SETPOINTSUNOCCUPIED COOL = XX.X F

NETWORK >L-CONNECTION

LCONN ADDRESS = X






ROOM SENSOR OCC BLOWER MODE=ON-CONTINUOUS 1, 2, 3 OR AUTO CYCLES


RAT OR ROOM





Page 19



Level 2 Level 7Level 6Level 5Level 4Level 3

CONTROL

CONTROL TYPE =NETWORK OR

WIREDTHERMOSTAT

NETWORK >LONTALK






ROOM SENSOR OCC BLOWER MODE=ON-CONTINUOUS 1, 2, 3 OR AUTO CYCLES


RAT OR ROOM








Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Level 5USE THE ADJUST AND SET VALUES ARROWS TO SCROLL UP OR DOWN FOR SELECTION OPTIONS.

RTU OPTION

BLOWERSPEEDS

BLOWER HEAT = XXXX CFM

BLOWER COOLING HIGH = XXXX CFM

BLOWER COOLING LOW = XXXX CFM

BLOWER VENTILATION = XXXX CFM

ON (TARGET XXXX CFM) ADJUST BLOWER RPM - XXXX RPM

A BOX (NON-EP) -HEATING, HIGHSPEED AND LOWSPEED

HIGH SPEED = %

LOW SPEED = %

ADJUST BLOWER % = XX%

ADVANCEDAIRFLOW A BOXAND B BOX ORBIGGER

HEATING,

COOLING HIGH,COOLING MED,COOLING MEDHIGH, COOLINGMED LOW,COOLOW LOW

AND VENTILATION

BLOWER CALIBRATION (HEATING, HIGHSPEED,LOW SPEED OR VENTILATION = CALIBRATIONDONE OR TURN BLOWER ON.

IF TURN BLOWER ON IS SELECTED, BLOWERONXXXXX > TURN BLOWER OFF= NO OR YES.

VFD BYPASS VFD BYPASS DISENGAGED ENGAGE? = NO OR YES

ECONOMIZER ENTHALPY OFFSET = X MA


ECONOMIZER OAT SETPOINT = XX.X F

FREE COOLING SUPPLY AIR SETPOINT = XX F

OUTDOOR AIRFLOW = XXX CFM

ADVANCED AIRFLOW ALARMS = ENABLED ORDISABLED (ONLY VISIBLE IF CONFIGURATION ID1, POSITION 2 IS SET CORRECTLY).

ADV AIRFLOW ALARMS LO SPLY AIRFLOW ALM= XX%

ADV AIRFLOW ALARMS LO OD AIRFLOW ALM =XX%

ADV AIRFLOW ALARMS HI OD AIFLOW ALM =XX%

ADV AIRFLOW ALARMS ALM TRIGGER PERIOD= XXXX SEC



Level 2USE THE ADJUST AND SET VALUES ARROWS TO SCROLL UP OR DOWN FOR SELECTION OPTIONS.

Level 5Level 4Level 3

DAMPER

MIN DAMPER POSITION BLOWER ON HIGH = X.X %

MIN DAMPER POSITION BLOWER ON LOW = X.X %

VENTILATION OPTIONSDEMAND CONTROL VENTILATION

BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL

IF DCV

DEMAND CONTROL VENT DAMPER STARTOPEN = XXXX.X PPM

DEMAND CONTROL VENT DAMPER FULLOPEN = XXXX.X PPM

DEMAND CONTROL VENT > DAMPER MAX OACFM = X CFM

(ONLY VISIBLE IF CONFIGURATION ID 1, POSITION 2 IS SET CORRECTLY).

DEMAND CONTROL VENT DAMPER MAXOPENING = XXX.X%

IF BPCBUILDING PRESS CTRL > PRESSURE SETPOINT = X.X IN H20

OUTDOOR AIR CONTROL (ONLY VISISBLE IFCONFIGURATION ID 1, POSITION 8 IS SET CORRECTLY)

VELOCITY SETPOINT = XXX FT/MIN

POWER EXHAUST ON BY ECON TRAVEL = XX.X %

FRESH AIR HEATINGENABLE FAH = YES ORNO


FRESH AIR COOLINGENABLE AFC = YES ORNO


DEHUMIDIFIER

SENSOR TYPE=LOCALSENSOR. NETWORKSENSOR, REHEAT DI4 ORNONE


= LOCAL SENSOROR NETWORKSENSOR

DEHUMIDIFIER DEHUMID SETPOINT = XX.X %


EDIT PARAMETER ENTER DATA ID=XXX

INSTALLNEW UNIT SETUP

LANGUAGE = ENGLISH, ESPANOL, OR FRANCAIS.

DATE/TIME = DAY, MONTH, YEAR, HOURS, MINUTES, SECONDS

DISPLAY UNITS F/C (FAHRENHEIT / CELSIUS)


CONFIGURATION ID 1 = WHITE STICKER TITLED “ORIGINAL FACTORY UNIT CONFIGURATION”LOCATED ON THE RIGHT SIDE OF THE CONTROL BOX NEAR THE M3 CONTROLLER.

CONFIGURATION ID 2 = WHITE STICKER TITLED “ORIGINAL FACTORY UNIT CONFIGURATION”LOCATED ON THE RIGHT SIDE OF THE CONTROL BOX NEAR THE M3 CONTROLLER.

CATALOG NUMBER = LOCATED ON UNIT NAMEPLATE.

SERIAL NUMBER = LOCATED ON UNIT NAMEPLATE.

RTU DESCRIPTION = (18 CHARACTER POSITION)

DEHUMIDIFIER SENSORTYPE


= LOCAL SENSOROR NETWORKSENSOR

DEHUMIDIFIER DEHUMID SETPOINT = XX.X %


INSTALL NEW M3 CLEAR ALL CONFIG=YES OR NO. IF YES IS SELECTED. ARE YOU SURE?=YES OR NO.

Page 21



Level 2USE THE ADJUST AND SET VALUES ARROWS TO SCROLL UP OR DOWN FOR SELECTION OPTIONS.

Level 5Level 4Level 3

GENERAL

LANGUAGE = ENGLISH, FRANCAIS OR ESPANOL

DATE/TIMEDAY, MONTH, YEAR HOURS, MINUTES AND SECONDS

NOTE: HOURS IN 24 HOUR CLOCK FORMAT (MILITARY)

DISPLAY UNITS F/C = FAHRENHEIT OR CELSIUS

RTU DESCRIPTION ENTER A 18 POSITION ALPHA / NUMERIC NAME

CATALOG NUMBER = LOCATED ON UNIT NAMEPLATE.


SERIAL NUMBER = LOCATED ON UNIT NAMEPLATE.

CONFIGURATION ID1 = WHITE STICKER TITLED “ORIGINAL FACTORY UNIT CONFIGURATION” LOCATED ON THE

RIGHT SIDE OF THE CONTROL BOX NEAR THE M3 CONTROLLER.CONFIGURATION ID2

NOTE: PARAMETERS AVAILABLE ARE DEPENDENT ON MODEL NUMBER AND CONFIGURATION ID 1 AND 2 SETTINGS. IN ORDER FORANY CHANGE TO THE SYSTEM TO TAKE AFFECT, BACK COMPLETELY OUT OF THE CURRENT LOCATION TO THE MAIN MENU ORSTATUS SCREEN.

Blower Operation with Effective Occupancy

This section describes how network occupancy signals arecombined to produce effective occupancy.

The blower runs to service heat and cool demands,regardless of the space occupancy. However when there isno heating or cooling demand there are options for how theblower should operate in conjunction with occupancy signalsto keep the space ventilated, or the air stirred.

1. California Energy Commission Title 24

The legacy option settings for OCC Blower Mode are

AUTO CYCLES or ON-CONTINUOUS 1. These

settings govern whether the blower runs continuously

when the space is considered occupied, or cycles on/off

with the heating and cooling demand.

To comply with the California Energy Commission Title

24 standard there are two additional values for OCC

Blower Mode which are ON-CONTINUOUS 2 and

ON-CONTINUOUS 3. See table 9 for their descriptions.

Table 9. Blower Operation Description

OCC BlowerMode

Description

AUTOCYCLES

Blower cycles on/off with demand. (Legacy usage.)

ON-CONTINUOUS

1

Blower runs when either the occupancy sensor orschedule, or both, indicates occupied. (Legacy usage.)

ON-CONTINUOUS

2

Blower runs when both the occupancy sensor andschedule indicate occupied.

ON-CONTINUOUS

3

The same as option 2, but blower runs for 30 minutesand is off for 90 minutes when schedule is occupiedbut the occupancy sensor isnot occupied.

A. LonTalk, BACnet and L Connection: These twonew options are available when using these networkstypes that supplies a room occupancy signal (inaddition to the scheduled occupancy).

NOTE: For L Connection the same two options are

also available when using an optional room

occupancy sensor. If a room occupancy sensor is not

physically installed and configured for the network,

then the only options available for OCC Blower

Mode are AUTO CYCLES or ON-CONTINUOUS 1.

B. RTU Standalone: Since a room occupancy sensorcannot be used in this configuration, then the onlyoptions for OCC Blower Mode are AUTO CYCLESor ON-CONTINUOUS 1.

2. Enabling Network Type

To enable the network module, go to SETUP > INSTALL

and run the setup wizard. When Configuration ID 1

appears on the screen, configure position 5 to one of the

applicable network types. N = Not Installed, B = BACnet

and L = LonTalk.

3. Menu Setup Procedure Method for OCC BlowerMode

These blower control options are handled by the OCC

Blower Mode. These setting and be changed using the

following menu path:

Go to SETUP > NETWORK INTEGRATION >

NETWORK = “BACNET, LONTALK or L

CONNECTION” > (additional prompts concerning

network configuration and sensor types will be

asked) CONTROL MODE = ROOM SENSOR > ROOM

SENSOR OCC BLOWER MODE = (see table 9)

Table 10. BACnet Occupancy Points

BACnet Value

ManualOccupancy Override Control

AO 103

0: space occupied

1: space unoccupied

2: refresh space occupied override timer

3255: auto; clear timer and return to scheduler

ScheduleOccupancy Scheduler Control

AO 104

0: space occupied

1255: space unoccupied

SensorOccupancy Sensor Input

AO 107

0: space occupied

1: space unoccupied

2255: auto; return to occupancy scheduler state

EffectiveOccupancy

Effective OccupancyAI 241

0: space occupied

1: space unoccupied

2: space occupied (timed override)

Page 23

Table 11. LonTalk® Occupancy PointsMode LonTalk® Value

ManualnviOccManCmd

Index = 11

0: space occupied

1: space unoccupied



SchedulenviOccSched1

Index = 10

0: space occupied


SensornviOccSensor

Index = 12

0: space occupied

1: space unoccupied


EffectiveOccupancy

nvoEffectOccupIndex = 26

0: space occupied

1: space unoccupied


Table 12. Blower Operation Modes

Blower Operation Description

On Blower runs continuously.

Cycles Blower cycles on/off with demand.

Cycles w/Stir Blower cycles on/off with demand; during off cycle blower is on 30 minutes of 120.

Table 13. Blower Operation Schedule

Manual Schedule SensorEffective

Occupancy OCC Blower ModeBlower

Operation

0, 2 n/a n/a OCCUPIED

AUTO-CYCLES Cycles

ON-CONTINOUS 1 On

ON-CONTINOUS 2 On

ON-CONTINOUS 3 On

1 n/a n/a UNOCCUPIED

AUTO-CYCLES Cycles

ON-CONTINOUS 1 Cycles



3255 0 0, 2-225 OCCUPIED

AUTO-CYCLES Cycles

ON-CONTINOUS 1 On

ON-CONTINOUS 2 On

ON-CONTINOUS 3 On

3255 0 1 OCCUPIED

AUTO-CYCLES Cycles

ON-CONTINOUS 1 On


ON-CONTINOUS 3 Cycles w/Stir

3255 1255 n/a UNOCCUPIED

AUTO-CYCLES Cycles




Economizer

The economizer, when configured, controls:

� Damper position, which determines how much outdoor

air is used to meet free cooling or indoor air qualityrequirements, and

� Optional power exhaust fans.

On a cooling demand, outdoor air is used for free coolinginstead of first-stage compressor(s) when outdoor air issuitable.

Enabling Economizer and Settings

To enable the economizer if installed go to SETUP >INSTALL and go through the wizard. When reaching

Configuration ID 1, position 2 will need to be set to theapplicable type of economizer. Valid types are as indicatedbelow:

� M = Motorized Outdoor Air Damper Only

� T = Economizer - Temperature (Note: Used for both set

point and offset temperature control.)

� G = Economizer - Global

� S = Economizer - Single Enthalpy

� D = Economizer - Dual Enthalpy

The following options are available depending oneconomizer set above. These settings are available throughthe main menu at SETUP > TEST & BALANCE > DAMPER.

Table 14 . Menu Interface (Level 1 - SETTINGS) - M (Motorized Outdoor Air Damper Only)


RTU OPTION DAMPER

MIN DAMPER POSITION

BLOWER ON HIGH = X.X %

MIN DAMPER POSITION

BLOWER ON LOW = X.X %

DEMAND CONTROL VENT

DAMPER START OPEN = XXXX.X PPM

DEMAND CONTROL VENT

DAMPER FULL OPEN = XXXX.X PPM

DEMAND CONTROL VENT

DAMPER MAX OPENING = XXX.X%

FRESH AIR HEATING ENABLE FAH = YES OR NO


FRESH AIR COOLING ENABLE AFC = YES OR NO


Table 15 . Menu Interface (Level 1 - SETTINGS) - T (Temperature Economizer)


RTU OPTION DAMPER


ECONOMIZER

OAT SETPOINT = XX.X F

FREE COOLING

SUPPLY AIR SETPOINT = XX F

MIN DAMPER POSITION


MIN DAMPER POSITION


DEMAND CONTROL VENT


DEMAND CONTROL VENT


DEMAND CONTROL VENT






Page 25

Table 16 . Menu Interface (Level 1 - SETTINGS) - G (Global Economizer)


RTU OPTION DAMPER

FREE COOLING


MIN DAMPER POSITION


MIN DAMPER POSITION


DEMAND CONTROL VENT


DEMAND CONTROL VENT


DEMAND CONTROL VENT






Damper Operation During Free Cooling These are operating profile options for the economizerdamper (Parameter 164 - ECONOMIZER PROFILE) duringfree cooling when any compressor is on and can be selectedas follows:

Option 0: Damper continues to modulate while compressorsare on, but the effect of mechanical cooling may force thedamper closed to its minimum position. After compressorstarts, the free cooling set point is lowered to fixedtemperature setting of 45°F.

Option 1: Damper opens to its maxopen position(Parameter 131 - FREE CL MAX DAMPER) when any

compressors start.

NOTE - When using Option 1 and after the compressor isstopped, the M3 shall resume damper modulation.

Option 2: Is as follows:

� Holdsoff compressor on Y2 call until damper

has modulated to maximum position(Parameter 131 - FREE CL MAX DAMPER) for

three minutes.

� After three minutes, the compressor starts and

the free cooling set point is lowered to 45°F.

Damper is not locked at maximum open whilecompressor is on, but modulates to maintain45°F discharge air temperature.

� When Y2 is satisfied, compressor goes off and

free cooling set point is restored to 55°F(Parameter 159 - FREE COOL SUPPLY SP).

Option 3: Same as Option 2, but with a 10 minute delayinstead of a three minute delay.

Free Cooling Compressor Lockout Mode andLow Ambient Set Point

Go to SETTINGS > RTU OPTION > EDIT PARAMETER= 285 (FRCL COMP LCKOUT MD). Default value is 2.Range is 0 to 2.

0 = Disable Compressor Lockout

1 = Lockout Compressor if outdoor air is suitableregardless of outdoor air temperature.

2 = Lockout Compressor if outdoor air temperature is

below Parameter 108 setting and Outdoor Air is Suitable(Default).

Go to SETTINGS > RTU OPTION > EDIT PARAMETER

= 108 (FREE LO AMB LCKT SP). Default value is55.0°F. Range is 45.0 to 80.0°F.

Outdoor Air Suitable for Free Cooling

The M3 unit controller displays the outdoor air suitabilityinformation on the status screen.

The appropriate sensors are provided when the economizeris factory-configured. When the economizer is field-installedand configured, the single or dual enthalpy modes require

additional field-provided sensor(s).

Enthalpy Set Point

This setting pertains to the single enthalpy free cooling modeonly. The M3 unit controller will enable free cooling whenoutdoor air enthalpy (A7) is less than the enthalpy set point

(Parameter 162 - ECON FREECL ENTH SP). Figure 6shows the approximate enthalpy sensor output at varioustemperatures and percentage of relative humidity.

40°F 50°F 60°F 70°F 80°F 90°F 100°F

30

20

10

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Figure 6. Enthalpy Sensor Output Current Honeywell C7400

Table 17 . Menu Interface (Level 1 - SETTINGS) - Single Enthalpy

The following settings are available when Configuration ID 1, position 2 is set to S (Single Enthalpy)

Level 2 Level 3 Level 4USE THE ADJUST AND SET VALUES ARROWS TO SCROLL UP ORDOWN FOR SELECTION OPTIONS.

RTU OPTION DAMPER

ECONOMIZER ENTHALPY SETPOINT = XX.X MA

ENTHALPY SET POINT MA SETTING

73°F 12.0

70°F 13.6

67°F 15.5

63°F 17.6

FREE COOLING

SUPPLY AIR SETPOINT = XX.X F

CLIMATE ZONE SINGLE SENSIBLE

1, 3, 5, 11-16 75.0°F

2, 4, 10 73.0°F

6, 8, 9 71.0°F

7 69.0°F

MIN DAMPER POSITION


MIN DAMPER POSITION


DEMAND CONTROL VENT


DEMAND CONTROL VENT


DEMAND CONTROL VENT






Page 27

Table 18 . Menu Interface (Level 1 - SETTINGS) - Dual Enthalpy

The following settings are available when Configuration ID 1, position 2 is set to D (Dual Enthalpy)

Level 2 Level 3 Level 4USE THE ADJUST AND SET VALUES ARROWS TO SCROLL UP ORDOWN FOR SELECTION OPTIONS.

RTU OPTION DAMPER

ECONOMIZER ENTHALPY OFFSET = X.XX MA

TEMP OFFSET* RELATIVE HUMIDITY °F OFFSET %** MA SETTING

2 6 1.0

3.5 12 2.0

5.3 18 3.0

7 24 4.0

* AT A CONSTANT RELATIVE HUMIDITY.

** AT A CONSTANT TEMPERATURE

FREE COOLING


CLIMATE ZONE SINGLE SENSIBLE

1, 3, 5, 11-16 75°F

2, 4, 10 73°F

6, 8, 9 71°F

7 69°F

MIN DAMPER POSITION


MIN DAMPER POSITION


DEMAND CONTROL VENT


DEMAND CONTROL VENT


DEMAND CONTROL VENT






Free Cooling Damper Maximum Position

Damper Maximum position for free cooling is by default set to100%. To modify this settings, use the following path:

SETTINGS > RTU OPTION > EDIT PARAMETER - 131(FREE CL MAX DAMPER)

Minimum Damper Position

Use the following menu path to modified the minimumdamper positions for both high and low operations.

SETUP > TEST & BALANCE > DAMPER > MINDAMPER POSITION BLOWER ON HIGH = .%

SETUP > TEST & BALANCE > DAMPER > MINDAMPER POSITION BLOWER ON LOW = .%

Motorized Outdoor Air Damper

Set damper position according to “Minimum DamperPosition” section for normal operation, make sure themotorized outdoor air damper is set correctly inConfiguration ID 1, position 2 needs to be set to M. The

damper will open to the specified position during theoccupied time period and close during the unoccupied timeperiod.

NOTE - When equipped with Motorized Outdoor damper AirDamper, Prodigy 2.0 provides only Demand ControlVentilation. Free Cooling/Economizer function is notavailable.

Economizer Checkout The following checkout procedures are completed with unitenergized. Confirm proper operation of the heartbeat LED.Step 1 will determine whether the economizer is allowing fulldamper travel. Use step 2 when the damper does not

respond to step 1.

Steps 3, 4, 5, and 6 checkout the operating modes; checkoutonly the mode that applies to the unit being worked on.

CAUTIONPower exhaust fans will be functional. To prevent operationof power exhaust fans, disconnect power to unit and thenPED jack/plug P/J18.:

Step 1. ECONOMIZER OUTPUT VOLTAGE

The M3 unit controller monitors P262 (DPOS) andoperates as reference in Section Damper Diagnosticsin the Prodigy 2.0 (M3 unit controller) ApplicationGuide (Advance Features).

A Go to SERVICE > TEST > DAMPER>POSITION >DAMPER POSITION ACTUAL: 0.0% The motorwill slowly modulate to the closed position.

B Change DAMPER POSITION ACTUAL to100.0%.The motor will slowly modulate to the fullyopened position.

C If the motor does not respond, go to step 2. If themotor does respond properly, go to the appropriatemode of operation checkout.

Step 2. OUTPUT VOLTAGE CHECK

A Go to SERVICE > TEST > DAMPER > POSITION >DAMPER POSITION ACTUAL: 0.0%

B Adjust the DAMPER POSITION ACTUAL: to 0.0%position.

C Measure the voltage on P262 between pin 3 (VOTdamper control) and pin 2 (GND) using pin 1 ascommon. Voltage should read approximately 2VDC.

D Adjust the DAMPER POSITION ACTUAL: to100.0% position.

NOTE - Allow approximately 90 seconds for actuator toreact.

E Measure the voltage between P262 between pin 3(VOT damper control) and pin 2 (GND) using pin 1as common. Voltage should read approximately 10volts DC. If not, check wiring and trouble shootsystem.

Step 3. SINGLE ENTHALPY OPERATION (ODE)

In the single enthalpy mode, dampers open for free coolingwhen the outdoor enthalpy is less than the enthalpy set point(Parameter 162 - ECON FREECL ENTH SP); dampers willtry to modulate discharge air temperature (RT6) to

(Parameter 159 - FREE COOL SUPPLY SP) which has adefault setting of 55.0°F (13°C).

A Go to SETUP > INSTALL > press SAVE until you getto the Configuration ID 1, position 2 needs to be setto S for Economizer Single Enthalpy and pressSAVE.

B To simulate low outdoor enthalpy. Disconnect A7outdoor enthalpy sensor jack/plugs J/P104. Connecta 750 ohm resistor across plug J104-1 and J104-2.J104 is located in the filter access area.

C Check all connections and wiring between J104 andthe control.

Step 4. DUAL ENTHALPY MODE OF OPERATION

In dual enthalpy mode mode, dampers open for free cooling

when the outdoor air enthalpy is lower than the return airenthalpy by difference value of (Parameter 163 - ECN FRCLENTH OFFST); dampers will modulate discharge airtemperature (RT6) to (Parameter 159 - FREE COOLSUPPLY SP) which has a default setting of 55.0°F (13°C).

A Go to SETUP > INSTALL > press SAVE until you getto the Configuration ID 1 position 2 needs to be setto D for Economizer Dual Enthalpy and press SAVEif performing an economizer field-install.

B Use two resistors to simulate outdoor air enthalpysuitable.

� Disconnect A62 return air enthalpy sensor

jack/plug J/P105. Place a 1500 ohm resistorbetween J105-1 and J105-3. J/P105 is located in

the filter access area.

� Disconnect A7 outdoor enthalpy sensor

jack/plugs J/P104. Connect a 750 ohm resistor

across J104-1 and J104-2.

Step 5. ALL TEMPERATURE MODES OF OPERATION

In the Economizer – Temperature mode, the damper opensfor free cooling when the outdoor air temperature is:

� Less than return air temperature by at least a difference

of (Parameter 161 - ECON FRCL TMP OFFST) if

Temperature Offset mode is selected

� Less than (Parameter 160 - ECON FREECL TEMP SP)

In all modes, dampers will try to modulate discharge airtemperature (RT6) to (Parameter 159 - FREE COOLSUPPLY SP) which has a default setting of 55.0°F (13°C).

Refer to the “Displaying Sensor Inputs" section to read returnair (RT16) and outdoor air (RT17) temperatures. If outdoorair is not cooler than return air, simulate a colder outdoor airtemperature with a resistor. Select a resistor value thatcorresponds to a temperature (see table 19):

A Locate RT17 sensor in unit. Disconnect 1/4" quickconnect terminals on wires leading from sensor.

B Jumper RT17 wires leading back to control with theappropriate resistor.

C Check all connections and wiring between RT17 andthe M3 unit controller, and between RT16 and the M3unit controller.

Table 19. TMP Mode Resistor Values

Temp.°F (°C)

SizeResist

or

Temp.°F

(°C)

SizeResist

or

Temp.°F

(°C)

SizeResist

or

Temp.°F

(°C)

SizeResist

or

30(-1)

34,566

50(10)

19,904

70(21)

11,884

90(32)

7,332

40 (4)

26,106

60(16)

15,313

80(27)

9,298 100(38)

5,826

Step 6. GLOBAL MODULATING (GLO) MODE OFOPERATION

In the GLO (modulating) mode, dampers modulate open forfree cooling when the global input is energized; dampers willtry to modulate discharge air temperature (RT6) to(Parameter 159 - FREE COOL SUPPLY SP) which has adefault setting of 55.0°F (13°C).

NOTE - The global input turns on the blower.

A Set global mode using the Configuration ID 1,position 2, and set to character G.

B Connect a jumper between A55_P297-1 (24VAC)and A55_P297-9 (global). The blower will beenergized and the damper will slowly open ifdischarge air temperature (RT6) is greater than(Parameter 159 - FREE COOL SUPPLY SP) whichhas a default setting of 55.0°F (13°C).

C Disconnect 24VAC to A55_P297-9. The blower willturn off and the damper will close.

D If the damper does not actuate check all connectionsand wiring between P262A and B.

Page 29

DISCONNECT J/P104

PLACE JUMPER WIRE HERE

READCURRENTHERE

DC AMMETER- +

Damper Travel: % of Maximum Open

DISCONNECT J/P105

PLACE JUMPER WIRE HERE

READCURRENTHERE

DC AMMETER- +

Measure A62 Current in SeriesMeasure A7 Current in Series

Figure 7. Measure A7 and A62 Current in Series

Step 7. ENTHALPY SENSOR OPERATION (A7 andA62)

A Connect a direct current ammeter as shown in figure7 to measure current output of A7 or A62.

NOTE - If Enthalpy Sensors are configured, current sensorreading by M3 controller can be verified on User interface:

B The reading will be between 4 and 20 ma. dependingon outdoor temperature and humidity. Refer to figure6 to approximate reading.

Go to DATA > IN/OUTPUTS > SENSORS > LOCAL(scroll down to IE: x.x mA and OE: x.x mA)

C If the meter reads zero, check sensor wiring harnessfor continuity and/or check polarity of sensor wiring.

Demand Control Ventilation

A field-provided and installed indoor air quality (IAQ) sensor

can be used with the modulating economizer or OADM tocontrol carbon dioxide levels in the conditioned space. Thecarbon dioxide level in a space is an indicator of the numberof people occupying a room. As the carbon dioxide level rises(indicating the occupancy of a room has increased), dampersmodulate open - regardless of outdoor air suitability.

Likewise, as the carbon dioxide level falls (indicating theoccupancy has decreased), dampers modulate furtherclosed.

Standard economizer installations have a minimum fresh air

ventilation requirement based on maximum roomoccupancy. With standard economizer use, the amount of airrequired for maximum room occupancy is heated or cooledwith each heating or cooling cycle. IAQ installations use themaximum amount of required ventilation air only withmaximum room occupancy; less outdoor air needs to beheated or cooled when fewer people are in the conditioned

space.

If the economizer is operating in the free cooling mode andthe indoor air quality control requires the damper to openfurther, the indoor air quality demand will override the free

cooling demand.

The IAQ function is not energized during the unoccupied ornight time period.

NOTE - The IAQ sensor may also be used with systemscontaining a motorized outdoor air damper.

Default Operation

The M3 unit controller has a 0-10VDC indoor air quality inputfor a standard 0 - 2000ppm carbon dioxide sensor. Theeconomizer starts opening at a carbon dioxide level of 500ppm (default) (start open set point) and reaches full open at a

carbon dioxide level of 1000ppm (default) (full open setpoint).

The damper opens to a default position of 100% (seeParameter 117). Determine damper travel position using thefollowing formula.

% Damper Travel = carbon dioxide ppm - StartOpen ppm

5

Example: At a carbon dioxide level of 750ppm, the

damper will be approximately 50% open:

% Damper Travel = 750-500= 50%

5

Use the menu interface to read carbon dioxide ppm. DATA >IN/OUTPUTS > SENSORS > C02. Figure 8 shows default orproportional operation.

Maximum and Minimum Demand ControlVentilation Damper Settings

Maximum position is set using the following menu path:

Go to SETUP > TEST & BALANCE > DAMPER >

DAMPER MAX OPENING = .%

Use the following menu path to modified the minimum

damper positions for both high and low blower operations.

Go to SETUP > TEST & BALANCE > DAMPER > MINDAMPER POSITION BLOWER ON HIGH = .%

Go to SETUP > TEST & BALANCE > DAMPER > MIN

DAMPER POSITION BLOWER ON LOW = .%

33

66

100

700Parameter 118

1000Parameter 119

Low Temp. Operation High Temp. Operation

CO2 (ppm)

10°F Parameter 122

20°F

30°F

40°F Parameter123

105°F Parameter 120

95°F

85°F

75°F Parameter 121

0

Min. PositionDam

per

Tra

vel:

% o

fM

axim

um

Op

en

(Para

mete

r 117

Figure 8. Default Demand Control Ventilation (DCV) Operation

Parameter Adjustments

Default indoor air quality economizer operation is based on

common or average applications. Adjustments may be madeto the indoor air quality parameters to alter operation or meetrequired specifications. Use the user interface to changeParameter 117 through 119. Go to SETTINGS > RTUOPTIONS > EDIT PARAMETER

Select a demand control ventilation mode with Parameter134. Modes 3 and 4 will bring on the unit blower whendemand control ventilation calls for maximum damper open,and returns to auto-blower when demand control ventilationdamper returns to 0. The other modes only operate when the

unit blower is on, but will not bring it on themselves.

Some applications require a different carbon dioxide set pointrange than default settings. Damper “start open" (Parameter

118 and “full open" (Parameter 119) carbon dioxide set pointsmay be adjusted from 0 to 2000 ppm. Use the followingformula to determine damper travel.

NOTE - When changing carbon dioxide set point range, “startopen" set point should be less than “full‐open" set point.

% Damper Travel = carbon dioxide ppm - Start Open

ppm X Max Open (Parameter 117) Full Open - Start Open

Full Open - Start Open

Example: An application requires the dampers openat 800 CO2 ppm and reach full open at 1200. If the

carbon dioxide level in the space reads 1000 ppm,calculate the damper percent open as follows.

% Damper Travel = 1000 - 800 or 200 or .5= 0.5 x 100 = 50%

1200 - 800 400

Table 20. Demand Control Ventilation Parameters

Control Parameter Control Value

Units DescriptionNo Screen Name

Parameter ShortDescription Min. Default Max.

117 DCV MAX DAMPER OPENDemand Control

Ventilation MaximumDamper Open

0 100 100 %Maximum allowed demand control ventilation damper open position.

118 DCV DAMP START OPENDemand Control

Ventilation DamperStart Open

0 700 2000 PPM

� Damper “start open" CO2

set point for Demand ControlVentilation.

� Level where fresh air

damper begins to open.

119 DCV DAMP FULL OPEN

Demand ControlVentilation MaximumDamper Full Open

Set Point

0 1200 2000 PPM

� Damper “full open" CO2 set

point for Demand ControlVentilation.

� Level where fresh air

damper is opened to maximum.

120 DCV HI TMP OV FL CL

Demand ControlVentilation Outdoor

Air Control HiTemperature Override

Full Closed

-31.0 105.0 132.0 °FHigh outdoor air temp. wherefresh air damper is closed tominimum position.

121 DCV HI TMP OV ST CL


Air Control HiTemperature Override

Start Closing

-31.0 75.0 132.0 °FHigh outdoor air temperaturewhere fresh air damper begins toclose.

Page 31

Table 20. Demand Control Ventilation Parameters

Control Parameter

DescriptionUnits

Control Value

No DescriptionUnitsMax.DefaultMin.

Parameter ShortDescriptionScreen Name

122 DCV LO TMP OV FL CL


Air Control LowTemperature Override

Full Closed

-31.0 10.0 132.0 °FLow outdoor air temperaturewhere fresh air damper is closedto minimum position

123 DCV LO TMP OV ST CL


Air Control LowTemperature Override

Start Closing

-31.0 40.0 132.0 °FLow outdoor air temp. wherefresh air damper begins to close.

134 IAQ INPUT MODEIndoor Air Quality In

put Mode0 1 6 Option

IAQ input source and mode (0-3operate only when blower is on).

0- Demand Control VentilationSystem Indoor Air Quality.Either P298-3 or network indoor air quality.

1- Demand Control VentilationSystem Indoor Air Quality.Either P298-3 or network Indoor Air Quality with no outdoor air temperature limits.

2- Outdoor Air Control SensorA24 (A133_P194-6) (TB22-6).

3- Outdoor Air Control SensorA24 (A133_P194-6) (TB22-6)with no outdoor air temperature limits.

4- Demand Control VentilationSystem Indoor Air Quality.Either P298-3 or network Indoor Air Quality with bloweron/auto operation.

5- Demand Control VentilationSystem Indoor Air Quality.Either P298-3 or network Indoor Air Quality with bloweron/auto operation with no outdoor air temperature limits.

6- ???

Set Point Control Option

Set point control mode is commonly used in areas with high

occupancy and frequent change out such as classrooms orconference rooms.

In applications requiring this on/off damper response tocarbon dioxide levels, set the start open (Parameter 118 -DCV DAMP START OPEN) set point higher than the fullopen (Parameter 119 - DCV DAMP FULL OPEN) set point.The dampers will drive to fully-open position immediately.Figure 9 shows the set point control option.

Change Parameters 122 and 123 to set the minimum outdoor

temperature limits. Change Parameters 120 and 121 to setthe maximum temperature limits.

IMPORTANT

Mixed air temperatures less than 45°F (7°C) on units withan aluminized heat exchanger or less than 30°F (-1°C) onstainless steel heat exchangers will void themanufacturer's warranty.

Determining Indoor Air Quality Inputs

Go to DATA> IN/OUTPUTS > SENSORS menuselection from the M3 unit controller menu display.

Min. Position

100 Parameter 117

Parameter 119

(full)

Parameter 118

(start)

carbon dioxide (ppm)

Max. Open

Close Open

Figure 9. Set point Control Indoor Air Quality Option

Page 33

Networking Serial Communications (RS-485)

BACNETThe configuration shown in figure 10 has terminations on the M3 unit controller BACnet modules at both ends and ONLY atboth ends of the chain.

The configuration shown to the in figure 10 has a termination at the controller/router on one end and a termination at the M3unit controller BACnet module on the other end; terminations are ONLY at the ends of the chain.

Cable type - twisted pair with shield, 22 awg minimum, Belden #88761 or #8761 (Lennox 27M19, 94L63, 68M35).

(terminated)(terminated) (not terminated) (not terminated)

CONTROLLER/

ROUTER

(not ter

minated)

(not termin

ated)

(not terminated)

(terminated per mfg

instructions)

CONTROLLER/

ROUTER

(not terminated) (terminated)

(not ter

minated)

Figure 10. Terminating ends of daisy-chained networks

L CONNECTIONThe network control panel is an L Connection direct digital controller used on units which are not equipped with an M3 unitcontroller. The Building Controller (BC) is used to control building functions such as lights and signs. Use L connectionspecific network cable and daisy chain as shown in figure 11. L Connection daisy chains also need termination at the end

nodes of the chain.

Cable type - twisted pair with shield, 22 awg minimum, Belden #88761 or #8761 (Lennox 27M19, 94L63, 68M35).

SYS BUS TERMINALBLOCK ON LENNOXCONTROLLERS IMC(M1-1 TO M1-6 LSERIES)

S-BUS TERMINALBLOCK ON LENNOXPRODIGY M2 OR M3

CONTROLLERENERGENCE

SERIES

SYS BUS TERMINALBLOCK ON LENNOX

CONTROLLERS IMC (M1-7,M1-8, NTC, BC AND ZONE

CONTROLLERS)

DO NOT CONNECT THE CABLE SHIELD TO THE ”G” TERMINAL ON M1-6 AND OLDER

CONNECT + TERMINAL OF NCP TO + TERMINALS ON ALL CONTROLLERS.

CONNECT - TERMINAL OF NCP TO - TERMINALS ON ALL CONTROLLERS.

321

SHIELD SHIELD SHIELD

- S + - S +- G +

SHIELD

CONTINUE WIRING TYP.TO LAST CONTROLLERON NETWORK

Figure 11. L Connection® Network Daisy-Chain Communication Wiring

APPENDIX

AbbreviationsA55 M3 board. Main controller board for roof top units

A178 C3 board. Compressor 3 and 4, 2nd stage heat

AI Analog input

AO Analog output

BL Blower

BRPM Blower RPM

C1 1st stage cooling

C2 2nd stage cooling

C3 3rd stage cooling

C4 4th stage cooling

CAI Combustion air inducer

CAVB Constant air volume with bypass damper

COM Electrical common

CLK Clock

CP1 Compressor 1

CP2 Compressor 2

CP3 Compressor 3

CP4 Compressor 4

CSP Cooling set point

DAC Discharge (supply) air control

DACC Discharge (supply) air control cooling

DACH Discharge (supply) air control heating

DAP Discharge (supply) air pressure

DAT Discharge (supply) air temperature

DB Deadband

DCV Demand controlled ventilation

DDC Direct Digital Controller

DI Digital input

Diff Differential

DO Digital output

ECON Economizer

FAC Fresh air cooling control

FAH Fresh air heating control

FAT Fresh air tempering control. See FAC & FAH

FC Free cooling

G Thermostat demand, blower

GLO Global mode or input (economizer)

H1 1st stage heating

H2 2nd stage heating

H3 3rd stage heating

H4 4th stage heating

HP1 Heat pump add-on board (A61)

HP High pressure

HSP Heating setpoint

HT Heating

IAQ Indoor air quality. Often synonymous with CO2 level in ppm

IDE Indoor enthalpy. Depends on temperature and humidity

IE Indoor enthalpy.

“w.c. Inches of water column

LCONN L Connection

LED Light emitting diode. An indicator light, found either as individualelements or grouped together as segments to form characters

LP Low pressure

LT Limit

M3 Main M3 unit controller board (A55).

MGV Modulating gas valve

MOAD Motorized outdoor air damper

MSAV Multi-Stage Air Volume

OAC Outdoor air control

OAS Outdoor air suitable for free cooling

OAT Outdoor air temperature

OCC Unit controller demand, occupied mode

ODE Outdoor enthalpy. Depends on temperature and humidity

OE Outdoor enthalpy.

PPM Parts per million (mostly used for CO2 measurements)

RAP Return air pressure

RAT Return air temperature

RH Relative humidity

RS Reset

RTU Roof top unit

RT6 Discharge air temperature sensor

RT16 Return air temperature sensor

RT17 Outdoor air temperature sensor

SMK Smoke detection mode (alarm)

SP Set point

Stg Stage

STPT Set point

TB Terminal block

TSTAT Thermostat

UNOCC Unit controller demand, unoccupied mode

USB Universal Serial Bus, connect to PC or flash drive

W1 Thermostat demand, heat stage 1




VAC Alternating current voltage

VAV Variable air volume. Accomplished with a variable frequency drive(VFD)

VDC Direct current voltage

VFD Var. frequency drive. An AC inverter used to vary motor speed

VT Ventilation

Y1 Thermostat demand, cooling stage one

Y2 Thermostat demand, cooling stage two

Y3 Thermostat demand, cooling stage three

Y4 Thermostat demand, cooling stage four

ZAT Room air temperature

Table 21. Parts and Kits Available for M3 Unit Controller

Description

Catalognumber Description

Catalognumber Description

Catalognumber

Unit Controller Replacement kit 10X84 USB service kit tube 59W52 SmartWire� Field Termination kit 59W57

LCD Display Replacement Kit 10X85 M3 unit controller battery (10-pack) 59W53Lennox Prodigy 2.0 USB MemoryStick (5-pack)

59W59

M3 unit controller cover 10X86 BACnet� Replacement kit 59W51

Page 35

USB Service Report Example (If SmartAirflow® is Installed)

======================================================USB SERVICE REPORT======================================================Service Date 04:03:2014Service Time 19:26:35Serial No.Software Version 08.00.0009Hardware VersionUnit Number UNIT 1SBUS Address 2BACnet Address 2Catalogue NumberModel Number LGH060H4EH1YCONFIGURATION ID 1 NTNNNNLNCONFIGURATION ID 2 NNNNNNNNNStatus IDLE======================================================Runtime Data Total Power On 23 HRS 8 CYCLES Before Install 0 HRS −−−−−−− Filter 12 HRS −−−−−−− Belt 11 HRS −−−−−−− Blower 12 HRS 50 CYCLES Compressor 1 3 HRS 40 CYCLES Compressor 2 4 HRS 27 CYCLES Compressor 3 0 HRS 2 CYCLES Compressor 4 0 HRS 3 CYCLES Outdoor Fan 1 7 HRS 28 CYCLES Outdoor Fan 2 2 HRS 22 CYCLES Outdoor Fan 3 0 HRS 2 CYCLES Outdoor Fan 4 0 HRS 3 CYCLES Outdoor Fan 5 0 HRS 3 CYCLES Outdoor Fan 6 0 HRS 3 CYCLES POWER EXHAUST 0 HRS 0 CYCLES Heat Stage 1 0 HRS 1 CYCLES Heat Stage 2 0 HRS 1 CYCLES Humiditrol 0 HRS 0 CYCLES Free Cooling 0 HRS 4 CYCLES UV Lamp 0 HRS −−−−−−−======================================================Sensor Data OAT 66 degF RAT 72 degF DAT 73 degF ZAT 78 degF RH 50 % CO2 460 ppm======================================================SmartAirFlow System Data

Calibrated On 04/03/2014 19:12:56

Supply Airflow Calibration Table −−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−− PWM(%) Speed(rpm) Airflow(cfm) −−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−− 20 480 1031 30 570 1274 40 660 1493 50 750 1687 60 840 1857 70 930 2004 80 1020 2126 90 1110 2223 100 1200 2297

Supply Airflow Targets −−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−− Mode Desired Airflow(cfm) PWM(%)

−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−− Cool High 1800 57 Cool Low 1300 31 Heat 2000 70 Ventilation 1200 27 Smoke 2000 70Economizer Differential Pressure(@ 2000 SupplyAirflow(cfm)) −−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−− Damper Position (%) Diff.Pressure(in.H20) −−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−− 0 0.39 50 0.23 100 0.06 Outside Airflow Targets −−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−− Minimum Outside Air/Minimum DCV: 200 cfm Maximum DCV: 0 cfm Minimum CO2: 700 ppm Maximum CO2: 1200 ppm======================================================Alarm/Status Log (143) 04:03:2014 19:26:13 RESET DAMPER PRESSURE (141) 04:03:2014 19:26:13 RESET CFM TARGET TOOHIGH (143) 04:03:2014 19:06:19 SET DAMPER PRESSURE (141) 04:03:2014 19:06:19 SET CFM TARGET TOOHIGH ( 82) 04:03:2014 19:06:18 RESET CONTROLLER RESET ( 82) 04:03:2014 19:06:18 SET CONTROLLER RESET (143) 04:03:2014 18:59:41 SET DAMPER PRESSURE (141) 04:03:2014 18:59:41 SET CFM TARGET TOOHIGH ( 82) 04:03:2014 18:59:40 RESET CONTROLLER RESET ( 82) 04:03:2014 18:59:40 SET CONTROLLER RESET (143) 04:03:2014 18:35:19 SET DAMPER PRESSURE (141) 04:03:2014 18:35:19 SET CFM TARGET TOOHIGH (148) 04:03:2014 18:21:36 RESET SMART AIRFLOWCONFIG ERROR (170) 04:03:2014 18:21:36 RESET POWER EXHAUSTUNCONFIGURED (165) 04:03:2014 18:21:36 RESET ECONOMIZERUNCONFIGURED ( 85) 04:03:2014 18:21:36 RESET INCORRECTHUMIDITROL SETTINGS (132) 04:03:2014 18:21:24 RESET VFD BYPASSUNCONFIGURED (148) 04:03:2014 18:21:23 SET SMART AIRFLOWCONFIG ERROR (132) 04:03:2014 18:21:23 SET VFD BYPASSUNCONFIGURED (170) 04:03:2014 18:21:23 SET POWER EXHAUSTUNCONFIGURED (165) 04:03:2014 18:21:23 SET ECONOMIZERUNCONFIGURED ( 85) 04:03:2014 18:21:23 SET INCORRECTHUMIDITROL SETTINGS ( 82) 04:03:2014 18:20:31 RESET CONTROLLER RESET ( 82) 04:03:2014 18:20:31 SET CONTROLLER RESET ( 82) 04:03:2014 18:16:32 RESET CONTROLLER RESET ( 82) 04:03:2014 18:16:32 SET CONTROLLER RESET ( 82) 04:03:2014 18:14:10 RESET CONTROLLER RESET ( 82) 04:03:2014 18:14:10 SET CONTROLLER RESET ( 82) 04:03:2014 18:14:09 RESET CONTROLLER RESET ( 82) 04:03:2014 18:14:09 SET CONTROLLER RESET

======================================================END OF REPORT

USB Service Report Example (If SmartAirflow® is Installed)

======================================================

USB SMARTAIRFLOW REPORT

======================================================

Service Date 04:03:2014

Service Time 19:32:49

Serial No.

Software Version 08.00.0009

Hardware Version

Unit Number UNIT 1

SBUS Address 2

BACnet Address 2

Catalogue Number

Model Number LGH060H4EH1Y

CONFIGURATION ID 1 NTNNNNLN

CONFIGURATION ID 2 NNNNNNNNN

Status IDLE

======================================================

Calibrated On 04/03/2014 19:12:56

Supply Airflow Calibration Table

--------------------------------------

PWM(%) Speed(rpm) Airflow(cfm)

--------------------------------------

20 480 1031

30 570 1274

40 660 1493

50 750 1687

60 840 1857

70 930 2004

80 1020 2126

90 1110 2223

100 1200 2297

Supply Airflow Set Points

------------------------------------------------------

Desired Actual

Airflow(cfm)

Mode Airflow(cfm) PWM(%) (With Damper

Closed) Econ dP

------------------------------------------------------

Cool Low 1300 31 1687

0.21

Cool High 1800 57 1297

0.13

Heat 2000 70 1809

0.25

Ventilation 1200 27 2004

0.30

Smoke 2000 70 1204

0.11

Outside Airflow Targets

--------------------------------------------

Minimum Outside Air/Minimum DCV: 200 cfm

Maximum DCV: 0 cfm

Minimum CO2: 700 ppm

Maximum CO2: 1200 ppm

Ventilation Calibration(@ 2000 Supply

Airflow(cfm))

------------------------------------------------------

Damper Outdoor Supply

Supply

Position(%) Econ dP Airflow(cfm) PWM(%)

Airflow(cfm)

------------------------------------------------------

0% 0.30 0 70

2004

5% 0.29 104 70

2004

10% 0.28 184 70

2004

15% 0.27 261 70

2004

20% 0.26 325 70

2004

25% 0.24 437 70

2004

30% 0.23 561 70

2004

======================================================

END OF REPORT

Page 37

Pro

dig

y 2

.0 —

Ala

rms

Ph

as

e -

Vo

lta

ge

De

tec

tio

nT

he

M3 u

nit c

ontr

olle

r has the a

bili

ty to d

ete

ct th

at th

e r

ooftop u

nit p

ow

er

sourc

e h

as the c

orr

ect fr

equency,

phasin

g a

nd v

oltage levels

. W

hen this

featu

re is e

nable

d,

the d

ete

ction o

f fr

equency a

nd p

hasin

g is d

ete

rmin

ed a

t pow

er-

on a

nd the v

oltage level is

continuously

monitore

d. If a

ny o

f th

ese is o

ut of ra

nge, th

en a

n a

larm

is

logged a

nd the r

ooftop u

nit o

pera

tion is locked o

ut.

1.

Ala

rms D

ete

cte

d a

t P

ow

er-

On

Sta

rt u

p:

�121 -

LIN

E F

RE

Q D

OE

S N

OT

MA

TC

H U

NIT

CO

NF

IG

�126 -

LIN

E P

HA

SIN

G D

OE

S N

OT

MA

TC

H U

NIT

CO

NF

IG

2.

Ala

rms -

Co

nti

nu

ou

sly

Mo

nit

ori

ng

�122 -

24V

AC

PR

MA

RY

VO

LTA

GE

LO

W

�123 -

24V

AC

PR

IMA

RY

VO

LTA

GE

HIG

H

�134 -

24V

AC

SE

CO

ND

AR

Y V

OLTA

GE

LO

W

�125 -

24V

AC

SE

CO

ND

AR

Y V

OLTA

GE

HIG

H

Ala

rms 1

22 thro

ugh 1

25 a

re a

uto

-resettin

g. T

he r

ooftop o

pera

tion w

ill b

e r

esto

red fiv

e (

5)

min

ute

s a

fter

the p

roper

voltage levels

are

resto

red. A

larm

s 1

21 a

nd 1

26

requires r

em

ovin

g the p

ow

er

and c

orr

ecting the issue b

efo

re r

esto

ring the r

ooftop o

pera

tion

The

fre

quency (

60 o

r 50 H

z)

and the p

hasin

g (

sin

gle

or

thre

e-p

hase)

of th

e p

ow

er

sourc

e is d

ete

rmin

ed b

y the m

odel num

ber

sto

red in the M

3 u

nit c

ontr

olle

r. T

his

model num

ber

and e

nablin

g/d

isablin

g the P

hase-V

oltage D

ete

ction featu

re c

an b

e m

odifie

d thro

ugh the M

3 u

nit c

ontr

olle

r user

inte

rface. S

ee the Insta

llation a

nd

Setu

p G

uid

e for

instr

uctions o

n h

ow

to c

onfigure

the C

ON

FIG

UR

AT

ION

ID

2, P

ositio

n 5

. O

ptions a

re:

N =

NO

T IN

STA

LLE

D

1 =

EN

AB

LE

D IN

TE

RN

AL (

LE

NN

OX

)

2 =

EX

TE

RN

AL (

A42)

PH

AS

E D

ET

EC

TIO

N O

N D

I-2

3 =

EX

TE

RN

AL (

A42)

PH

AS

E D

ET

EC

TIO

N O

N D

I-3

When a

n e

vent occurs

, th

e M

3 u

nit c

ontr

olle

r w

ill d

ispla

y a

code w

hic

h c

orr

esponds to c

ontr

ol fu

nction. E

rror

codes a

re s

tore

d a

nd c

an b

e r

ecalle

d late

r. S

ee the

Insta

llation &

Setu

p G

uid

e F

or

The P

rodig

y M

3 u

nit c

ontr

olle

r fo

r in

form

ation a

bout vie

win

g a

nd s

ilencin

g the a

larm

s v

ia the u

ser

inte

rface.

NO

TE

- A

ny r

efe

ren

ces in

th

e u

ser

inte

rface r

efe

ren

cin

g A

dvan

ced

Air

flo

w a

ctu

ally in

dic

ate

s S

mart

Air

flo

w®.

Se

rvic

e R

ela

ys

Sele

cte

d a

larm

s (

mark

ed w

ith *

in t

able

re

sult in t

he c

losure

of

the s

erv

ice r

ela

y c

onta

cts

(D

O1).

The c

onta

cts

rem

ain

clo

sed u

ntil th

e P

rodig

y r

esets

, or

ala

rm

conditio

n is c

leare

d A

ND

ala

rm s

tatu

s is r

ead v

ia e

xplic

it S

BU

S c

om

mand.

Oth

er

modes o

f opera

tion m

ay b

e s

ele

cte

d a

nd a

re d

escribed in the P

rodig

y A

pplic

ation

Guid

e (

Advanced F

eatu

res).

NO

TE

- A

ny r

efe

ren

ces in

th

e u

ser

inte

rface r

efe

ren

cin

g A

dvan

ce A

irfl

ow

actu

ally in

dic

ate

s S

mart

Air

flo

w®.

AL

AR

MC

OD

ES

TA

BL

E 2

2. P

RO

DIG

Y 2

.0 A

LA

RM

AN

D E

VE

NT

CO

DE

S

Sele

cte

d a

larm

s (

mark

ed w

ith *

in table

result in the c

losure

of th

e s

erv

ice r

ela

y c

onta

cts

(D

O1).

DIS

PL

AY

ME

SS

AG

EE

ven

t A

cti

on

1LO

SS

OF

PO

WE

R D

ET

EC

TIO

N (

SIN

GLE

PH

AS

E U

NIT

S)

Check p

ow

er

connections.

The u

nit c

ontr

olle

r w

ill s

et an a

larm

Err

atic P

ow

er

whenever

serv

ice is turn

ed o

ff d

ue to d

ete

ction o

f pow

er

loss. U

ser

will

be a

ble

to c

lear

Err

atic P

ow

er

ala

rm v

ia U

ser

Inte

rface. T

he u

nit c

ontr

olle

r w

ill c

lear

Pow

er

Err

atic a

fter

the C

om

pre

ssor

Min

OF

F D

ela

yhas e

xpired. If c

om

pre

ssor

dem

and is s

till

pre

sent th

e u

nit c

ontr

olle

r w

ill r

esta

rt c

om

pre

ssors

after

the C

om

pre

ssor

Min

OF

F D

ela

yhas e

xpired.

2 -

3 R

ES

ER

VE

D

4*

SM

OK

E D

ET

EC

TO

R IN

PU

T (

A173)

A173 input is

sensed a

s c

losed. w

ill a

uto

matically

cle

ars

once input is

dete

cte

d o

pen. S

moke m

ode, check for

sourc

e o

f sm

oke.

While

Sm

oke A

larm

is a

ctive, th

e u

nit c

ontr

olle

r w

ill n

ot serv

ice a

ny c

oolin

g, heating o

r ventila

tion d

em

and.

5*

BLO

WE

R S

52

Unit o

ff. A

ir flo

w s

witch is n

orm

ally

clo

sed. M

onitoring s

tart

s 1

6 S

econds a

fter

blo

wer

is s

tart

ed. if a

ir flo

w s

witch is d

ete

cte

d o

pen

after

16 s

econd d

ela

y p

eriod, all

com

pre

ssors

are

de-e

nerg

ized, gas v

alv

es c

losed, ele

ctr

ic h

eat tu

rned o

ff, econom

izer

dam

per

clo

sed, and b

low

er

is s

topped. ala

rm w

ill a

uto

matically

cle

ar

once the e

rror

tim

ed o

ff d

ela

y h

as e

xpired a

nd s

yste

m w

ill r

esum

e.

Check b

low

er

opera

tion.

6*

DIR

TY

FIL

TE

R S

WIT

CH

S27

Dirty

filt

er

sw

itch is d

ete

cte

d a

s c

losed. w

ill a

uto

matically

cle

ar

once s

witch is d

ete

cte

d o

pen. R

epla

ce filt

er

or

check filt

er

sw

itch

S27 .

7R

ES

ER

VE

D

8*

ST

RIK

E 3

ON

BLO

WE

R S

52

Lockout, m

ultip

le a

larm

code 5

dete

cte

d. ala

rm c

an b

e m

anually

cle

are

d v

ia the u

ser

inte

rface. C

heck b

low

er

opera

tion. once p

rob

lem

is c

orr

ecte

d, lo

ckout ala

rm c

an b

e c

leare

d b

y r

esettin

g the u

nit c

ontr

olle

r.

9 -

11 R

ES

ER

VE

D

12

CO

MP

1 H

IGH

PR

ES

S S

4 O

R H

I T

EM

P S

5

Com

pre

ssor

is o

ff. C

heck c

harg

e, fa

ns a

nd c

oil.

NO

TE

: O

n U

ltra

Hig

h E

ffic

iency u

nits -

if o

nly

ala

rm 1

2 is p

resent th

en issue c

ould

be h

igh tem

pera

ture

S5. IF

ala

rm 1

2 is a

ccom

panie

d w

ith a

larm

14 then m

ost lik

ely

hig

h p

ressure

S4.

The u

nit c

ontr

olle

r w

ill c

lear

Hig

h p

ressure

Sw

itch a

larm

when c

orr

espondin

g H

igh P

ressure

Sw

itch is d

ete

cte

d a

s c

losed. C

om

pre

ssor

will

not be r

esta

rted u

ntil corr

espondin

g H

igh P

ressure

Sw

itch is c

losed a

nd M

inim

um

Off D

ela

y (

Coolin

g o

r H

eating)

has

expired.

13*

ST

RIK

E 3

ON

CO

MP

1 H

IGH

PR

ES

S S

4 O

R H

IT

EM

P S

5

Com

pre

ssor

lockout. C

heck c

harg

e, fa

ns a

nd c

oil.

Use s

erv

ice m

enu to c

lear

lockouts

.

User

will

be a

ble

to c

lear

hig

h p

ressure

sw

itch c

om

pre

ssor

lockout and a

larm

via

user

inte

rface. H

igh p

ressure

sw

itch c

om

pre

ssor

lockout and a

larm

will

be c

leare

d a

fter

the M

3 u

nit c

ontr

olle

r re

set.

Hig

h p

ressure

sw

itch c

om

pre

ssor

lockout and a

larm

will

be c

leare

d o

n term

ination o

f coolin

g d

em

and.

Defa

ult is 3

occurr

ences a

nd c

an b

e s

et betw

een 1

and 7

occurr

ences.

14

CO

MP

2 H

IGH

PR

ES

S S

7

Com

pre

ss is o

ff. C

heck c

harg

e, fa

ns a

nd c

oil.

Note

: O

n U

ltra

Hig

h E

ffic

iency U

nits tandem

ala

rms (

14)

Com

pre

ssor

2 H

igh T

em

pera

ture

S8. If a

ccom

panie

d w

ith a

larm

15 then

most lik

ely

the S

4 H

igh P

ressure

Sw

itch

The u

nit c

ontr

olle

r w

ill c

lear

Hig

h p

ressure

Sw

itch a

larm

when c

orr

espondin

g H

igh P

ressure

Sw

itch is d

ete

cte

d a

s c

losed. C

om

pre

ssor

will

not be r

esta

rted u

ntil corr

espondin

g H

igh P

ressure

Sw

itch is c

losed a

nd M

inim

um

Off D

ela

y (

Coolin

g o

r H

eating)

has

expired.

15*

ST

RIK

E 3

ON

CO

MP

2 H

IGH

PR

ES

S S

5 O

R S

7

Com

pre

ssor

lockout. C

heck c

harg

e, fa

ns a

nd c

oil.

Use s

erv

ice m

enu to c

lear

lockouts

.

User

will

be a

ble

to c

lear

hig

h p

ressure

sw

itch c

om

pre

ssor

lockout and a

larm

via

user

inte

rface. H

igh p

ressure

sw

itch c

om

pre

ssor

lockout and a

larm

will

be c

leare

d a

fter

the M

3 u

nit c

ontr

olle

r re

set.

Hig

h p

ressure

sw

itch c

om

pre

ssor

lockout and a

larm

will

be c

leare

d o

n r

em

oval of coolin

g d

em

and.

Defa

ult is 3

occurr

ences a

nd c

an b

e s

et betw

een 1

and 7

occurr

ences.

Page 39

TA

BL

E 2

2. P

RO

DIG

Y 2

.0 A

LA

RM

AN

D E

VE

NT

CO

DE

S

Sele

cte

d a

larm

s (

mark

ed w

ith *

in table

result in the c

losure

of th

e s

erv

ice r

ela

y c

onta

cts

(D

O1).

A

LA

RM

CO

DE

S

Even

t A

cti

on

DIS

PL

AY

ME

SS

AG

E

AL

AR

MC

OD

ES

16

CO

MP

3 H

IGH

PR

ES

S S

28

Com

pre

ssor

is o

ff. C

heck c

harg

e, fa

ns a

nd c

oil.

The u

nit c

ontr

olle

r w

ill c

lear

Hig

h p

ressure

Sw

itch a

larm

when c

orr

espondin

g H

igh P

ressure

Sw

itch is d

ete

cte

d a

s c

losed. C

om

pre

ssor

will

not be r

esta

rted u

ntil corr

espondin

g H

igh P

ressure

Sw

itch is c

losed a

nd M

inim

um

Off D

ela

y (

Coolin

g o

r H

eating)

has

expired.

17*

ST

RIK

E 3

ON

CO

MP

3 H

IGH

PR

ES

S S

28

Com

pre

ssor

lockout. C

heck c

harg

e, fa

ns a

nd c

oil.

Use s

erv

ice m

enu to c

lear

lockouts

.

User

will

be a

ble

to c

lear

hig

h p

ressure

sw

itch c

om

pre

ssor

lockout and a

larm

via

user

inte

rface. H

igh p

ressure

sw

itch c

om

pre

ssor

lockout and ala

rm w

ill b

e c

leare

d a

fter

the M

3 u

nit c

ontr

olle

r re

set.

Hig

h p

ressure

sw

itch c

om

pre

ssor

lockout and a

larm

is c

leare

d o

n r

em

oval of coolin

g d

em

and. D

efa

ult is 3

occurr

ences a

nd c

an b

eset betw

een 1

and 7

occurr

ences.

18

CO

MP

4 H

IGH

PR

ES

S S

96

Com

pre

ssor

lockout. C

heck c

harg

e, fa

ns a

nd c

oil.

The u

nit c

ontr

olle

r w

ill c

lear

Hig

h p

ressure

Sw

itch a

larm

when c

orr

espondin

g H

igh P

ressure

Sw

itch is d

ete

cte

d a

s c

losed. C

om

pre

ssor

will

not be r

esta

rted u

ntil corr

espondin

g H

igh P

ressure

Sw

itch is c

losed a

nd M

inim

um

Off D

ela

y (

Coolin

g o

r H

eating)

has

expired.

19*

ST

RIK

E 3

ON

CO

MP

4 H

IGH

PR

ES

S S

96

Com

pre

ssor

lockout. C

heck c

harg

e, fa

ns a

nd c

oil.

Use s

erv

ice m

enu to c

lear

lockouts

.

User

will

be a

ble

to c

lear

hig

h p

ressure

sw

itch c

om

pre

ssor

lockout and a

larm

via

user

inte

rface. H

igh p

ressure

sw

itch c

om

pre

ssor

lockout and ala

rm w

ill b

e c

leare

d a

fter

the M

3 u

nit c

ontr

olle

r re

set.

Hig

h p

ressure

sw

itch c

om

pre

ssor

lockout and a

larm

is c

leare

d o

n r

em

oval of coolin

g d

em

and. D

efa

ult is 3

occurr

ences a

nd c

an b

eset betw

een 1

and 7

occurr

ences.

NO

TE

E

VE

NT

S 1

21

9 C

OU

LD

ALS

O B

E C

AU

SE

D B

Y A

HIG

H T

EM

PE

RA

TU

RE

CO

ND

ITIO

N O

N S

OM

E C

OM

PR

ES

SO

RS

EQ

UIP

PE

D W

ITH

A H

IGH

TE

MP

ER

AT

UR

E S

HU

TD

OW

N.

20

RE

SE

RV

ED

21

RE

SE

RV

ED

22

CO

MP

1 L

OW

PR

ES

S S

87

Com

pre

ssor

is o

ff. C

heck c

harg

e, fa

ns a

nd c

oil.

U

se s

erv

ice m

enu to c

lear

lockouts

.

23*

ST

RIK

E 3

ON

CO

MP

1 S

87

Com

pre

ssor

is o

ff. C

heck c

harg

e, fa

ns a

nd c

oil.

U

se s

erv

ice m

enu to c

lear

lockouts

.

Num

ber

of occurr

ences is s

et usin

g p

ara

mete

r 99 (

MA

X L

O O

CC

UR

RE

NC

ES

). D

efa

ult is 3

occurr

ences.

24

CO

MP

2 L

OW

PR

ES

S S

88

Com

pre

ssor

is o

ff. C

heck c

harg

e, fa

ns a

nd c

oil.

25*

ST

RIK

E 3

ON

CO

MP

2 S

88

Com

pre

ssor

is o

ff. C

heck c

harg

e, fa

ns a

nd c

oil.

U

se s

erv

ice m

enu to c

lear

lockouts

.

Num

ber

of occurr

ences is s

et usin

g p

ara

mete

r 99 (

MA

X L

O O

CC

UR

RE

NC

ES

). D

efa

ult is 3

occurr

ences.

26

CO

MP

3 L

OW

PR

ES

S S

98

Com

pre

ssor

if o

ff. C

heck c

harg

e, fa

ns a

nd c

oil.

27*

ST

RIK

E 3

ON

CO

MP

3 S

98

Com

pre

ssor

is o

ff. C

heck c

harg

e, fa

ns a

nd c

oil.

U

se s

erv

ice m

enu to c

lear

lockouts

.

Num

ber

of occurr

ences is s

et usin

g p

ara

mete

r 99 (

MA

X L

O O

CC

UR

RE

NC

ES

). D

efa

ult is 3

occurr

ences.

28

CO

MP

4 L

OW

PR

ES

S S

97

Com

pre

ssor

if o

ff. C

heck c

harg

e, fa

ns a

nd c

oil.

29*

ST

RIK

E 3

ON

CO

MP

4 S

97

Com

pre

ssor

is o

ff. C

heck c

harg

e, fa

ns a

nd c

oil.

U

se s

erv

ice m

enu to c

lear

lockouts

.

Num

ber

of occurr

ences is s

et usin

g p

ara

mete

r 99 (

MA

X L

O O

CC

UR

RE

NC

ES

). D

efa

ult is 3

occurr

ences.

30*

DR

AIN

PLA

N O

VE

RLF

OW

SH

UT

DO

WN

(S

149)

Check for

blo

ck d

rain

, condensate

lin

es a

nd d

rain

pan o

verf

low

sw

itch.

Ala

rm s

et if o

verf

low

sw

itch is d

ete

cte

d o

pened a

nd c

om

pre

ssor

will

be locked o

ut. s

yste

m w

ill a

uto

matically

cle

ar

ala

rm o

nce

sw

itch is d

ete

cte

d c

losed. S

yste

m w

ill r

esum

e o

pera

tion (

com

pre

ssor

lockout)

, after

the E

rror

Tim

ed O

FF

Dela

y h

as e

xpired follo

w

ing the O

verf

low

sw

itch a

larm

cle

ar.

31

RE

SE

RV

ED

TA

BL

E 2

2. P

RO

DIG

Y 2

.0 A

LA

RM

AN

D E

VE

NT

CO

DE

S

Sele

cte

d a

larm

s (

mark

ed w

ith *

in table

result in the c

losure

of th

e s

erv

ice r

ela

y c

onta

cts

(D

O1).

A

LA

RM

CO

DE

S

Even

t A

cti

on

DIS

PL

AY

ME

SS

AG

E

AL

AR

MC

OD

ES

32

CO

MP

1 F

RZ

STA

T O

PE

N S

49

Com

pre

ssor

is o

ff. C

heck fre

ezesta

t, a

ir flo

w, charg

e, coil,

air filt

er

and o

uts

ide a

ir tem

pera

ture

.

33*

ST

RIK

E 3

CO

MP

1 F

RZ

STA

T O

PE

N S

49

Com

pre

ssor

is locked o

ut. C

heck fre

ezesta

t, a

ir flo

w, charg

e, coil,

air filt

er

and o

uts

ide a

ir tem

pera

ture

.

Num

ber

of occurr

ences is s

et usin

g P

ara

mete

r 81 (

MA

X F

RE

EZ

E S

AT

OC

C).

Defa

ult is 3

occurr

ences.

34

CO

MP

2 F

RZ

STA

T O

PE

N S

50

Com

pre

ssor

is locked o

ut. C

heck fre

ezesta

t, a

ir flo

w, charg

e, coil,

air filt

er

and o

uts

ide a

ir tem

pera

ture

.

35*

ST

RIK

E 3

CO

MP

2 F

RZ

STA

T O

PE

N S

50

Com

pre

ssor

is locked o

ut. C

heck fre

ezesta

t, a

ir flo

w, charg

e, coil,

air filt

er

and o

uts

ide a

ir tem

pera

ture

.

Num

ber

of occurr

ences is s

et usin

g P

ara

mete

r 81 (

MA

X F

RE

EZ

E S

AT

OC

C).

Defa

ult is 3

occurr

ences.

36

CO

MP

3 F

RZ

STA

T O

PE

N S

53

Com

pre

ssor

is locked o

ut. C

heck fre

ezesta

t, a

ir flo

w, charg

e, coil,

air filt

er

and o

uts

ide a

ir tem

pera

ture

.

37*

ST

RIK

E 3

CO

MP

3 F

RZ

STA

T O

PE

N S

53

Com

pre

ssor

is locked o

ut. C

heck fre

ezesta

t, a

ir flo

w, charg

e, coil,

air filt

er

and o

uts

ide a

ir tem

pera

ture

.

Num

ber

of occurr

ences is s

et usin

g P

ara

mete

r 81 (

MA

X F

RE

EZ

E S

AT

OC

C).

Defa

ult is 3

occurr

ences.

38

CO

MP

4 F

RZ

STA

T O

PE

N S

95

Com

pre

ssor

is locked o

ut. C

heck fre

ezesta

t, a

ir flo

w, charg

e, coil,

air filt

er

and o

uts

ide a

ir tem

pera

ture

.

39*

ST

RIK

E 3

CO

MP

4 F

RZ

STA

T O

PE

N S

95

Com

pre

ssor

is locked o

ut. C

heck fre

ezesta

t, a

ir flo

w, charg

e, coil,

air filt

er

and o

uts

ide a

ir tem

pera

ture

.

Num

ber

of occurr

ences is s

et usin

g P

ara

mete

r 81 (

MA

X F

RE

EZ

E S

AT

OC

C).

Defa

ult is 3

occurr

ences.

40

RE

TU

RN

AIR

OV

ER

HE

AT

LIM

IT R

T16

Heat is

above s

et poin

t. C

heck s

pace c

onditio

ns a

nd s

ensors

.

41

RE

TU

RN

AIR

UN

DE

R C

OO

L L

IMIT

RT

16

Cool is

belo

w s

et poin

t. C

heck s

pace c

onditio

ns a

nd s

ensors

.

42*

BLO

WE

R M

OT

OR

OV

ER

LO

AD

(S

42 O

R S

135)

SH

UT

DO

WN

Syste

m w

ill s

et an a

larm

if S

42 is d

ete

cte

d a

s o

pen. S

yste

m w

ill a

uto

matically

cle

ar

ala

rm o

nce S

42 is d

ete

cte

d c

losed. S

yste

mw

ill r

esum

e o

pera

tion (

serv

icin

g the d

em

ands),

after

the E

rror

Tim

ed O

FF

Dela

y h

as e

xpired follo

win

g S

42 o

r S

135 c

lear.

Check e

xte

rnal m

oto

r overloads.

43

RE

SE

RV

ED

44*

GA

S V

ALV

E O

N N

O D

EM

AN

D G

V1

Unit is o

ff. G

as v

alv

e 1

has p

ow

er, b

ut no d

em

and. C

heck g

as v

alv

e a

nd w

irin

g.

45*

GA

S V

ALV

E O

N N

O D

EM

AN

D G

V3

Unit is o

ff. G

as v

alv

e 3

has p

ow

er, b

ut no d

em

and. C

heck g

as v

alv

e a

nd w

irin

g.

46 -

48 R

ES

ER

VE

D

49

NO

24V

AC

ON

A59 (

C3)

CO

NT

RO

L

Third a

nd fourt

h c

om

pre

ssors

are

off. A

larm

auto

matically

cle

ars

once 2

4V

AC

is p

resent. T

he M

3 u

nit c

ontr

olle

r w

ill r

esum

e o

pera

tion o

nce the E

RR

OR

TIM

E O

FF

DE

LA

Y is c

om

ple

ted. P

ara

mete

r 110 is u

sed to s

et th

e r

efe

rence d

ela

y. F

acto

ry d

ela

y d

efa

ult is

300 s

econds.

50

PR

IMA

RY

HE

AT

1 L

IMIT

OP

EN

S10

Heat section 1

prim

ary

gas h

eat lim

it s

witch is o

pen. C

heck a

ir flo

w, air filt

er, lim

it s

witch a

nd w

irin

g.

51*

ST

RIK

E 3

PR

IMA

RY

HE

AT

1 L

IMIT

OP

EN

S10

Heat section 1

prim

ary

gas h

eat lim

it s

witch is o

pen. C

heck a

ir flo

w, air filt

er, lim

it s

witch a

nd w

irin

g. N

um

ber

of occurr

ence

s is

reached.

52

SE

CO

ND

AR

Y H

EA

T 1

LIM

IT O

PE

N S

21

Heat section 1

secondary

gas h

eat lim

it s

witch is o

pen. C

heck a

ir flo

w, air filt

er, lim

it s

witch a

nd w

irin

g.

53*

ST

RIK

E 3

SE

CO

ND

AR

Y H

EA

T 1

LIM

IT O

PE

NS

21

Heat section 1

secondary

gas h

eat lim

it s

witch is o

pen. C

heck a

ir flo

w, air filt

er, lim

it s

witch a

nd w

irin

g. N

um

ber

of occurr

ences is

reached.

54

HE

AT

1 S

15 L

IMIT

OP

EN

Heat section 1

prim

ary

ele

ctr

ic h

eat lim

it s

witch is o

pen. C

heck a

ir flo

w, air filt

er, lim

it s

witch a

nd w

irin

g.

55*

HE

AT

1 R

OLL O

UT

OP

EN

Heat section 1

fla

me r

oll

out burn

er

1 s

witch is o

pen. C

heck g

as r

oll

out sw

itch S

47.

56

HE

AT

1 C

AI S

WIT

CH

S18

Check h

eat section 1

com

bustion a

ir m

oto

r and p

roof sw

itch.

57*

ST

RIK

E 3

HE

AT

1 C

AI S

WIT

CH

S18

Check h

eat section 1

com

bustion a

ir m

oto

r and p

roof sw

itch. N

um

ber

of occurr

ences is r

eached.

58

HE

AT

1 N

O P

RO

OF

GA

S V

ALV

E G

V1

Check h

eat section 1

ignitio

n c

ontr

ol, fla

me p

roof, g

as v

alv

e 1

and g

as s

upply

.

59*

ST

RIK

E 3

NO

PR

OO

F G

AS

VA

LV

E G

V1

Check h

eat section 1

ignitio

n c

ontr

ol, fla

me p

roof, g

as v

alv

e 1

and g

as s

upply

. N

um

ber

of occurr

ences is r

eached.

Page 41

TA

BL

E 2

2. P

RO

DIG

Y 2

.0 A

LA

RM

AN

D E

VE

NT

CO

DE

S

Sele

cte

d a

larm

s (

mark

ed w

ith *

in table

result in the c

losure

of th

e s

erv

ice r

ela

y c

onta

cts

(D

O1).

A

LA

RM

CO

DE

S

Even

t A

cti

on

DIS

PL

AY

ME

SS

AG

E

AL

AR

MC

OD

ES

60

PR

IMA

RY

HE

AT

2 L

IMIT

OP

EN

S99

Check h

eat section 2

prim

ary

burn

er

limit s

witch to s

ee if it is o

pen. C

heck a

ir flo

w, lim

it s

witch a

nd w

irin

g.

61*

ST

RIK

E 3

PR

IMA

RY

HE

AT

2 L

IMIT

OP

EN

S99

Check h

eat section 2

prim

ary

burn

er

limit s

witch to s

ee if it is o

pen. C

heck a

ir flo

w, lim

it s

witch a

nd w

irin

g. N

um

ber

of occurr

ences

is r

eached.

62

HE

AT

2 L

IMIT

OP

EN

S100

Heat section 2

secondary

heat lim

it s

witch is o

pen. C

heck a

ir flo

w, lim

it s

witch a

nd w

irin

g.

63*

ST

RIK

E 3

HE

AT

2 L

IMIT

OP

EN

S100

Heat section 2

secondary

heat lim

it s

witch is o

pen. C

heck a

ir flo

w, lim

it s

witch a

nd w

irin

g. N

um

ber

of occurr

ences is r

eached.

64

RE

SE

RV

ED

65*

HE

AT

2 R

OLLO

UT

OP

EN

S69

Check r

oll

out sensor

and g

as s

upply

. N

um

ber

of occurr

ences is r

eached.

66

HE

AT

2 C

AI S

WIT

CH

S45

Check h

eat section 2

com

bustion a

ir m

oto

r and p

roof sw

itch.

67*

ST

RIK

E 3

HE

AT

2 C

AI S

WIT

CH

S45

Check h

eat section 2

com

bustion a

ir m

oto

r and p

roof sw

itch. N

um

ber

of occurr

ences is r

eached.

68

HE

AT

2 N

O P

RO

OF

GA

S V

ALV

E G

V3

Check h

eat section 2

ignitio

n c

ontr

ol, fla

me r

oof, g

as v

alv

e 3

and g

as s

upply

.

69*

ST

RIK

E 3

NO

PR

OO

F G

AS

VA

LV

E G

V3

Check h

eat section 2

ignitio

n c

ontr

ol, fla

me r

oof, g

as v

alv

e 3

and g

as s

upply

. N

um

ber

of occurr

ences is r

eached.

70 -

72 R

ES

ER

VE

D

73

NE

TW

OR

K S

EN

SO

R E

RR

OR

Check w

ith inte

gra

tor

for

refr

esh r

ate

, netw

ork

sta

tus lig

hts

and w

irin

g.

74*

ZO

NE

(R

OO

M)

SE

NS

OR

A2

If m

easure

ment is

out of specifie

d r

ange (

inclu

din

g o

pen/s

hort

dete

ction)

the s

yste

m w

ill ignore

the Z

one T

em

pera

ture

Sensor

readin

gs a

nd s

et th

e a

larm

.

If m

easure

ment of Z

one T

em

pera

ture

Sensor

is o

ut of specifie

d r

ange (

inclu

din

g o

pen/s

hort

dete

ction)

the s

yste

m w

ill c

hange o

p

era

ting m

ode to the s

pecifie

d B

ackup m

ode (

None, Local T

herm

isto

r or

Retu

rn A

ir tem

p).

The s

yste

m w

ill c

lear

the a

larm

, if z

one tem

pera

ture

sensor

measure

ment is

dete

cte

d in s

pecifie

d o

pera

ting r

ange a

nd r

etu

rn the

syste

m to m

onitoring the A

2 s

ensor

as the p

rim

ary

sensor

input.

Check z

one (

room

) sensor

and w

irin

g

75*

OU

TD

OO

R T

EM

PE

RA

TU

RE

SE

NS

OR

(R

T17)

if m

easure

ment of th

e o

utd

oor

tem

pera

ture

sensor

is o

ut of specifie

d r

ange (

inclu

din

g o

pen / s

hort

dete

ction, th

e a

larm

will

be

ac

tivate

d. ala

rm w

ill a

uto

matically

cle

ar

once in r

ange c

onditio

n is d

ete

cte

d.

Check s

ensor

and w

irin

g.

76*

HU

MID

ITY

SE

NS

OR

A91

If m

easure

ment is

belo

w s

pecifie

d r

ange (

<5 %

RH

) th

e s

yste

m w

ill ignore

the R

ela

tive H

um

idity r

eadin

gs. If m

easure

ment is

above the s

pecifie

d r

ange(

>100%

RH

) th

e s

yste

m w

ill lim

it the v

alu

e to 1

00%

.

If m

easure

ment of R

ela

tive H

um

idity S

ensor

is b

elo

w s

pecifie

d r

ange w

hile

the d

ehum

idific

ation m

ode u

sin

g R

H s

ensor

is e

nable

d,

the s

yste

m w

ill s

et an a

larm

. T

he s

yste

m w

ill c

lear

the a

larm

if R

ela

tive H

um

idity s

ensor

measure

ment is

dete

cte

d in s

pecifie

dopera

ting r

ange O

R d

ehum

idific

ation m

ode u

sin

g R

H s

ensor

is d

isable

d.

Check s

ensor

and w

irin

g.

77*

DIS

CH

AR

GE

AIR

TE

MP

SE

NS

OR

RT

6

if m

easure

ment of th

e d

ischarg

e a

ir tem

pera

ture

sensor

is o

ut of specifie

d r

ange (

inclu

din

g o

pen / s

hort

dete

ction, th

e a

larm

will

be

activate

d. ala

rm w

ill a

uto

matically

cle

ar

once in r

ange c

onditio

n is d

ete

cte

d.

Check s

ensor

and w

irin

g.

78*

RE

TU

RN

AIR

TE

MP

SE

NS

OR

(R

T16)

if m

easure

ment of th

e r

etu

rn a

ir tem

pera

ture

sensor

is o

ut of specifie

d r

ange (

inclu

din

g o

pen / s

hort

dete

ction, th

e a

larm

will

be

activate

d. ala

rm w

ill a

uto

matically

cle

ar

once in r

ange c

onditio

n is d

ete

cte

d.

Check s

ensor

and w

irin

g.

79*

AD

DO

N B

OA

RD

PR

OB

LE

M

Add-o

n b

oard

pro

ble

m, re

set M

3 u

nit c

ontr

olle

r to

cle

ar. W

hen the c

om

munic

ation a

larm

80 p

ers

ists

for

more

than 3

0 s

econds

even a

fter

severa

l re

trie

s for

esta

blis

hin

g the c

om

munic

ation this

Ala

rm is logged. A

larm

can o

nly

be c

leare

d b

y M

3 U

nit c

ontr

olle

rre

set.

TA

BL

E 2

2. P

RO

DIG

Y 2

.0 A

LA

RM

AN

D E

VE

NT

CO

DE

S

Sele

cte

d a

larm

s (

mark

ed w

ith *

in table

result in the c

losure

of th

e s

erv

ice r

ela

y c

onta

cts

(D

O1).

A

LA

RM

CO

DE

S

Even

t A

cti

on

DIS

PL

AY

ME

SS

AG

E

AL

AR

MC

OD

ES

80

AD

DO

N B

OA

RD

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TIO

N P

RO

B

LE

M

When M

3 is n

ot able

to c

om

munic

ate

with a

ny a

ttached a

dd-o

n b

oard

s (

C3 a

nd G

P3)

this

ala

rm c

ode is logged. T

he M

3 u

nit c

on

trolle

r w

ill r

etr

y to e

sta

blis

h the c

om

munic

ation o

nce e

very

5 s

econd. A

larm

is a

uto

matically

cle

are

d o

nce c

om

munic

ation is r

e

sto

red.

81

RE

HE

AT

SE

TU

P E

RR

OR

Check r

eheat settin

gs. A

larm

81 is r

ais

ed u

nder

these tw

o c

onditio

ns:

1. If th

e u

ser

sets

up the u

nit to u

se s

uperm

ark

et re

heat on a

nong

as u

nit.

2. If th

e u

ser

sets

up the u

nit to u

se H

um

iditro

l re

heat but th

e h

eate

r ty

pe is h

eat pum

p

82

CO

NT

RO

LLE

R P

RO

BLE

MIf s

et w

hen M

3 u

nit c

ontr

olle

r pow

ers

up. W

ill Indic

ate

d r

eason for

reset if k

now

n.

83*

INC

OR

RE

CT

SE

TT

ING

S

Check s

yste

m c

onfigura

tion (

model num

ber, c

onfigura

tion ID

1 a

nd ID

2 if a

model num

ber

is u

sed that re

quires a

daughte

r card

,th

e M

3 u

nit c

ontr

olle

r w

ill a

ttem

pt to

dete

ct th

e p

resences o

f th

e d

aughte

r card

. if not dete

cte

d, th

is a

larm

will

be s

et.

This

Hard

ware

configura

tion a

larm

can b

e o

nly

cle

are

d b

y r

esettin

g o

r pow

er

cyclin

g the M

3 u

nit c

ontr

olle

r.

84

RE

SE

RV

ED

85

INC

OR

RE

CT

HU

MID

ITR

OL S

ET

TIN

GS

Check H

um

iditro

l settin

gs. C

heck C

onfigura

tion ID

1, positio

n 1

and v

erify

that th

e p

ositio

n is n

ot set to

U. S

hould

be s

et to

either

N (

not in

sta

lled)

or

H (

Hum

iditro

l). A

larm

will

auto

matically

cle

ar

once c

orr

ect option is s

et.

86*

CO

NF

LIC

TIN

G T

HE

RM

OS

TA

T IN

PU

TC

heck therm

osta

t in

puts

for

sim

ultaneous h

eat and c

oolin

g w

irin

g. O

nce c

onditio

n is c

orr

ecte

d, unit c

ontr

olle

r w

ill r

esum

e o

pera

tion a

fter

err

or

tim

e o

ff d

ay h

as e

xpired.

87 -

90 R

ES

ER

VE

D

91*

OU

TD

OO

R E

NT

H S

EN

SO

R A

7

If E

nth

alp

y S

ensor

failu

re is d

ete

cte

d, th

e s

yste

m w

ill d

isable

'Fre

e C

oolin

g' o

pera

tion.

Note

: V

alid

Outd

oor

Enth

alp

y S

ensor

readin

g is r

equired for

both

'OD

E' (

Outd

oor

Enth

alp

y)

and 'O

DE

diffe

rential'

(Outd

oor

diffe

rential). V

alid

Indoor

Enth

alp

y S

ensor

readin

g is r

equired for

'OD

E d

iffe

rential'

(Outd

oor

diffe

rential).

Check E

conom

izer

Para

mete

rs 1

60 a

nd 1

61. A

lso c

heck e

nth

alp

y P

ara

mete

rs 1

62 a

nd 1

63.

Check s

ensor

and w

irin

g.

92*

IND

OO

R E

NT

H S

EN

SO

R A

62

If E

nth

alp

y S

ensor

failu

re is d

ete

cte

d, th

e s

yste

m w

ill d

isable

'Fre

e C

oolin

g' o

pera

tion.

Note

: V

alid

Outd

oor

Enth

alp

y S

ensor

readin

g is r

equired for

both

'OD

E' (

Outd

oor

Enth

alp

y)

and 'O

DE

diffe

rential'

(Outd

oor

diffe

rential). V

alid

Indoor

Enth

alp

y S

ensor

readin

g is r

equired for

'OD

E d

iffe

rential'

(Outd

oor

diffe

rential).

Check w

irin

g a

nd test a62 s

ensor

usin

g s

pecifie

d m

eth

od in M

3 a

pplic

ation g

uid

e, section title

d e

conom

izer

checkout.

93*

BA

CK

UP

MO

DE

Check c

om

munic

ation loss w

ith n

etw

ork

sensor

or

if M

3 u

nit c

ontr

olle

r If N

ET

WO

RK

IN

TE

RG

RA

TIO

N is s

et to

RT

U S

TA

N

DA

LO

NE

MO

DE

and b

ackup s

ensor

is s

et to

RE

TU

RN

AIR

BA

CK

UP.

while

runnin

g in b

ackup m

ode the u

nit c

ontr

olle

r w

ill s

et th

is a

larm

. T

he u

nit c

ontr

olle

r w

ill r

etu

rn fro

m B

ackup m

ode to P

rim

ary

(M

ain

)m

ode o

n a

reset or

after

the P

rim

ary

mode (

room

Sensor

is n

ot in

err

or

or

OR

netw

ork

com

munic

atio

n is

re-e

sta

blis

hed a

nd a

vaila

ble

for

300 s

econds.

Backup M

ode a

larm

will

be c

leare

d o

n the r

eset O

R a

fter

the u

nit c

ontr

olle

r has r

etu

rned to P

rim

ary

(M

ain

) S

yste

m m

ode.

94 -

98 R

ES

ER

VE

D

99*

OU

TD

OO

R E

CO

N S

EN

SO

R A

24

Check s

ensor

and w

irin

g. T

his

ala

rm a

ctivate

s w

hen the A

24 s

ensor

input sig

nal is

continuously

above 2

5%

of sensor

measuring

range for

more

than fiv

e m

inute

s w

ith b

low

er

sto

pped. T

he M

3 u

nit c

ontr

olle

r w

ill d

isable

the O

utd

oor

Air C

FM

contr

ol. T

he a

larm

auto

matically

cle

ars

when the s

ensor

readin

g is b

elo

w 1

0%

sensor

measuring r

ange for

one m

inute

.

100*

AIR

VO

L C

ON

TR

OL S

ET

UP

ER

RO

RC

heck for

pro

per

insta

llation o

f G

P b

oard

and s

ettin

gs.

101*

MG

V C

ON

TR

OL S

ET

UP

ER

RO

RC

heck for

pro

per

insta

llation o

f G

P b

oard

and s

ettin

gs.

102*

GP

CO

NT

RO

L S

ET

UP

ER

RO

RC

heck for

pro

per

insta

llation o

f G

P b

oard

and s

ettin

gs.

Page 43

TA

BL

E 2

2. P

RO

DIG

Y 2

.0 A

LA

RM

AN

D E

VE

NT

CO

DE

S

Sele

cte

d a

larm

s (

mark

ed w

ith *

in table

result in the c

losure

of th

e s

erv

ice r

ela

y c

onta

cts

(D

O1).

A

LA

RM

CO

DE

S

Even

t A

cti

on

DIS

PL

AY

ME

SS

AG

E

AL

AR

MC

OD

ES

103*

AD

VA

NC

ED

CO

NT

RO

L S

ET

UP

ER

RO

RC

heck M

3 u

nit c

ontr

olle

r C

onfigura

tion ID

1 s

ettin

gs.

104 -

105 R

ES

ER

VE

D

106*

BU

ILD

ING

PR

ES

S S

EN

SO

R A

34

Check s

ensor

and w

irin

g.

107*

DU

CT

SU

PP

LY

PR

ES

S S

EN

SO

R A

30

Check s

ensor

and w

irin

g.

The u

nit c

ontr

olle

r w

ill s

et S

upply

Air S

tatic P

ressure

Sensor

(A30)

err

or

sta

tus if:

�In

put sig

nal is

above 4

.9"

wc for

more

than 3

0 s

econds.

�O

R

�In

put sig

nal is

belo

w 0

.1"w

c 2

0 s

econds a

fter

the b

low

er

has s

tart

ed w

ith s

ettin

g a

t or

above B

low

er

Outp

ut

Sta

tic D

uct A

larm

Check.

The M

3 u

nit c

ontr

olle

r w

ill c

lear

the S

upply

Air S

tatic P

ressure

Sensor

(A30)

err

or

sta

tus a

nd a

larm

after

the e

xpiration o

f E

rror

Tim

e O

FF

dela

y.

108

DU

CT

SU

PP

LY

HIG

H P

RE

SS

SE

NS

OR

A30

Check s

ensor

and w

irin

g.

The u

nit c

ontr

olle

r w

ill s

hutd

ow

n o

pera

tion for

Err

or

OF

F tim

e (

Para

mete

r 110)

if s

upply

supply

air s

tatic p

ressure

exceeds S

up

ply

sta

tic s

hutd

ow

n s

etp

oin

t fo

r 20 s

econds (

defa

ult)

Para

mete

r 42.

The u

nit c

ontr

olle

r w

ill c

lear

Hig

h S

upply

Sta

tic (

Duct)

Pre

ssure

after

Err

or

OF

F T

ime h

as e

xpired a

nd s

tatic d

uct pre

ssure

is b

elo

w

Supply

Sta

tic S

et P

oin

t S

hutd

ow

n.

109*

ST

RIK

E 3

DU

CT

SU

PP

LY

PR

ES

S S

EN

SO

RA

30

Check s

ensor

and w

irin

g.

Pro

dig

y c

ontr

olle

r shall

"locko

ut"

a u

nit o

pera

tion a

fter

the M

ax S

tatic D

uct P

ressure

Occurr

ences h

ave o

ccurr

ed o

f S

upply

Sta

tic

Pre

ssure

Sensor

Err

or

(ala

rm 1

07)

and/o

r H

igh S

upply

Sta

tic (

Duct)

Pre

ssure

(ala

rm 1

08).

User

shall

be a

ble

to c

lear

Supply

Sta

tic P

ressure

lockout &

ala

rm v

ia U

ser

Inte

rface. S

upply

Sta

tic P

ressure

lockout &

ala

rm s

hall

be c

leare

d a

fter

the P

rodig

y c

ontr

olle

r re

set.

The n

um

ber

of str

ikes is thre

e b

y d

efa

ult. this

can b

e c

hanged u

sin

g p

ara

mete

r 43. O

ptional occurr

ence s

ettin

g is 1

to 7

.

110

WA

ITIN

G O

N N

ET

WO

RK

DA

TA

Check n

etw

ork

or

com

fort

sensor

and w

irin

g.

111

PR

OF

ILE

ER

RO

RC

onfigura

tion p

rofile

unre

covera

ble

. S

ettin

gs m

ay h

ave c

hanged.

112 -

120

RE

SE

RV

ED

121*

LIN

E F

RE

Q D

OE

S N

OT

MA

TC

H U

NIT

CO

NF

IG

Pow

er

sourc

e lin

e fre

quency is d

ete

rmin

ed b

y the e

nte

red m

odel num

ber. T

his

ala

rm is e

nable

d b

y the P

haseV

oltage D

ete

ction

featu

re. M

3 u

nit c

ontr

olle

r does n

ot have a

n a

uto

matic c

learing m

eth

od, unit p

ow

er

cycle

or

reset w

ill b

e r

equired to r

e-e

valu

ate

the

phase s

equence a

gain

.

122*

24V

AC

PR

IMA

RY

VO

LTA

GE

LO

W

Low

outp

ut voltage o

n T

1 tra

nsfo

rmer. a

larm

set w

hen 2

4V

AC

voltage low

if calc

ula

ted R

MS

voltage is b

elo

w low

voltage a

larm

thre

shold

for

more

than tw

o s

econds. S

yste

m w

ill s

top u

nit o

pera

tions (

coolin

g, heating a

nd v

entila

tion).

Low

voltage thre

shold

is

18V

AC

.

The M

3 u

nit c

ontr

olle

r w

ill c

lear

ala

rm 2

4V

AC

Voltage L

ow

if calc

ula

ted R

MS

voltage is a

bove L

ow

Voltage A

larm

Thre

shold

+ 1

VA

C for

more

than tw

o s

econds. A

fter

the low

24V

AC

ala

rm h

as b

een c

leare

d, th

e M

3 u

nit c

ontr

olle

r w

ill ignore

all

serv

ice d

e

mands u

ntil th

e E

rror

Tim

e O

ff D

ela

y h

as e

xpired.

123*

24V

AC

PR

IMA

RY

VO

LTA

GE

HIG

H

Hig

h o

utp

ut voltage o

n T

1 tra

nsfo

rmer. a

larm

set w

hen 2

4V

AC

voltage h

igh if calc

ula

ted R

MS

voltage is b

elo

w low

voltage a

larm

thre

shold

for

more

than tw

o s

econds. S

yste

m w

ill s

top u

nit o

pera

tions (

coolin

g, heating a

nd v

entila

tion).

Low

voltage thre

shold

is

30V

AC

.

The M

3 u

nit c

ontr

olle

r w

ill c

lear

ala

rm 2

4V

AC

Voltage h

igh if calc

ula

ted R

MS

voltage is a

bove H

igh V

oltage A

larm

Thre

shold

+ 1

VA

C for

more

than tw

o s

econds. A

fter

the H

IGH

24V

AC

ala

rm h

as b

een c

leare

d, th

e M

3 u

nit c

ontr

olle

r w

ill ignore

all

serv

ice d

e

mands u

ntil th

e E

rror

Tim

e O

ff D

ela

y h

as e

xpired.

TA

BL

E 2

2. P

RO

DIG

Y 2

.0 A

LA

RM

AN

D E

VE

NT

CO

DE

S

Sele

cte

d a

larm

s (

mark

ed w

ith *

in table

result in the c

losure

of th

e s

erv

ice r

ela

y c

onta

cts

(D

O1).

A

LA

RM

CO

DE

S

Even

t A

cti

on

DIS

PL

AY

ME

SS

AG

E

AL

AR

MC

OD

ES

124*

24V

AC

SE

CO

ND

AR

Y V

OLTA

GE

LO

W

Low

outp

ut voltage o

n T

1 tra

nsfo

rmer. a

larm

set w

hen 2

4V

AC

voltage low

if calc

ula

ted R

MS

voltage is b

elo

w low

voltage a

larm

thre

shold

for

more

than tw

o s

econds. S

yste

m w

ill s

top u

nit o

pera

tions (

coolin

g, heating a

nd v

entila

tion).

Low

voltage thre

shold

is

18V

AC

.

The M

3 u

nit c

ontr

olle

r w

ill c

lear

ala

rm 2

4V

AC

Voltage L

ow

if calc

ula

ted R

MS

voltage is a

bove L

ow

Voltage A

larm

Thre

shold

+ 1

VA

C for

more

than tw

o s

econds. A

fter

the low

24V

AC

ala

rm h

as b

een c

leare

d, th

e M

3 u

nit c

ontr

olle

r w

ill ignore

all

serv

ice d

e

mands u

ntil th

e E

rror

Tim

e O

ff D

ela

y h

as e

xpired.

125*

24V

AC

SE

CO

ND

AR

Y V

OLTA

GE

HIG

H

Hig

h o

utp

ut voltage o

n T

1 tra

nsfo

rmer. a

larm

set w

hen 2

4V

AC

voltage h

igh if calc

ula

ted R

MS

voltage is b

elo

w low

voltage a

larm

thre

shold

for

more

than tw

o s

econds. S

yste

m w

ill s

top u

nit o

pera

tions (

coolin

g, heating a

nd v

entila

tion).

Low

voltage thre

shold

is

30V

AC

.

The M

3 u

nit c

ontr

olle

r w

ill c

lear

ala

rm 2

4V

AC

Voltage H

IGH

if calc

ula

ted R

MS

voltage is a

bove h

igh v

oltage a

larm

Thre

shold

+ 1

VA

C for

more

than tw

o s

econds. A

fter

the h

igh 2

4V

AC

ala

rm h

as b

een c

leare

d the M

3 u

nit c

ontr

olle

r w

ill ignore

all

serv

ice d

e

mands u

ntil th

e E

rror

Tim

e O

ff D

ela

y h

as e

xpired.

126*

LIN

E P

HA

SIN

G D

OE

S N

OT

MA

TC

H U

NIT

CO

NF

IGduring p

ow

er

up o

r re

set of unit, M

ism

atc

h o

n s

ingle

or

3p

hase p

ow

er, o

r re

vers

e r

ota

tion o

n 3

phase d

ete

cte

d. T

his

ala

rm is e

n

able

d b

y the P

haseV

oltage D

ete

ction featu

re.

127 -

128 R

ES

ER

VE

D

129*

VF

D S

HU

TD

OW

NV

FD

fault d

ete

cte

d. C

heck b

elt a

nd for

blo

wer

overload. F

ix s

ourc

e o

f fa

ult a

nd r

eset M

3 u

nit c

ontr

olle

r.

130

VF

D B

YP

AS

S E

NG

AG

ED

VF

D b

ypass m

ode. M

ode is e

ngaged. B

low

er

may o

r m

ay n

ot be d

isengage.

131

RE

SE

RV

ED

132

VF

D B

YP

AS

S N

OT

CO

NF

IGU

RE

DV

FD

bypass m

ode h

as n

ot been s

ele

cte

d. U

nit o

pera

tes a

s if bypass is n

ot in

sta

lled.

133

RE

SE

RV

ED

134

AD

VA

NC

ED

AIR

FLO

W L

OW

SU

PP

LY

CF

MA

dvanced A

irflow

enable

d R

TU

indic

ate

s a

irflow

targ

et cannot be a

chie

ved. C

heck c

ause o

f airflow

reduction s

uch a

s d

irty

filt

er,

changes in d

uct w

ork

, etc

135*

AD

VA

NC

ED

AIR

FLO

W N

O A

IRF

LO

WB

low

er

RP

M is too low

as indic

ate

s b

y b

low

er

sta

tus. T

his

means that th

e b

low

er

is n

ot w

ork

ing. R

epair b

low

er

and r

eset M

3 u

nit

contr

olle

r.

136*

AD

VA

NC

ED

AIR

FLO

W O

UT

SID

E A

IRD

AM

PE

R/E

CO

N M

EC

HA

NIC

AL F

AU

LT

Outd

oor

air d

am

per

stu

ck o

r actu

ato

r pro

ble

m.

137

AD

VA

NC

ED

AIR

FLO

W L

OW

OU

TD

OO

R A

IR

FLO

WO

utd

oor

airflow

is too low

so the b

uild

ing is n

ot gettin

g the d

esig

ned o

utd

oor

airflow

based o

n IA

Q.

138

RE

SE

RV

ED

139

AD

VA

NC

ED

AIR

FLO

W O

UT

DO

OR

AIR

FLO

WT

OO

HIG

HV

entila

tion C

FM

is too h

igh s

o the R

TU

is w

asting e

nerg

y.

140

AD

VA

NC

ED

AIR

FLO

W C

FM

UN

AT

TA

INA

BLE

TA

RG

ET

TO

O L

OW

verify

the M

SA

V b

low

er

settin

gs a

nd s

et th

e C

M targ

ets

belo

w s

et C

FM

. T

he a

larm

valu

e w

ill b

e d

ispla

yed o

n the M

3 u

nit c

ontr

olle

rscre

en.

141

AD

VA

NC

ED

AIR

FLO

W C

FM

UN

AT

TA

INA

BLE

TA

RG

ET

TO

O H

IGH

verify

the M

SA

V b

low

er

settin

gs a

nd s

et th

e c

m targ

ets

belo

w s

et C

FM

. T

he a

larm

valu

e w

ill b

e d

ispla

yed o

n the M

3 u

nit c

ontr

olle

rscre

en.

142

RE

SE

RV

ED

143*

AD

VA

NC

ED

AIR

FLO

W D

AM

PE

R P

RE

SS

UR

EE

RR

OR

.O

utd

oor

air d

iffe

rential pre

ssure

sensor

valu

e n

ot in

valid

range. M

ight be tubin

g p

roble

m o

r hig

h r

etu

rn d

uct re

sis

tance.

144 -

145 R

ES

ER

VE

D

146

SE

RV

ICE

LO

GG

ED

Serv

ice e

vent lo

gged

Page 45

TA

BL

E 2

2. P

RO

DIG

Y 2

.0 A

LA

RM

AN

D E

VE

NT

CO

DE

S

Sele

cte

d a

larm

s (

mark

ed w

ith *

in table

result in the c

losure

of th

e s

erv

ice r

ela

y c

onta

cts

(D

O1).

A

LA

RM

CO

DE

S

Even

t A

cti

on

DIS

PL

AY

ME

SS

AG

E

AL

AR

MC

OD

ES

147*

OA

DA

MP

ER

ER

RO

RD

uring fre

e c

oolin

g d

am

per

is n

ot m

odula

ting.

148*

AD

VA

NC

ED

AIR

FLO

W C

ON

FIG

ER

RO

RE

conom

izer

should

be insta

lled a

nd b

low

er

should

be E

CM

type.

149*

OU

TD

OO

R A

IR D

IFF

PR

ES

SU

RE

SE

NS

OR

ER

RO

RC

heck o

utd

oor

air d

am

per

diffe

rential pre

ssure

sensor

and w

irin

g.

150*

NO

T E

CO

NO

MIZ

ING

WH

EN

OU

TD

OO

R A

IR IS

SU

ITA

BLE

May b

e d

ue to the d

am

per

moto

r bein

g u

nplu

gged o

r dis

connecte

d.

151*

EC

ON

OM

IZIN

G W

HE

N O

UT

DO

OR

AIR

IS

NO

TS

UIT

AB

LE

my b

e d

ue to d

am

per

moto

r bein

g b

locked o

pen a

nd n

ot clo

sin

g.

152 -

164

RE

SE

RV

ED

165

EC

ON

OM

IZE

R N

OT

CO

NF

IGU

RE

Dconfigura

tion id 1

, positio

n 2

is s

et to

u. s

ele

ct applic

able

option u

sin

g s

etu

p/insta

ll w

izard

.

166

CA

I P

RE

SS

UR

E S

WIT

CH

ST

UC

K C

LO

SE

D

GV

1T

his

ala

rm w

ill o

ccur

when the c

om

bustion a

ir p

ressure

sw

itch (

S18)

is d

ete

cte

d a

s c

losed im

media

tely

after

the furn

ace d

em

and

rela

y is e

nerg

ized a

nd b

efo

re the c

om

bustion a

ir b

low

er

is e

nerg

ized. G

as v

alv

e 1

.

167

CA

I P

RE

SS

UR

E S

WIT

CH

ST

UC

K C

LO

SE

D

GV

2T

his

ala

rm w

ill o

ccur

when the c

om

bustion a

ir p

ressure

sw

itch (

S45)

is d

ete

cte

d a

s c

losed im

media

tely

after

the furn

ace d

em

and

rela

y is e

nerg

ized a

nd b

efo

re the c

om

bustion a

ir b

low

er

is e

nerg

ized. G

as v

alv

e 2

.

168*

CO

MB

US

TIO

N A

IR S

W N

OT

OP

EN

LO

CK

OU

T

GV

1S

yste

m locked o

ut due to S

45 s

witch c

losed a

nd a

specific

num

ber

occurr

ences d

ete

cte

d b

ased o

n P

ara

mete

r 72 (

MA

X C

AI N

OP

RF

OC

C)

settin

g d

uring a

sin

gle

cycle

.169*

CO

MB

US

TIO

N A

IR S

W N

OT

OP

EN

LO

CK

OU

T

GV

2

170

PO

WE

R E

XH

AU

ST

NO

T C

ON

FIG

UR

ED

Configura

tion ID

1, positio

n 3

is s

et as U

(unconfigure

d).

171

PO

WE

R E

XH

AU

ST

CO

NF

IGU

RA

TIO

N E

RR

OR

Configura

tion ID

1, positio

n 4

is s

et corr

ectly.

if p

ositio

n 3

is c

onfigure

d then p

ositio

n 4

must be a

lso.

172

AD

VA

NC

ED

AIR

FLO

W C

ON

TR

OL N

OT

CO

NF

IGU

RE

DIf C

onfigura

tion ID

1, positio

n 6

- b

low

er

VF

D b

ypass is s

et to

A o

r M

, th

en C

onfigura

tion ID

2, positio

n 1

must be s

et to

C o

r D

.

173

AIR

FLO

W S

WIT

CH

CO

NF

IG E

RR

OR

Verify

that C

onfigura

tion ID

2, positio

n 1

is s

et corr

ectly.

174

ZO

NE

(R

OO

M)

BY

PA

SS

DA

MP

ER

CO

NF

IGU

R

AT

ION

ER

RO

RR

oom

bypass d

am

per

opera

tion is o

nly

com

patible

with c

ab b

low

ers

. pro

dig

y w

ill o

nly

allo

w z

one b

ypass u

nit o

pera

tion if configur

ation ID

1 is s

et to

insta

lled for

units w

ith B

or

T type b

low

ers

. a

larm

will

auto

matically

cle

ar

when c

onfigura

tion c

onflic

t is

corr

ecte

d.

175

INV

ALID

LO

AD

SH

ED

DIN

G IN

PU

TC

ON

FIG

UR

AT

ION

Ala

rm w

ill o

ccur

if load s

heddin

g input is

share

d w

ith o

ther

optional devic

es o

r in

puts

, fo

r exam

ple

- g

lobal, b

low

er

overload, dra

inpan o

verf

low

, etc

.

176

SB

US

RE

CE

IVE

D A

N O

BS

OLE

TE

M3

CO

MM

AN

DT

his

ala

rm o

ccurs

when a

SB

US

maste

r devic

e s

ends a

M2 s

tyle

com

mand to the M

3 u

nit c

ontr

olle

r. T

he a

larm

is im

media

tely

cle

are

d a

nd a

his

tory

of th

e e

vent is

sto

red.

177

MO

DE

L N

UM

BE

R N

OT

DE

FIN

ED

Mis

sin

g m

odel configura

tion d

ata

. r

un s

etu

p >

insta

ll and c

om

ple

te m

odel num

ber

info

rmation.

178 -

181

RE

SE

RV

ED

182

ULT

RA

: S

UC

TIO

N P

RE

SS

UR

E S

EN

SO

RE

RR

OR

Pro

dig

y p

rovid

es 0

-5V

DC

analo

g input fo

r th

e s

uction p

ressure

sensor. S

ensor

outp

ut is

connecte

d to P

333, pin

1. valid

suction

pre

ssure

range is 0

to 3

00 p

sig

.

If S

uction P

ressure

Sensor

is d

ete

cte

d o

n U

ltra

unit falls

belo

w the 3

0 p

sig

then P

rodig

y w

ill a

ssum

e that th

e P

ressure

Sensor

sensor

is faulty a

nd ignore

Pre

ssure

Sensor

readin

gs. ala

rm w

ill a

uto

matically

cle

ar

once input is

within

norm

al opera

ting r

ang

e.

The a

larm

ing v

alu

e indic

ate

s w

hic

h s

uction p

ressure

sensor

faile

d.

0 -

Tandem

1 S

uction P

ressure

Sensor

Failu

re1 -

Tandem

2 S

uction P

ressure

Sensor

Failu

re

TA

BL

E 2

2. P

RO

DIG

Y 2

.0 A

LA

RM

AN

D E

VE

NT

CO

DE

S

Sele

cte

d a

larm

s (

mark

ed w

ith *

in table

result in the c

losure

of th

e s

erv

ice r

ela

y c

onta

cts

(D

O1).

A

LA

RM

CO

DE

S

Even

t A

cti

on

DIS

PL

AY

ME

SS

AG

E

AL

AR

MC

OD

ES

182

ULT

RA

: S

UC

TIO

N P

RE

SS

UR

E S

EN

SO

RE

RR

OR

Pro

dig

y p

rovid

es 0

-5V

DC

analo

g input fo

r th

e s

uction p

ressure

sensor. S

ensor

outp

ut is

connecte

d to P

333, pin

1. valid

suction

pre

ssure

range is 0

to 3

00 p

sig

.

If S

uction P

ressure

Sensor

is d

ete

cte

d o

n U

ltra

unit falls

belo

w the 3

0 p

sig

then P

rodig

y w

ill a

ssum

e that th

e P

ressure

Sensor

sensor

is faulty a

nd ignore

Pre

ssure

Sensor

readin

gs. ala

rm w

ill a

uto

matically

cle

ar

once input is

within

norm

al opera

ting r

ang

e.

The a

larm

ing v

alu

e indic

ate

s w

hic

h s

uction p

ressure

sensor

faile

d.

0 -

Tandem

1 S

uction P

ressure

Sensor

Failu

re1 -

Tandem

2 S

uction P

ressure

Sensor

Failu

re

182

ULT

RA

: S

UC

TIO

N P

RE

SS

UR

ES

EN

SO

R E

RR

OR

Pro

dig

y p

rovid

es 0

-5V

DC

analo

g input fo

r th

e s

uction p

ressure

sensor. S

ensor

outp

ut is

connecte

d to P

333, pin

1. valid

suction

pre

ssure

range is 0

to 3

00 p

sig

.

If S

uction P

ressure

Sensor

is d

ete

cte

d o

n U

ltra

unit falls

belo

w the 3

0 p

sig

then P

rodig

y w

ill a

ssum

e that th

e P

ressure

Sensor

sensor

is faulty a

nd ignore

Pre

ssure

Sensor

readin

gs. ala

rm w

ill a

uto

matically

cle

ar

once input is

within

norm

al opera

ting r

ang

e.

The a

larm

ing v

alu

e indic

ate

s w

hic

h s

uction p

ressure

sensor

faile

d.

0 -

Tandem

1 S

uction P

ressure

Sensor

Failu

re1 -

Tandem

2 S

uction P

ressure

Sensor

Failu

re

183

ULT

RA

: C

OM

PR

ES

SO

R 1

SU

MP

TE

MP

ER

AT

UR

E S

EN

SO

R E

RR

OR

Ala

rm w

ill o

ccur

when a

n o

pen o

r short

conditio

n is d

ete

cte

d. A

larm

will

als

o o

ccur

when u

nit c

ontr

olle

r via

the tem

pera

ture

se

nsor

dete

cts

an o

ut of ra

nge. V

alid

range is

30°F

to 1

50°F

. P

ossib

le c

auses a

re faulty tem

pera

ture

sensor

/ circuit o

r im

pro

per

insta

llation.

The a

larm

ing v

alu

e indic

ate

s w

hic

h C

om

pre

ssor

Sum

p T

em

p s

ensor

faile

d.

0 -

Tandem

1 C

om

pre

ssor

1 S

um

p T

em

p S

ensor

Failu

re1 -

Tandem

2 C

om

pre

ssor

1 S

um

p T

em

p S

ensor

Failu

re

184

ULT

RA

: C

OM

PR

ES

SO

R 2

SU

MP

TE

MP

ER

AT

UR

E S

EN

SO

R E

RR

OR

Ala

rm w

ill o

ccur

when a

n o

pen o

r short

conditio

n is d

ete

cte

d. A

larm

will

als

o o

ccur

when u

nit c

ontr

olle

r via

the tem

pera

ture

se

nsor

dete

cts

an o

ut of ra

nge. V

alid

range is

30°F

to 1

50°F

. P

ossib

le c

auses a

re faulty tem

pera

ture

sensor

/ circuit o

r im

pro

per

insta

llation.

The a

larm

ing v

alu

e indic

ate

s w

hic

h C

om

pre

ssor

Sum

p T

em

p s

ensor

faile

d.

0 -

Tandem

1 C

om

pre

ssor

2 S

um

p T

em

p S

ensor

Failu

re1 -

Tandem

2 C

om

pre

ssor

2 S

um

p T

em

p S

ensor

Failu

re

185

EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G U

SE

ON

LY.

186*

BLO

WE

R M

OT

OR

FA

ULT

In s

yste

ms w

ith E

BM

blo

wer, p

rodig

y s

hall

sta

rt m

onitoring the m

oto

r ala

rm o

utp

ut (n

orm

ally

clo

sed r

ela

y c

onta

ct)

ten s

econds

after

blo

wer

com

mand is s

ent. T

he M

3 u

nit c

ontr

olle

r w

ill s

top u

nit o

pera

tion if fa

ult c

onditio

ns (

rela

y c

onta

ct open

logic

input

hig

h)

are

dete

cte

d.

No

te: M

oto

r ala

rm is w

ired in P

2597

; share

d w

ith V

FD

ala

rm a

nd E

CM

blo

wer

rpm

input. A

larm

will

cle

ar

when inr

ange

tem

pera

ture

is d

ete

cte

d.

Page 47

CONTROLLER SIGNAL REFERENCES

M3 UNIT CONTROLLER

Table 1. P259 Blower ECM Motor

Pin#

Label Description Type

1ODF /PWM 1

OUTDOOR FAN PWM1 PWM

2ODF /PWM 2

OUTDOOR FAN PWM2 PWM

3 GND DIGITIAL GROUND GND

4IDB / PWM

/ VOA-BOX: INDOOR BLOWER PWM PWM

* MSAV / VAV: VFD VOLT OUT 0-10 VAC OUT

* EBM ULTRA: VOLT OUT 0-10 VAC OUT

* ZONE: DAMPER ACUATOR (CAV) 0-10 VAC

5MSAVRELAY

*A BOX: 2ND STAGECOMPRESSOR 1

24VAC DO

*MSAV / VAV: EXHAUST 2ND BYPASS

24VAC DO

6 GND DIGITAL GROUND GND

7 IDB A-BOX: IDB FEEDBACK 5VDC

*MSAV / VAV / ULTRA B-C ALARMCONTACT (MUST BE WIRED TOGND)

5VDC

8 V BIAS V-BIAS 18VDC

Table 2. P262 Economizer Control

Pin#


1 T1 24VAC POWER 24VAC

2 GND DIGITAL GROUND 24VAC COM

3 VOT DAMPER CONTROL 2-10VDC DO

4 DPOS DAMPER POSITION FEEDBACK 2-10VDC DI

5 GND DIGITAL GROUNDRES 0-5VDC

6 RT16 + RETURN AIR TEMP

7 A7 S OUTDOOR ENTHALPY SENSOR 4-20 mA AI

8 18VDC 18VDC POWER 18VDC

9 A62 S INDOOR ENTHALPY SENSOR 4-20 mA AI

10 A173 SMOKE DETECTOR 24VAC DI

11 T1 SMOKE DETECTOR 24VAC24VACPOWER12 COM

SMOKE DETECTOR 24VACCOMMON

Table 3. P263 High and Low Pressure

Pin#


1 UTS2ULTRA SUMP TEMPCOMPRESSOR 2 RES 0-5VDC

2 GND GROUND

3 S4HIGH PRESSURECOMPRESSOR 1

SW 24VAC


5 S87LOW PRESSURE COMPRESSOR1 NC

SW 24VAC

6 S7HIGH PRESSURECOMPRESSOR 2

SW 24VAC


8 S88LOW PRESSURE COMPRESSOR2

SW 24VAC

Table 4. P264 Blower Deck Area

Pin#


1 RT6 DISCHARGE AIR TEMPRES 0-5VDC

2 GND DIGITAL GROUND

3 S49 FREEZESTAT 1 (NC) SW 5VDC

4 VSS 5VDC 5VDC

5 S50 FREEZESTAT 2 (NC) SW 5VDC

6 S52 AIR FLOW SWITCH (NO) SW 5VDC

7 VSS 5VDC 5VDC

8 S27 DIRTY FILTER SWITCH (NO) SW 5VDC

Table 5. P265 Contactors / Relays

Pin#


1 COM 24VAC COMMON 24VAC COM

2 K1 CONTACTOR COMPRESSOR 1 24VAC DO

3 K2 CONTACTOR COMPRESSOR 2 24VAC DO

4 K3 CONTACTOR BLOWER 24VAC DO

* A-BOX INDOOR BLOWER LOW 24VAC DO


6 K10 RELAY OUTDOOR FAN 1 24VAC DO

*RELAY K191 ULTRA:CRANKCASE HEATER

24VAC DO

7 K68 RELAY OUTDOOR FAN 2 24VAC DO

* A-BOX: INDOOR BLOWER HIGH 24VAC DO

*RELAY K196 ULTRA: CRANKCASE HEATER

24VAC DO


9 K13RELAY COMBUSTION AIRBLOWER 1

24VAC DO


11 K85 RELAY EXHAUST FAN 24VAC DO

Table 6. P266 Heating Control and Damper ΔP Sensor

Pin#


1 COM 24VAC COMM 24VAC COM

2 A3, K15 HEAT 1, ELECTRIC HEAT 1 24VAC DO

3 W2, K16 HEAT 2, ELECTRIC HEAT 2 24VAC DO

4 DDPSDAMPER DIFFER. PRESSURESENSOR

0-5VDC

5 GND GROUND GND

6 5VDC 5VDC SUPPLY 5VDC

Table 7. P267 Outdoor Fan Area

Pin#


1 RT17 OUTDOOR AIR TEMPRES 0-5VDC

2 GND DIGITAL GROUND

3 S11 LOW PRESSURE FAN 1 SW 24VAC

4 R 24VAC 24VAC DO

5 S84 LOW PRESSURE FAN 2 SW 24VAC

6 A30 STATIC DUCT PRESSURE 10VDC

7 GND GROUND GND


Table 8. P268 Power

Pin#


1 T1-124VAC POWER TRANSFORMER1

24VAC

2 T1-COM24VAC COMMONTRANSFORMER 1

24VAC COM

3 T18-124VAC POWER TRANSFORMER1

24VAC

4 T18-COM24VAC COMMON TRANSFORMER 1

24VAC COM

Table 9. P269 Reheat - Humiditrol: Ultra - TXV

Pin#



2 T43 24VAC COMMON 24VAC COM

3 L14REHEAT SOLENOID 1: ULTRATXV 1

24VAC DO

4 L30REHEAT SOLENOID 2: ULTRATXV 2

24VAC DO

5 RSV RESERVED 24VAC DI

Table 10. P271 Heating 1 Safety

Pin#


1 S10-C PRIMARY LIMIT BURNER 1C

SW 24VAC2 S10-NC PRIMARY LIMIT BURNER 1 NC

3 S10-NO PRIMARY

4 S21-C SECONDARY LIMIT BURNER 1C

SW 24VAC5 S21-NC

SECONDARY LIMIT BURNER 1NC

6 S47 ROLL OUT SWITCH BURNER 1SW 24VAC

7 S47 ROLL OUT SWITCH BURNER 1

8 S18 CAB PROOF SWITCH 1SW 24VAC

9 S18 CAB PROOF SWITCH 1

10 GV1 GAS VALVE SENSE 1 24VAC

Table 11. P297 Thermostat

Pin#


1 RTRANSFORMER 1 24VACPOWER

24VAC

2 C TRANSFORMER 1 24V COMMON 24VAC COMM

3 G BLOWER SIGNAL 24VAC DI

4 W1 1ST STAGE HEATING 24VAC DI

5 W2 2ND STAGE HEATING 24VAC DI

6 Y1 1ST STAGE COOLING 24VAC DI

7 Y2 2ND STAGE COOLING 24VAC DI

8 OCP OCCUPIED SIGNAL 24VAC DI

9 GLO GLOBAL CONTROL INPUT 24VAC DI

10 RSV RESERVED NA

Table 12. P298 IAQ Interface

Pin # Label Description Type

1 R TRANSFORMER 1 24VAC POWER 24VAC


3 IAQ+ INDOOR AIR QUALITY 0-10VDC AI

4 GND INDOOR AIR QUALITY 0-10VDC AI

5 HUM RH SENSOR 0-10VDC AI

6 GND DIGITAL GROUND GND

7 TMP ROOM SENSOR THERMISTOR

8 DO1 SERVICE RELAY OUTPUT 24VAC DO

9 GND 24 VAC COMMON 24VAC COMM

10 DO2 EXHAUST FAN 24VAC DO

Table 13. P299 Safety

P299 Safety

1 DI1 SMOKE DETECTOR (NO) 24VAC DI



4 DI2DIGITAL INPUT 2 FORMER (S42 &S135)

24VAC DI


6 DI3DIGITAL INPUT 3 FORMER (S149 &A42 FOR A BOX)

24VAC DI


8 DI4DIGITAL INPUT 4 FORMER (HUMIDITROL INPUT)

24VAC DI


10 RSV RESERVED NA

Table 14. P333 Ultra - Sensors

Pin#


1 UPS1 SUCTION PRESSURE 0-5VDC


3 GND DIGITAL GROUNDRES 0-5VDC

4 UTS1 SUMP TEMP COMPRESSOR 1

Page 49

GP3 CONTROL

Table 15. P348Pin # Description Type

1 5VDC SUPPLY (10MA MAX) 5VDC

2 ANALOG/PWM OUTPUT 4 AO: 0-10VDC; PWM: 0-15V

* ULTRA C: PWM FAN B23/B24 PWM: 0-15V



* ULTRA C: PWM FAN B22 PWM: 0-15V


6 RELAY 1 - NORMALLY OPEN RELAY (DRY) CONTACT

7 RELAY 1 - COM RELAY (DRY) CONTACT

8 RELAY 2 - COM RELAY (DRY) CONTACT

9 RELAY 2 - NORMALLY OPEN RELAY (DRY) CONTACT

10 DIGITAL INPUT 3 24V DI



13 THERMISTOR INPUT 2 (10K@25C)

RES 0 - 3.3 VDC*

ULTRA C: SENSOR THERMISTORCOMPRESSOR 4

14 ANALOG INPUT 1 0-10VDC

*ULTRA C: TRANSDUCER TANDEMCOMP B

0-5VDC

15 ANALOG INPUT 2 0-10VDC

16 THERMISTOR INPUT 1 (10K@25C)

RES 0 - 3.3 VDC*

ULTRA C: SENSOR THERMISTORCOMPRESSOR 3

17 ANALOG INPUT 3 (0-10VDC) 0-10VDC

18 GROUND GND

19 GROUND GND

20 GROUND GND

21 GROUND GND

22 COM COM

23 COM COM


C3 CONTROLTable 16. P118

Pin # Label Description Type

1 24VAC24VAC SUPPLY (FOR RELAY OUTPUTS)

24VAC

2 COM 24VAC COM 24VAC COM

3 OPEN (NOT USED)

4 OPEN (NOT USED)

5 FAN3 RELAY OUTDOOR FAN 3 24VAC DO

*ULTRA C: RELAY K233 CRANKCASEHEATER COMP 3

6 OPEN (NOT USED)

7 OPEN (NOT USED)


*ULTRA C: RELAY K234 CRANKCASEHEATER COMP 4



11 CMP3 CONTACTOR COMPRESSOR 3 24VAC DO

12 CMP4 CONTACTOR COMPRESSOR 4 24VAC DO

Table 17. P119Pin # Label Description Type

1HPSW3

HIGH PRESSURE SWITCHCOMPRESSOR 3

SW 24VAC2

3HPSW4

HIGH PRESSURE SWITCHCOMPRESSOR 4

SW 24VAC4

5FRZST3 FREEZESTAT COMPRESSOR 3 SW 5VDC

6

7LPSW3

LOW PRESSURE SWITCHCOMPRESSOR 3

SW 24VAC8

9FRZST4 FREEZESTAT COMPRESSOR 4 SW 5VDC

10

11LPSW4

LOW PRESSURE SWITCHCOMPRESSOR 3

SW 24VAC12

13 OPEN (NOT USED)

14 OPEN (NOT USED)

15 OPEN (NOT USED)

16 OPEN (NOT USED)


1PRIMARYLIMIT

PRIMARY LIMIT BURNER 2 C

SW 24VAC2 PRIMARY LIMIT BURNER 2 NC

3 PRIMARY LIMIT BURNER 2 NO

4SECONDARY

SECONDARY LIMIT BURNER 2 C SW 24VAC

5 SECONDARY LIMIT BURNER 2 NC

6

GAS2SAFETYSWITCHES

ROLLOUT SWITCH BURNER 2 SW 24VAC7

8CAB PROOF SWITCH 2 SW 24VAC

9

10 GAS VALVE SENSE 2 24VAC DI


1 COM 24VAC COM 24VAC COM

2 A12 K17 HEAT 3, ELECTRIC HEAT 3 24VAC DO

3 W2 K18 HEAT 4, ELECTRIC HEAT 4 24VAC DO

4 CAB2 RELAY COMBUSTION AIR BLOWER 2 24VAC DO

Wiring Diagrams

Page 51

Wiring Diagrams (ACCESSORIES)

J298

8

9

10

P153

J153

1

3

2

4

5

6

P193

J104

2

1 1

J193

2

TB37

1

3

2

4

K1

K2

K4

5

6

A130

5

6

Quick Start Guide

CAUTIONCheck rooftop unit electrical power for proper voltage and phasing. Check gas train components.

1. Turn on unit and dismiss alarm messages as necessary.

2. Follow SETUP > INSTALL menu to properly configure unit

3. Be sure unit is in normal operating mode as seen in display (COOLING, HEATING, IDLE, etc).

4. To verify operation use SERVICE > TEST menu.

Control Mode Menu Setup Needed Tips

THERMOSTAT (Factory set for 2-stage thermostat) � Check LEDs for signals.

BACnetSETUP > NETWORK INTEGRATION >NETWORK TYPE = BACNET

� Setup information to be verified with integrator.

� Follow wiring instructions including network

termination

� Remember to set MAC address 0-127

� Expert level BACnet service manual available.

LonTalkSETUP > NETWORK INTEGRATION >NETWORK TYPE = LONTALK

� Setup information to be verified with integrator.


termination

� XIF file available. Neuron ID on sticker.

� Expert level LonTalk service manual available.

L ConnectionSETUP > NETWORK INTEGRATION >NETWORK TYPE = L-CONNECTION


termination

� Comfort Sensors are 24 VAC polarity sensitive.

� All network devices need to be correctly

addressed

Damper SETUP > TEST & BALANCE > DAMPER

� Verify damper minimum positions

� Refer to Economizer section of manual for more

detail

Local ModeSETUP > NETWORK INTEGRATION >NETWORK TYPE = RTU STANDALONE

� Give unit time to start-up.

� Humidity control requires sensor or error code

7649

DehumidifierSETTINGS > RTU OPTIONS >DEHUMIDIFIER

� Three possible connections, LOCAL SENSOR,

NETWORK SENSOR and REHEAT DI4.

� Analog sensor wiring is polarity sensitive

BlowerChange motor torque; see SETUP > TEST & BALANCE > BLOWER

� Final motor CFM should be set by Test and

Balance technician

� Blower charts are located in the unit installation

instruction.

For Lennox Service Support 1-800-4LENNOX. For Lennox Commercial website, go to www.lennoxcommercial.com.

Page 53

INDEXA

Abbreviations, Page 34

Auto Cycles, Page 22

B

BACnet Occupancy Points, Page 22

Blower Operation Description, Page 22

Blower Operation Modes, On, Cycles, Cycles w/Stir,Page 23

Blower Operation Schedule, Page 23

Blower Operation with Effective Occupancy, Page 22

C

Comp Load Shedding, Page 5

Configuration ID 1Advanced Air Flow Control System, Page 8Blower Variable Frequency Drive Bypass, Page 8Economizer, Page 8Humiditrol, Page 8Network Module, Page 8Outdoor Air CFM Control, Page 8Power Exhaust, Page 8Power Exhaust Control, Page 8

Configuration ID 2, Page 9Air Flow Proving Switch (S52), Page 9Dirty Filter Switch (S27), Page 9Electric Heat, Page 9Load Shedding, Page 9Motor Overload Switch (S42), Page 9Overflow Switch (S149/S179), Page 9Phase / Voltage Detection, Page 9Ultra Violet Lamp, Page 9Zone Bypass Damper, Page 9

D

Damper Operation during Free Cooling, Page 25

Demand Control Ventilation , Page 29

E

Economizer, Page 24

Economizer Checkout , Page 27

Enthalpy Sensor Output Current Honeywell C7400, Page26

Enthalpy Set Point, Page 25

F

Firmware Update, Page 6

Free Cooling Compressor Lockout Mode and LowAmbient Set Point, Page 25

Free Cooling Damper Maximum Position, Page 27

H

Heartbeat, Page 3

Humidity Sensor, Page 2

Humidity Sensor Connection, Page 2

L

LED, Page 2

Level 1 Menu Options, Page 10

Lontalk Occupancy Points, Page 23

M

MenuData, Page 11

Advanced Status, Page 13Factory, Page 12History, Page 11In/Outputs, Page 11Network, Page 12Runtimes, Page 13

ServiceOffline, Page 17Replace, Page 16Report, Page 17Software Update, Page 17Test, Page 16

SettingsControl, Page 18General, Page 21Install, Page 20RTU Options, Page 19

SetupInstall, Page 14Network Integration, Page 14Test and Balance, Page 15

Mode Messages, Page 5

Model NumberBlower Type, Page 7Design Sequence, Page 7Efficiency, Page 7Factory Electric or Gas Heat, Page 7Refrigerant, Page 7Tonnage, Page 7Type, Page 7Voltage, Page 7

Motorized Outdoor Air Damper, Page 27

N

Networking Serial Communications (RS-485), Page 33

O

On-Continuous 1, Page 22



Outdoor Air Suitable for Free Cooling, Page 25

P

Profiles, Page 6

R

RJ-11, Page 2

S

S-BUS, Page 2

System Status Display, Page 4

T

Thermostat Connection, Page 2

Title 24, Page 22

U

Unit Operations, Page 4

USB Flash Drive Usage, Page 2

USB Service Reports, Page 35

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR ECONOMIZERS AND OUTDOOR AIR HOODSUSED WITH LG/LC 036, 048, 060, 072 UNITS

Litho U.S.A. 507225-018/2014Supersedes 7/2014

2014 E1ECON ECONOMIZERS

ECONOMIZERS

Note - Disregard economizer installation section when

dampers are factory-installed.



1- Economizer damper assemblyA

1- GEDB (gravity exhaust / barometric relief damper)

assembly

1- Exhaust hood kit containing:

1-Exhaust hood topA

2-Hood sidesC

1-GED sealC

1- Outdoor air hood kit containing:

1-Outdoor air hood topA

2-Hood sidesD

1- BirdscreenD

2- Bird screen bracketsD

1- Bag assembly containing:

#10-32 X 1/2 Self-drilling screws

#10-16 X 5/8 Self-drilling screwsAAlready in place when economizer is factory-installed.BOptional GED already in place when economizer is

factory-installed; shipped separately when PEF is

factory-installed.CShipped under the exhaust air cover when economizer is

factory-installed.DShipped in the blower section when economizer is

factory-installed.

Package 1 of 1 (ordered separately) contains:

Used in horizontal airflow applications only

1- Return air cover

Order Of Installation:

Return air cover (horizontal airflow)

Economizer

Mixed air sensor (R1)

Remove GED (horizontal airflow and PEF options)

Optional OA/RA sensors

Power exhaust fans

GED seal in unit (PEF option)

GED in lower hood (horizontal and PEF options)

RA Transition (horizontal airflow)

RA duct (horizontal airflow)

Lower outdoor air hood

Upper outdoor air hood

WARNINGImproper installation, adjustment, alteration, serviceor maintenance can cause property damage, personal injury or loss of life. Installation and service mustbe performed by a qualified installer, service agencyor the gas supplier


Application

The E1ECON economizer is used with LG/LC units in

downflow and horizontal air discharge applications. See

table 1. See table 2 for the optional gravity exhaust kit.

The economizer uses outdoor air for free cooling when

temperature and/or humidity is suitable. LG/LC units are

equipped with the following factory-installed, CEC Title

24 approved sensors:

RT17 - Outside Air Temperature

RT16 - Return Air Temperature

RT6 - Discharge Air Temperature

See figure 13 in the Start-Up section for sensor location.

Optional field-provided sensors may be used instead of

unit sensors to determine whether outdoor air is suitable

for free cooling. Refer to table 3 in the Start-Up section.

TABLE 1

Economizer

Econ Type Part No.*

Standard 90W59 609258-01

High Performance 10U54 609258-05

*Kits include GED and hoods.

TABLE 2

Gravity Exhaust Kit

Description Part No.

*Used when power exhaust is eitherfield- installed or not installed.

74W38 606568-01

Used when power exhaust is factory-installed.

72W89 605993-01

*Kits include hoods.

Install Economizer - Downflow

1- Open unit end panel and filter access panel. See figure

1. When gravity or power exhaust are field-installed,

remove and discard the lower panel.

2- Remove and retain sensors from mounting bracket.

See figure 2. Remove mounting bracket and discard.

3- Install damper assembly through end of unit. Fit

opening in bottom of damper assembly over the return

air opening. See figure 3.

4- Install retained sensors in the side of the economizer.

See figure 3.

5- Disconnect jumper plug P3 from unit jack J3.

Connect economizer plug P4 to unit jack J3 as shown

in figure 4.

UNIT

Lower panel provided only when economizer isfactory-installed without gravity or power exhaust.

Remove and discard when field-installingGED and/or PEF.

FIGURE 1

FILTER ACCESSPANEL

UNIT ENDPANEL

FIGURE 2

REMOVE SENSORS AND BRACKET

SENSORBRACKET

A2 SENSOR(UNITS WITH DDC

CONTROL)

RT16SENSOR

SMOKE DETECTOR(WHEN EQUIPPED)

ECONOMIZER INSTALLATION

ECONOMIZER(STANDARD

ECONOMIZERSHOWN)

FIGURE 3

RETURN AIROPENING

UNIT

B7DAMPER MOTOR

A2 SENSOR(UNITS WITH DDC

CONTROL)

RT16SENSOR

SMOKE DETECTOR(WHEN EQUIPPED)

FIGURE 4

CONNECT ECONOMIZER PLUG P4TO UNIT JACK J3

FILTERSECTION

EVAPORATORCOIL

J3

P4

GED (Barometric Relief Dampers)

Note - GED is optional when economizer is factory-installed.

Remove GED from the economizer (when present) and

install in the exhaust air hood when:

�Optional power exhaust fans are installed

�Economizer is installed in horizontal air flow

1- Remove the GED from the economizer. See figure 5.

2- Install the GED in the exhaust or lower hood as shown

in figure 6.

REMOVE GED

FIGURE 5

FIGURE 6

ASSEMBLE HOODS

INSTALL LOWER BRACKETBEFORE INSTALLING

BIRDSCREEN

BIRDSCREEN

SECURE TOP BRACKETWITH SCREW AFTER

BIRDSCREEN IS IN PLACE

GED INSTALLED IN HOODS WHEN POWEREXHAUST IS PRESENT. GED INSTALLED INPOWER EXHAUST LOCATION WHEN UNIT

IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH POWER EXHAUST.SEE FIGURE 5.

OUTDOOR AIR HOOD

EXHAUST OR LOWER HOODLOWER HOOD INSTALLED

ONLY WHEN ECONOMIZER ISEQUIPPED WITH A GED

Outdoor Air Hoods

Factory-Installed Economizers Only -

Both hood tops and pivot brackets are secured to unit. The

lower hood is provided and installed only when the

economizer is equipped with an optional GED. Hood parts

are located under the exhaust panel and in blower section.

Lift hood tops and assemble hoods as described for

field-installed economizers.

1- Make sure all sensors and outdoor air section

accessories are installed before installing hoods.

2- Install pivot brackets and seal on unit as shown in

figure 7.

3- Assemble hoods as shown in figure 6. Slide top of

hoods into the ends of pivot brackets. Install bird screen

bracket after bird screens are in place.

4- Install hoods on unit as shown in figure 8.

5- Caulk ends of pivot bracket to seal watertight.

FIGURE 7

PIVOTBRACKET

MULLION

REMOVE AND REUSESCREWS (2) TO INSTALL BRACKET

INSTALL PIVOTING BRACKETS AND GED SEAL(FIELD-INSTALLED ECONOMIZERS ONLY -

036 & 048 SHOWN)

INSTALLPIVOT

BRACKETS

INSTALLGED SEAL

MAKE SURE SEALIS INSTALLED

BEFORE HOOD

UNIT TOP

SIDE VIEW(036 & 048)

POWER EXHAUST SHOWN;GRAVITY EXHAUST LOCATED

HERE WHEN UNIT IS NOTEQUIPPED WITH PED

PIVOTBRACKET

MULLION

UNIT TOP


FILLER PANEL(FACTORY-INSTALLED)

FIGURE 8

INSTALL HOODS(036 & 048 SHOWN)

INTAKE

EXHAUST

PIVOTBRACKET

MULLION

UNIT TOP


HOOD

CAULK

CAULK

LOWER HOOD INSTALLEDONLY WHEN ECONOMIZER IS

EQUIPPED WITH A GED

PIVOTBRACKET

MULLION

UNIT TOP


FILLER PANEL(FACTORY-INSTALLED)

HOOD

Install Economizer - Horizontal

A field fabricated return air duct transition and duct inlet

must be installed in horizontal applications.

1- Remove unit end panel. See figure 9.

2- Install the downflow return air cover in horizontal airflow

applications. Secure with #10 sheet metal screws

provided in kit. See figure 9.

3- Make sure the horizontal return air cover on the back

side of the unit remains in place. The opening is used

when an economizer is not installed. See figure 10.

4- Install the economizer and R1 mixed air sensor and

connect wiring as shown in appropriately named

sections of this manual.

FIGURE 9

DOWNFLOWRETURN AIR COVER

UNIT

UNIT ENDPANEL

HORIZONTAL AIRFLOW

BACKOF UNIT

DO NOT ATTACHRETURN AIRDUCTWORK

HERE

SUPPLYAIR

RETURNAIR

FIGURE 10

5- Install the field-fabricated return air duct transition and

duct inlet on the unit end. See figure 11. Support the

transition and duct inlet as needed.

6- Install the lower (exhaust) hood on the return air duct.

The GED should already be installed in the hood as

shown in the “GED” section of this manual.

7- Install the upper hood on the unit as shown in

appropriate section of this manual.

RETURN AIRDUCT INLET


OPENING

SUPPLYAIR DUCT

RETURNAIR DUCT

EXHAUST HOOD

RETURN AIRDUCT TRANSITION

OUTDOORAIR HOOD

TOP VIEW

BACK VIEW

EXHAUSTAIR

This opening notused in

HorizontalApplications

with Economizer

Baro

metr

ic R

elie

f H

ood

and D

am

pers

HORIZON-TAL

RETURNAIR

OPENING

RETURN AIRDUCT TRANSITION

ECONOMIZERDAMPERS

RETURNAIR INLETSUPPLY

AIR OUTLET

FIGURE 11

TYPICAL HORIZONTAL APPLICATION

Economizer Start-Up - M2 Unit Controller

The unit will be equipped with either an M2 or M3 Unit

Controller. M2 or M3 will be printed on the bottom of the Unit

Controller near the SBUS connector. Use the appropriate

start-up section in this manual and refer to the Unit

Controller provided with the rooftop unit. Application

manuals are available for both Unit Controllers.

The economizer is controlled by the Unit Controller which is

located in the unit control panel. A detailed menu layout can be

found in the Unit Controller manual provided with each unit.

A-Field-Installed Economizer

The Unit Controller must be set to identify an economizer

has been installed.

1- Use the Unit Controller keypad to enter the following menu:

Setting / Install / Damper

2- Use the up/down arrows to display ECON and press the

SELECT button (!SET! will display).

3- Press the left arrow returning up the menu path until the

Unit Controller resets and saves the change.

The Unit Controller will now operate the economizer.

B-Free Cooling Mode and Setpoint

On start-up, the economizer mode defaults to TEMP

OFFSET. In this mode, free cooling is energized when the

outdoor air temperature (RT17) is less than return air

temperature (RT16) by at least the offset value. The default

offset value is 10°F. Use the following menu path on the Unit

Controller to adjust the free cooling mode or setpoint. See

figure 13 for sensor location.

Settings / Setpoints / Damper / Economizer Mode

Refer to table 3 and figure 12 for additional free cooling

modes and setpoints. The Unit Controller has a restricted

range of input values for each mode as shown in table 3.

Note - An energy management system may be used to

provide the outdoor air suitable (OAS) signal via network

connection. The free cooling mode must be set to one of the

TEMP modes to allow this function.

C-California Title 24 Compliance

For California Title 24 compliance, adjust the free cooling

setpoint based on:

-The climate zone where the unit is installed. See table 4.

-The setpoint requirement published by the California

Energy Commission. See Section 140.4 - Prescriptive

Requirements for Space Conditioning Systems of the

2013 Building Energy Efficiency Standards.

Note - Values in the referenced standard will supersede

values listed in table 4.

FIGURE 12

PARTIAL VIEW OF UNIT CONTROLLER MENU

OFFSET

DAMPER

SETPOINTS

ECONOMIZERMODE

TEMPCONTROL

XXºF ! SET !

GLOBAL

Usearrows

tomove

Usearrows

tomove

XX.XMA

! SET !

OATSTPT

XXºF ! SET !

ENTHCONTROL

! SET !DIFF OFFSET

XX.XMA

! SET !ODESTPT

SUPPLY AIR STPT XX.XºF [44.9 TO 65.3ºF] ! SET !

MIN OCP BLOWER LOW XXX% [0 TO 100%} ! SET !

MIN OCP BLOWER HIGH XXX% [0 TO 100%] ! SET !

FIGURE 13

SENSOR LOCATION

RT17OUTDOOR AIR SENSOR(SECURED TO INSIDE OF

CORNER MULLION)

RT16RETURN

AIR SENSOR RT6DISCHARGEAIR SENSOR

TABLE 3ECONOMIZER MODES AND SETPOINT

FreeCoolingMode

FreeCoolingSetpoint

Field-ProvidedSensors

Dampers will modulate to 55°F discharge air (RT6) when outdoorair is suitable:

PermittedInputs

TEMP OFFSET None NeededOutdoor air temperature (RT17) is less than return air temperature (RT16) by atleast the OFFSET value. 0-40°F

TEMP OAT STPT None Needed Outdoor air temperature (RT17) is less than the OAT STPT value. 41-75°F

Remote RemoteEnergyManagementSystem**

Either of the TEMP modes can be used when a network OAS signal is provided byan energy management or building control system, via BACnet, LonTalk, or L Connection. The network can command OAS, NOT OAS, or AUTO. AUTO returns tolocal control of OAS, which is the selected TEMP mode.

NA

ENTH DIFF OFFSET (Two) C7400Outdoor air enthalpy* (A7) is less than return air enthalpy (A62) by at least the OFFSET value.

0mA-4mA

ENTH ODE STPT C7400 Outdoor air enthalpy (A7) is less than free cooling setpoint. 12-19mA

GLOBAL GLOBAL24VAC InputSignal

Global input is energized by (P297-9). This setting is also used for outdoor air damper applications. Global input also brings on the blower. (This mode is NOT usedwhen OAS signal is provided via network connection. GLO is only used when a24VAC signal is used to energize the P297-9 GLO input.)

NA

*Enthalpy includes effects of both temperature and humidity.

**Energy management system smay require additional field-provided sensors; refer to manufacturer's instructions.

TABLE 4

FREE COOLING SETPOINT

Climate ZoneSetpoint

(Single Sensible)Setpoint

(Differential Sensible)

1, 3, 5, 11-16 75�F 0�F

2, 4, 10 73�F 2�F

6, 8, 9 71�F 4�F

7 69�F 6�F

D-Setting Free Cooling Setpoint in Enthalpy Mode

Free Cooling Setpoint - ODE STPT

The enthalpy sensor (A7) provides a milliamp signal to the

Unit Controller based on outdoor air temperature and

humidity. See table 5. To set a free cooling setpoint of 73°F

at 50% relative humidity, enter “12” at the ODE STPT menu

prompt. The Unit Controller will allow dampers to modulate

open at approximately 73°F. If the space temperature is too

warm, change the ODE STPT to “13.6” and the Unit

Controller will allow dampers to modulate open at

approximately 70°F.

TABLE 5

FREE COOLING SETPOINT - ODE STPT MODE

Enthalpy Setpoint °F (°C)* Menu Entry - mA Counts

73 (23) 12.0 150

70 (21) 13.6 173

67 (19) 15.5 199

63 (17) 17.6 224

*Approximate temperature at 50% relative humidity.

Free Cooling Differential Enthalpy - DIFF OFFSET

The Unit Controller allows damper modulation when

outdoor air is lower than return air by a differential or offset

temperature and humidity range. To set an offset range of

7°F at a constant relative humidity, enter “4” at the DIFF

OFFSET menu prompt. If return air is 76°F, the Unit

Controller will allow damper to modulate open at

approximately 69°F outdoor air. See table 6. If the space

temperature is too cool or dry, change the DIFF OFFSET to

“3” and the Unit Controller will allow dampers to modulate

open at approximately 71°F outdoor air.

TABLE 6

FREE COOLING SETPOINT - DIFF OFFSET MODE

*TemperatureOffset °F

**Relative Humidity Offset %

Menu EntrymA

Counts

2 6 1 13

3.5 12 2 26

5.3 18 3 39

7 24 4 53

*At a constant relative humidity. **At a constant temperature.

E-Damper Minimum Position Setting

Use the menu path in figure 12 to set the minimum % open

damper position when outdoor air is not suitable for free

cooling. The minimum setpoint range is 0% open

(dampers closed) to 100% (dampers fully open). On units

equipped with a ventilation control board, refer to the VCB

Start-Up section in the installation instructions provided

with each unit.

TABLE 7

FREE COOLING OPTIONS

Config ID1POS 2)

Unit ControllerInput (Mode)

M3 Display(Free Cooling Options)

DefaultSetting

RangeSetting

Outdoor air is suitable for free cooling when:

TDifferential

Sensible Sensor(default mode)

ECONOMIZER TEMPECON TYPE =TEMPERATUREOFFSET

10°F 0°F - 40°FOutdoor air temperature (RT17) is less than return airtemperature (RT16) by at least the offset value.

TSingle Sensible

Sensor

ECONOMIZER TEMPECON TYPE =TEMPERATURESETPOINT

75°F 40 F - 75 FOutdoor air temperature (RT17) is less than the Outdoor Air Temperature set point value.

T Network OAS

ECONOMIZER TEMPECON TYPE = TEMPERATURE OFFSET orSETPOINT

NotApplicable

Not Applicable

Either of the TEMP modes (set point or offset) can beused when a network OAS signal is provided by anenergy management or building control system, viaBACnet, LonTalk, or L Connection. The network cancommand OAS, NOT OAS, or AUTO. AUTO returns tolocal control of OAS, which is the selected TEMP mode.

SSingle Enthalpy*

Sensor

ECONOMIZERENTHALPY SETPOINT =12.0 MA

12.0 mA 10mA - 19 mAOutdoor air enthalpy (A7) is less than enthalpy set pointparameter.

DDifferential Enthalpy* Sensor

ECONOMIZERENTHALPY OFFSET =1.0 MA

1.0 mA 1 mA - 5 mAOutdoor air enthalpy* (A7) is less than return air enthalpy (A62) by at least the OFFSET value.

G Global

Mode and setpoint are notset by Unit Controller.Menu advances to:FREE COOLINGSUPPLY AIR SETPOINT= 55°F

NotApplicable

Not Applicable

Global input is energized by (P297-9). This setting isalso used for outdoor air damper applications. Globalinput also brings on the blower. (This mode is NOTused when OAS signal is provided via network connection. GLO is only used when a 24VAC signal is used toenergize the P297-9 GLO input.)

*Enthalpy includes effects of both temperature and humidity.

Economizer Start-Up - M3 Unit Controller

The unit will be equipped with either an M2 or M3 Unit

Controller. M2 or M3 will be printed on the bottom of the Unit

Controller near the SBUS connector. Use the appropriate

start-up section in this manual and refer to the Unit Controller

provided with the rooftop unit. Application manuals are

available for both Unit Controllers.

The economizer is controlled by the Unit Controller which is

located on the unit control panel. A detailed menu layout can be

found in the Unit Controller manual provided with each unit.

A-Field-Installed Economizer

The Unit Controller must be set to identify an economizer

has been installed. The configuration ID will also identify

which sensor inputs the Unit Controller will use to determine

the free cooling mode. See figure 13 for sensor location.

1- Use the Unit Controller keypad to enter the following menu:

MAIN MENU > SETUP > INSTALL

2- Press SAVE until CONFIGURATION ID 1 appears.

Change the second character in the configuration ID to

identify the type of input used to determine economizer

free cooling setpoint. See table 7.

3- Press SAVE. The Unit Controller is now set up to

operate the economizer.

4- Press the MAIN MENU button, then the BACK button,

to display the status screen.

B-Adjust Free Cooling Discharge Air Setpoint

When outdoor air is suitable for free cooling, dampers will

modulate to maintain a discharge air temperature of 55ºF

default (adjustable range 45º-67ºF). Refer to RT6

discharge air sensor location shown in figure 13.

C-Free Cooling Modes

The Unit Controller automatically sets the free cooling mode

when the configuration ID is entered. The temperature

setpoint mode is the only exception.

1- Use the following menu path on the Unit Controller to

enter the temperature setpoint mode.

MAIN MENU > SETTINGS > RTU OPTIONS > DAMPER >

ECONOMIZER TEMP ECON TYPE =

TEMPERATURE OFFSET (default)

2- Use the “Adjust and set values” arrows on the keypad

to select TEMPERATURE SETPT.

3- Press SAVE.

Note - Network OAS signal and California Title 24

Compliance options use either TEMPERATURE OFFSET

or TEMPERATURE SETPT mode.

D-Adjust Outdoor Air Free Cooling Setpoint

Note - Configuration ID 1 must be set to the appropriate

mode before adjusting the free cooling setpoint. See table 7

Temperature Offset or Temperature Setpoint Mode

1- After the free cooling mode is saved, if default setpoint

value needs to change, enter the new number and

press SAVE.

2- For California Title 24 compliance, adjust the free

cooling setpoint based on:

-The climate zone where the unit is installed. See table 4.

-The setpoint requirement published by the California

Energy Commission. See Section 140.4 - Prescriptive

Requirements for Space Conditioning Systems of the

2013 Building Energy Efficiency Standards.

Note - Values in the referenced standard will supersede

values listed in table 4.

3- When a network OAS signal is provided by a building

control system, refer to control system literature to

adjust free cooling setpoint.

Enthalpy Setpoint

The enthalpy sensor (A7) provides a milliamp signal to the

Unit Controller based on outdoor air temperature and

humidity. Use the following menu to change the setpoint:

MAIN MENU > SETTINGS > RTU OPTIONS > DAMPER

> ECONOMIZER ENTHALPY SETPOINT = 12.0 MA

Refer to table 5. At 12.0mA, the Unit Controller will allow

dampers to modulate open at approximately 73°F. If the

space temperature is too warm or humid, change the

ECONOMIZER ENTHALPY SETPOINT to “13.6MA” and

the Unit Controller will allow dampers to modulate open at

approximately 70°F.

Enthalpy Offset

The Unit Controller allows damper modulation when

outdoor air is lower than return air by a differential or offset

temperature and humidity range. Use the following menu to

change the setpoint:

MAIN MENU > SETTINGS > RTU OPTIONS > DAMPER

> ECONOMIZER ENTHALPY OFFSET = 1.0 MA

Refer to table 6. At 1.0mA, the Unit Controller will allow

dampers to modulate open when outdoor air is lower than

return air by approximately a 2°F offset. If return air is 76°F,

the Unit Controller will allow dampers to modulate open at

approximately 74°F. If the space temperature is to warm or

humid, change the ECONOMIZER ENTHALPY SETPOINT

to 2.0mA or an offset of 3.5°F. The Unit Controller will allow

dampers to modulate open at approximately 72.5°F.

E-Damper Minimum Position Setting

Use the menu path in table 8 to set the MIN DAMPER

POSITION BLOWER ON HIGH when outdoor air is not

suitable for free cooling. The minimum setpoint range is 0%

open (dampers closed) to 100% (dampers fully open). On

units with staged supply air blowers, also set the MIN

DAMPER POSITION BLOWER ON LOW.

TABLE 8

DAMPER OPTIONS

Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Level 5

RTUOP

TIONDAMPER

ECONOMIZER ENTHALPY OFFSET = 12.0 MA

ECONOMIZER ENTHALPY SETPOINT = 1.0 MA

ECONOMIZER TEMP ECON TYPE = TEMPERATUREOFFSET OR TEMPERATURE SETPT

ECONOMIZER OAT SETPOINT = XX.X F

FREE COOLING SUPPLY AIR SETPOINT = 55°F

MIN DAMPER POSITION BLOWER ON HIGH = X.X %

MIN DAMPER POSITION BLOWER ON LOW = X.X %

Note - Menu options vary depending on hardware configuration.

Note - Use the “Adjust and set values” arrows to scroll up or down for

selection options.

12/09 506217−01

�� Page 1

CONTROLSKITS AND ACCESSORIES Litho U.S.A.

�2009 Lennox Industries Inc.Dallas, Texas, USA

506217−01 12/09Supersedes 505080M

LonTalk® MODULE KIT

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR LONTALK MODULE KIT(11W28) USED WITH LG/LC/LH & SG/SC AND ENERGENCE� ROOFTOP UNITS

Table of Contents

Application 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installation 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuring IMC / M2 Unit Controller 4. . . . . . . . . . . . Communications Check Out 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LonWorks Network Connection 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Network Cable 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Network Limits 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Network Integration 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Data Update Rate 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Start Up & Normal Unit Operation 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Zone Sensor Setpoints 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inputs to/Outputs from IMC / M2 Unit Controller 8. . . Alarm Codes 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

NOTE − Disregard shipping and packing list and installation

sections when module is factory−installed.



1− LonTalk module

4− #6 − 32 X 7/8" Screws

1− Mounting plate (used on 090−300S units only)

2− #10 − 16 X 5/8" Sheet metal screws (used on

090−300S units only)

1− 3−ft. length SYSBUS cable

1− 3 ft. length thermostat wire

1− Wiring diagram

Technical Assistance

For assistance contact Lennox Technical Support at800−453−6669.

Version Required

This module requires a rooftop unit IMC M1−7 (version 5.02or higher), M1−8, or M2 Unit Controller. An IMC upgrade kit

is available for earlier M1−7 versions. M1−6 and earlier IMCversions cannot be upgraded for use with the LonTalkmodule. M1−8 displays version when powered up in thescrolling text (may need to clear error codes). For display-ing version on M1−7:

1. Locate IMC board in compressor area. Refer to IMCmanual provided with rooftop unit.

2. Set the MODE DIP �UNIT TEST" and �RECALL"switches to �ON" (see figure 2).

3. The IMC LEDs will display the current IMC version(see figure 1).

4. Be certain to return the �UNIT TEST" and �RECALL"switches to �OFF" after viewing the version number.Communication to the IMC is interrupted while theseMODE DIP switches are �ON".

ON

UNIT TEST

RECALL

ECTO

TEMP

OPT2

SHIFT

MODESet the MODE DIP�UNIT TEST" and �RE-CALL" switches to �ON".

LED will display cur-rent software version.

Figure 1. Check M1−7, M1−8 Software Versionand Address

WARNINGImproper installation, adjustment, alteration, ser-vice or maintenance can cause property damage,personal injury or loss of life. Installation and ser-vice must be performed by a qualified installer orservice agency.

LONWORKS SERVICEPIN

LONWORKS NETWORKCONNECTION

POWER INDICATION LED

24VAC POWER CONNEC-TION

MOUNTING HOLES (4)

SYSBUS

+ −

24VACHOTCOM

LONWORKS NETWORKTRANSMIT LED (L1)

LED (L2) NOT USED

LONWORKS NETWORKRECEIVE LED (L3)

SYSTEM READY LED

SYSBUS (SBUS) NET-WORK CONNECTION

Figure 2. LonTalk® Module

Application

The LonTalk module allows communication between the

Lennox unit controller and a LonWorks® network. Themodule translates input and output variables between Len-nox L Connection® protocol and the LonWorks network.

The LonTalk® Module has been developed to communi-cate with building automation systems. The functional pro-files are proprietary in content and will require the integra-tor to use the datapoint information included in the servicemanual.

Either a Lennox zone sensor or a LonTalk network zone sen-sor is required to send the zone temperature to the unit con-

troller.

WARNINGElectric shock hazard. Can causeinjury or death. Before attempting toperform any service or maintenance,turn the electrical power to unit OFF atdisconnect switch(es). Unit may havemultiple power supplies.

Installation


1. Disconnect all electrical power to unit.

2. Open compressor section access doors.

3. Begin installation depending on unit size as follows:

A Box (036−060 units)�Position the LonTalk module

in the compressor section as shown in figure 3. Secure

with four #6 screws.

B, C, & D Box (150/360 units)�Position the mount-

ing plate in the location shown in figure 5. Secure with

7/8" screws. Install the LonTalk module on the mount-

ing plate and secure with #6 screws.

E Box (420/600 units)�Position the mounting plate

beneath the IMC board as shown in figure 4. Secure

with four #6 screws.

4. Route the SYSBUS network cable to the IMC SYS-BUS terminal block. Secure network cable away fromall power cables. Connect the cable shield drain wireto the �G" terminal on the controller. Do not connect thecable shield drain wire to the LonTalk module (see fig-ure 6).

5. For M1−7, M1−8�Locate the thermostat wire providedin this kit. Connect one wire between the LonTalk mod-ule 24v. hot and the rooftop unit TB1 terminal 6. Con-nect the other wire between the LonTalk module com-mon and the rooftop unit TB1 terminal 7. See wiringdiagram provided in this kit or on the inside of the com-pressor access panel.

5. For M2�Connect power leads to gray COM (24VAC

return) and the red 24VAC service wire terminals.

6. If module is field−installed, locate the temperature con-trol wiring diagram sticker on the inside of the com-pressor access panel. Affix the C68 temperature con-trol wiring diagram (provided in this kit) over theexisting diagram.

LONTALK MODULE

Figure 3. LonTalk Module (036−060 units, A box)

LONTALKMODULES−Class − E Box 420−600 A55

Figure 4. LonTalk Module (420/600 units, E Box)

ALIGN DIMPLES IN UNITMULLION WITH ENGAGINGHOLE IN MOUNTING PLATEFLANGE; SECURE WITH 5/8"SHEET METAL SCREW.

IMC / M2 BOARDHAT SECTION

MOUNTINGPLATE

IMC / M2BOARD

POSITION HOLE INMOUNTING PLATEFLANGE OVER IMCBOARD HAT SECTIONSCREW

LONTALKMODULE

Figure 5. LonTalk Module (150/360 units (B, C, & D box)

BACnet�� Listed

TB1−7 (M1) J2 (M2)

LONWORKSNETWORK

COMMUNICATIONCABLE (TWISTED PAIR)

1/2" MOUNTING STANDOFF (4).USE #6 SCREWS TO SECURE.

TB61

1 2 1 2

TB63

TB62

A147

SYSBUS+ −

24VACHOT COM

BELDEN 8471

OR EQUIVALENT

TWISTED PAIR

CABLE

M1−7. M1−8Integrated

ModularController

M2 UNITCONTROLLERDETAIL A

TRANSMIT LEDTX

BUS

IMC

124816

UNIT ADDRESS

DIP SWITCH

NETWORK LED

TRANSMITLED

M1−7, M1−8IMCDETAIL B

NETWORK

LED

SHIELD WIRE NOTCONNECTED

M2 UnitController

TB1−6 (M1) J18 (M2)

Figure 6. LonTALK Module Wiring

Zone Sensor Installation

The unit controller is factory set in local thermostat systemmode. In this mode the unit will respond to standard 24VAC thermostat signals that are hardwired to the unit TB1

field wiring terminal block (M1) or SmartWire� connec-tions (M2). For LonWorks network installations the unitcontroller uses a local zone sensor or a remote LonTalkthermostat zone sensor to operate the unit instead of a lo-cal thermostat.

Install the sensor according to manufacturer’s instructions.

NOTE − Lennox zone sensor requires twisted pair shielded

cable.

NOTE − LonTalk zone sensor must be commissioned ac-

cording to manufacturer’s instructions.

Configuring the Unit Controller

Settings: M1 Controllers

Use the IMC pushbutton and DIP switches to manually ad-just the following control parameters (see IMC manual). APC can also be used with Unit Controller software and a

PC converter.

Lennox Zone Sensor Installed:

1. Set ECTO 6.01 to option 3 (zone sensor system modewith return air sensor back−up).

2. Set ECTO 6.17 to option 1 (continuous blower duringoccupied).

3. Set ECTO 6.02−6.05 as specified (back−up occupiedand unoccupied heating and cooling setpoints).

LonTalk Zone Sensor Installed:

1. Set ECTO 6.01 to option 3 (zone sensor system modewith return air temperature back−up).

2. Set ECTO 6.17 to option 1 (continuous blower duringoccupied).

3. Set ECTO 5.27 to option 2 (network zone sensor op-tion).

IMC Settings:

1. Be sure the occupied 24 VAC input is energized byadding a jumper wire between TB1−8 and 9. In theevent that communication is lost between the LonTalkmodule and the IMC, the IMC will operate in the occu-pied mode and use the occupied backup setpoints.

2. Change IMC UNIT ADDRESS DIP switch to 2 (see fig-ure 7).

0200

+0=2

1248

16

SET THE ADDRESS DIPSWITCH TO 2

Figure 7. Address DIP Switch

Settings: M2 ControllersOn the M2 Unit Controller, select SETTINGS > CONTROL> L CONN as shown in the following diagram; default set-ting for ADDR (address) is 2. Confirm the address andchange if necessary.

L CONN

ADDR:02

CONTROL

SETTINGS

On the M2 Unit Controller, select SETTINGS > CONTROL> LONTALK as shown in the following diagram; default set-tings will be used. You may adjust those settings to suit thebuilding’s requirements. The following diagram shows theLONTALK menu’s structure and how to make changes.

Use

arr

ow

s t

o m

ove

CONTROL MODE

BACKUP SENSOR

OCP HEAT BU STPT 70.0ºF

UNOCP HEAT BU STPT 60.0ºF

OCP COOL BU STPT 75.0ºF

UNOCP COOL BU STPT 85.0ºF

STARTUP DELAY (2 − 30) 2 MIN

OVERRIDE TIMER (0 8HR) 1 HR

BLOWER ON OCP

NETWORK COMFORT SENSOR

LONTALK

CONTROL

CYCLES ORCONTINUOUS

1. NO BACKUP2. TSTAT 3. RET AIR SENSOR

MONITOR ONLYZONE

SETTINGS

Communication Check−Out

LonTalk Module CommunicationUse the following table as a guide once the controller andLonTalk Module are connected and powered (LEDs areshown in Details A and B in figure 6).

LED Action

BUS and XMITLEDs flash.

None. Indicates normal communica-tion.

BUS and XMITLEDs are off.

1−Check cable connection between themodules.

2−Reverse polarity of the cable betweenthe and LonTalk Module.

3−Check 24VAC power to LonTalk mod-ule.

BUS LED flashesbut XMIT LED isoff.

1−Make sure unit address is set to 2.

2−Make sure MODE DIP RECALLswitch is OFF. (M1 controllers only)

3−Make sure MODE DIP ECTO switchis OFF. (M1 controllers only)

4−Make sure MODE DIP UNIT TESTswitch is OFF. (M1 controllers only)

LonWorks Network CommunicationUse the following table as a guide once the LonWorks net-work is set up and operating.

LED Action

LonWorks communica-tion LEDs L1 & L3 flash.

None. Indicates normal communication.

LonWorks communica-tion LED L1 & L3 are off.

1−Check LonWorks network con-nections.

2−Make sure LonWorks network iscommissioned.

3−Make sure 24 volts is con-nected to the LonWorks module.

LonWorks Network Connection

The LonTalk module has an FTT−10A Free Topology

Transceiver for network communication. The FTT−10Atransceiver network supports free topology wiring and willaccommodate bus, star, loop, or any combination of thesetopologies. The module can be located at any point alongthe network wiring. This capability simplifies system instal-lation and makes it easier to add nodes when required.

LonWorks Network Cable

The LonWorks TP/FT−10 network requires Echelon quali-fied twisted−pair communication cables such as Belden8471 or NEMA Level 4 cables. Other Echelon approvedequivalent cables may also be used depending on the ap-plication. The Belden 8471 or NEMA Level 4 cables arerated for plenum use.

The network cable should be routed using best practices toavoid induced noise. Do not route alongside power lines, orin proximity to high voltage or high frequency devices, suchas ignition controls and variable frequency drives. The av-

erage temperature of the wire must not exceed 131°F(55°C).

Network Limits (Free Topology)

The LonWorks TP/FT−10 free topology network is limited

to a maximum of 64 nodes per segment. The maximum to-tal bus length and the maximum node−to−node length is1640 ft. (500m) for Belden 8471 or NEMA Level 4. Maxi-mum lengths are less for other smaller wire size cables.

Only one termination circuit module is required at any loca-tion along the network. Refer to Echelon LonWorks

FTT−10 Transceiver User’s Guide for additional details.

Free Topology Networks

Free topology segments require a termination circuit forproper performance. Only one termination circuit moduleis required at any location along the network (see figure 8).

Network Limits (Doubly−Terminated Topology)

The LonWorks TP/FT−10 Doubly−Terminated topologynetwork is limited to a maximum of 64 nodes per segment.

The maximum total bus length is 5000 ft. (1524m) for Bel-den 8471 or NEMA Level 4. Maximum bus lengths are lessfor other smaller wire size cables.

The maximum stub length is 9.8 ft. (3m). In many casesthis bus network is connected in a daisy chain mannerwhere the bus is wired directly to each node, so stub lengthis zero.

Two termination circuit modules (37X75) are required foreach segment. One must be located at each end of the net-work (see figure 9).

LOOPTOPOLOGY

Termination

STARTOPOLOGY

MIXED TOPOLOGY(SINGLY TERMINATED)

Termination

Termination

Figure 8. Free Topology Networks

TerminationTermination

Figure 9. Doubly-Terminated Topology

Network Integration

A network configurating tool such as LonMaker® is re-quired to commission the LonWorks network. Press theservice button on the LonTalk module to generate a servicemessage that contains the Neuron ID and all informationrequired to connect it to a system and to configure the

module.

Other commissioning methods may be used. The Neuronaddress is located on the Lontalk module.

An external Interface File (XIF) is available for configura-tion prior to installation.

The Lontalk module only supports service type ’acknowl-edged service’. For Tridium/JACE integration, this is

equivalent to ’critical binding’ on all variables.

Data Update Rate

If a LonTalk Zone Sensor is installed (ECTO 5.27 for M1controllers), the nviSpaceTemp point must be updated pe-riodically. If nviSpaceTemp is not updated for a period of 5

minutes, the IMC will go into the back−up modes describedin the �Lontalk Connection Failure" section:

It is highly recommended that the nviSpaceTemp variable,if it is used, be updated at least every 2 minutes.

Start−Up Operation (Before LonWorks Network is Commissioned)

Lennox Zone Sensor Installed�Prior to commission-ing, no LonWorks setpoint is available. The unit will be off.

Two minutes after power−up (ECTO 5.25), the IMC will op-erate the unit based on the IMC ECTO unoccupied backupsetpoints (heating = 60°F, cooling = 85°F) and current zonetemperature read by the Lennox zone sensor.

LonTalk Zone Sensor Installed�Prior to commission-ing, neither LonWorks setpoint nor sensor data are avail-able. The unit will be off.

Five minutes after power−up, the controller will operate theunit based on the unoccupied backup setpoints (heating =60°F, cooling = 85°F) and the current zone temperatureread by an additional Lennox zone sensor if installed. If theLennox zone sensor is not installed, the return air tempera-ture sensor is used as backup (ECTO 6.01).

Normal Operation(After LonWorks Network is Commissioned)

The occupancy of the space can be determined using anycombination of the following control points:

� LonWorks Network scheduling

� Manual override

� Space occupancy sensor

Lennox Zone Sensor Installed�The unit is off for up totwo minutes after power−up (ECTO 5.25) unless the Lon-

Works Network sends a setpoint. The unit will operatebased on this setpoint and the temperature from the Len-nox zone sensor.

In addition to control points, space occupancy can bemanually overridden using a Lennox zone sensorequipped with an optional after hours switch.

LonTalk Zone Sensor Installed�The unit is off for up to

five minutes after power−up unless the LonWorks Networksends a setpoint and LonTalk zone sensor data. The unitwill operate based on this setpoint and temperature data.

Zone Sensor Setpoints

The unit controller typically uses four setpoints and the

zone temperature to operate the unit when a zone sensoris installed.

Because the LonTalk network provides a single setpoint in-put, the unit controller will use the zone temperature anddeadband setpoint (ECTO 6.15) to determine the setpointin the occupied mode. During the unoccupied mode, theunit controller will use the zone temperature and the differ-

ence between unoccupied heating and cooling setpoints.

See figure 10 for an example of setpoints when the unitcontroller is operating in default mode.

Unocc. Cooling Setpoint

82.5°F

57.5°F

Unocc. Heating Setpoint

LonTalk Network

(nviSetPoint + nviSetptOffset)70°F

Occ. Cooling Setpoint

71.5°F

68.5°F

Occ. Heating Setpoint

95°F Cooling MaximumSetpoint

40°F HeatingMinimum Setpoint

3°F (ECTO 6.15)

Autochangeover

deadband

25°F (ECTO 6.05−6.03)Difference between unoc-cupied heating and cooling

backup setpoints.

Figure 10. Unit Controller Default Setpoint Example (Zone Sensor Installed)

Connection Failure

Control following a connection failure depends on where the failure occurs, and which input device has been used.

Between Unit Controller and LonTalk Module LonWorks Network

LennoxZoneSensor

1− During the 5 minutes following a failure, the unit controller cycles

on last setpoint.

2− Unit controller resets. No heating or cooling during 2 minutes

(ECTO 5.25) following reset.

3− Unit controller cycles based on ECTO backup setpoints.

4− Occupancy is determined by hardware input at TB1 ( for M1), or

Prodigy setup (for M2).

1− Unit controller cycles on last setpoint.

2 − Last occupancy input is used.

LonTalkZoneSensor

1− During 5 minutes following failure, the unit controller continues cur-

rent operation: heat, cool, or off.

2− Unit controller resets. No heating or cooling during 5 minutes fol-

lowing reset.

3− Unit controller uses ECTO backup setpoints.

4− Unit controller attempts to use Lennox zone sensor as backup. If

this fails, Unit controller uses return air sensor backup.

5− Occupancy is determined by hardware input at TB1 ( for M1), or

Prodigy setup (for M2).

1− During 5 minutes following failure, Unit con-

troller continues current operation: heat,

cool, or off.

2− Unit controller uses ECTO backup set-

points.

3− Unit controller attempts to use Lennox zone

sensor as backup. If this fails, Unit controller

uses return−air−sensor backup.

4 − Last occupancy input is used.

Network Variables − See BACnet Module Service Literature.

Alarm Codes See the Unit Controller user guide for a list of alarm codes.

CONTROLSKITS AND ACCESSORIES Litho U.S.A.

506693-01 10/2014Supersedes 5/2014

Prodigy® LonTalk®

MODULE KIT

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR LONTALK® MODULE KIT (54W27)USED WITH ENERGENCE® ROOFTOP UNITS

WARNINGImproper installation, adjustment, alteration, service ormaintenance can cause personal injury, loss of life, ordamage to property.

Installation and service must be performed by a licensedprofessional installer (or equivalent) or a service agency.

CAUTION

ELECTROSTATICDISCHARGE (ESD)

Precautions andProcedures

Electrostatic discharge can affectelectronic components. Takeprecautions during unit installationand service to protect the unit'selectronic controls. Precautions willhelp to avoid control exposure toelectrostaticdischargebyputtingtheunit, the control and the technician atthe same electrostatic potential.Neutralize electrostatic charge bytouching hand and all tools on anunpainted unit surface beforeperforming any service procedure

TABLE OF CONTENTS

General 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Installation 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Operation and Functional Description 3. . . . . . . . . . . .

Network Configuration Parameter Implementation 14.

Appendix A — Supply Airflow Targets 15. . . . . . . . . . . .

Appendix B — LonTalk® Occupancy Signals and Blower Operation 16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

General

PRODUCT NAME

LonTalk® Control Kit, COCTRL65FF1 - Cat No. 54W27.

VERSION REQUIRED

This module requires either the Prodigy M2 Unit Controllerversion 7.07 or higher or Prodigy 2.0 M3 Unit controller.

The LonTalk module allows communication between theLennox Prodigy or Prodigy 2.0 unit controller and a

LonWorks® network. The module is LonMark certified to

design guidelines version 3.4.

TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE

For assistance, contact Lennox Technical Support at800-453-6669.

Installation

NOTE - a small flat-head screw driver is required to connect

the communication wire to the SmartWire� connector.

1. Remove power to the unit.

2. Open the compressor access doors.

3. Plug the LonTalk module (see LonTalk module in figure1) onto the M2 or M3 Unit Controller. Guide pins will alignthe module with the M2 or M3 unit controller connector.

4. Connect the LonTalk SmartWire� connector as shownin figures 1 or 2.

M2 UNIT CONTROLLER

This controller will automatically recognize the LonTalk®

module and begin communications provided the networkhas been correctly configured.

To configure the LonTalk network, go to:

SETTINGS > CONTROL = LONTALK

M3 UNIT CONTROLLER

To enable the LonTalk module, go to:

1. SETUP > INSTALL and run the setup wizard. WhenConfiguration ID 1 appears on the screen, configureposition 5 as L.

2. To configure the LonTalk Network, go to:

SETUP > NETWORK INTEGRATION = LONTALK

LonTalk®

MODULE

Figure 1. LonTalk® Control Module Installed on Prodigy® M2 Unit Controller

NO DEMAND - OAS

ZAT: 56.0FDAT: 75.0F UNOCC

LonTalk®

MODULE

Figure 2. LonTalk® Control Module Installed on Prodigy®2.0 M3 Unit Controller

Operation and Functional Description

LONWORKS® NETWORK CONNECTION

The LonTalk® module has an FTT-10A Free TopologyTransceiver for network communication. The FTT-10Atransceiver network supports free topology wiring and will

accommodate bus, star, loop, or any combination of thesetopologies. The module can be located at any point along thenetwork wiring. This capability simplifies system installationand makes it easier to add nodes when required.

LONWORKS® NETWORK CABLE

The LonWorks TP/FT-10 network requires Echelonqualified twisted-pair communication cables such as Belden8471 or NEMA Level 4 cables. Other Echelon approvedequivalent cables may also be used depending on the

application. The Belden 8471 or NEMA Level 4 cables arerated for plenum use.

The network cable should be routed using best practices toavoid induced noise. Do not route alongside power lines, orin proximity to high voltage or high frequency devices, suchas ignition controls and variable frequency drives. Theaverage temperature of the wire must not exceed 131ºF

(55ºC).

NETWORK LIMITS (FREE TOPOLOGY)

The LonWorks TP/FT-10 free topology network is limited to

a maximum of 64 nodes per segment. The maximum totalbus length and the maximum node-to-node length is1640 ft.(500 m) for Belden 8471 or NEMA Level 4. Maximumlengths are less for other smaller wire size cables. Only onetermination circuit module is required at any location alongthe network. Refer to Echelon LonWorks FTT- Transceiver

User's Guide for additional details.

FREE TOPOLOGY NETWORKS

Free topology segments require a termination circuit forproper performance. Only one termination circuit module isrequired at any location along the network (see figure 3).

NETWORK LIMITS (DOUBLY-TERMINATEDTOPOLOGY)

The LonWorks TP/FT-10 Doubly-Terminated topologynetwork is limited to a maximum of 64 nodes per segment.The maximum total bus length is 5000 ft. (1524 m) for

Belden 8471 or NEMA Level 4. Maximum bus lengths areless for other smaller wire size cables. The maximum stublength is 9.8 ft. (3 m). In many cases, this bus network isconnected in a daisy chain manner where the bus is wireddirectly to each node, so stub length is zero.

Two field-provided termination circuit modules are requiredfor each segment. One must be located at each end of the

network (see figure 4).

LOOPTOPOLOGY

Termination

STARTOPOLOGY

MIXED TOPOLOGY(SINGLY TERMINATED)

Termination

Termination

Figure 3. Free Topology Networks

TerminationTermination

Figure 4. Doubly‐Terminated Topology

NETWORK BUS TERMINATION

To install the network bus terminal module 37X75, connectthe brown and yellow wires to the network bus that requiressingle termination and connect the brown and orange wireto the network bus that requires double termination. See

figure 7. The unused termination module wire must becovered with a wire nut to prevent potential groundingproblems.

NETWORK INTEGRATION

A network configuration tool such as LonMaker® is requiredto commission the LonWorks network. Press the service

button on the LonTalk® module to generate a servicemessage that contains the Neuron ID.

Other commissioning methods may be used. The Neuronaddress is located on the LonTalk module. An externalInterface File (XIF) is available for configuration prior toinstallation.

PRODIGY® RESET

The Prodigy unit controller may be reset using nviRequestwith enumeration RQ_RESET sent to NodeObject functionblock.

ZONE OR ROOM SENSOR CONTROL

In order to use room temperature setpoints, the Prodigy unit

controller must be configured for ZoneTemperature controlmode. This may be done through the Prodigy display.

Prodigy - M2 Zone Sensor Control ConfigurationProcedure:

In order to use nviSpaceIAQ, nviSpaceRH ornviSpaceTemp, the Prodigy M2 unit controller must beconfigured.

1. Go to the M2 Unit Controller user interface.

2. Use the select button to enter the menu, and use theup/down buttons to scroll through the options.

3. Go to:

SETTINGS > CONTROL > LONTALK > CONTROL

MODE and select ZONE for the Zone Temperature

control mode.

This is the same as setting the Prodigy ECTO

(Electronic Config To Order) parameter 6.01 to a value

of 1.

Prodigy 2.0 - M3 Room Sensor Control ConfigurationProcedure:

In order to use nviSpaceIAQ, nviSpaceRH ornviSpaceTemp, the Prodigy M3 unit controller must be

configured.

Go to the M3 Unit Controller user interface.

1. Go to:

SETTINGS > GENERAL > CONFIGURATION ID 1 and

verify or change position 5 is set to L.

2. Go to:

SETUP > NETWORK INTEGRATION and set to

LONTALK.

3. Set CONTROL MODE to either MONITOR ONLY orROOM SENSOR.

If ROOM SENSOR is selected, then enabled the

applicable sensors (CO2, RH or TEMP).

DATA UPDATE RATE

If nviSpaceTemp, nviOutdoorTemp, nviSpaceRH ornviSpaceIAQ are used, the data needs to be updated withinfive minutes to be valid.

LONMARK FUNCTION PROFILES

The Prodigy LonTalk module contains two LonMark®

functional profile function blocks, space comfortcontroller-rooftop and discharge air controller. It also

contains a Lennox specified functional block, a virtualfunction block containing the network configurationvariables and a node object. See figure 5.

NVI DUPLICATIONS

nviOccSchedule1, (in sccRooftop), and nviOccSchedule,(in dischargeAirCont), are duplicate network variable inputsand only one should be used.

Also, nviFanSpeedCmd and nviSupFanCap have the samefunctionality and only one should be used.

Both nviSetpoint and nviHCSetpoints change the effectivetemperature setpoints and only one of them should be used.

sccRooftop

�nviApplicMod�nviAuxHeatEnable�nviComprEnable�nviEconEnable�nviEmergOverride�nviFanSpeedCmd�nviOAMinPos�nviOccManCmd�nviOccSchedule1�nviOccSensor�nviOutdoorTemp�nviSetpoint�nviSetptOffset�nviSpaceIAQ�nviSpaceRH�nviSpaceTemp

nvoCoolPrimary�nvoDischAirTem1�

nvoEffectOccup�nvoEffectSetpt�nvoFanSpeed�

nvoHeatPrimary�nvoHeatSecondary�

nvoLocalSpaceTmp�nvoOADamper�

nvoOutdoorTemp�nvoSetpoint�

nvoSpaceCO2�nvoSpaceRH�

nvoSpaceTemp�nvoUnitStatus�

nvoAirflow�

�nviBldgStaticSP�nviDACISP�nviDAHtSP�nviDuctStaticSP�nviExhFanCap�nviOccSchedule�nviPriCoolEnable�nviPriHeatEanble�nviSpaceDehumSP�nviSupFanCap

nvoBldStatPress�nvoDehumidifier�

nvoDischAirTemp�nvoDuctStatPress�nvoEconEnabled�

nvoEffDATempSP�nvoEffSpaceDHSP�nvoExhFanStatus�nvoLocalOATemp�

nvoRATemp�SupFanStatus�

nvoUnitStatus1�nvoOAFlow�

nvoBuildVersion�nvoCatalogNo�

nvoCurrentAlarms�nvoHCSetpoints�

nvoLocalSpaceCO2�nvoLocalSpaceRH�

nvoModelNo�nvoLocalSpaceTmp�nvoRecentEvent_1�nvoRecentEvent_2�nvoRecentEvent_3�nvoRecentEvent_4�nvoRecentEvent_5�nvoRecentEvent_6�nvoRecentEvent_7�nvoRecentEvent_8�nvoRecentEvent_9�

nvoRecentEvent_10�nvoRunTimeBlower�

nvoRunTimeComp_1�nvoRunTimeComp_2�nvoRunTimeComp_3�nvoRunTimeComp_4�nvoRunTempFrCool�nvoRunTimeHeat_1�nvoRunTimeHeat_2�nvoRunTimeHeat_3�nvoRunTimeHeat_4�nvoRunTimeHotGas�

nvoRunTimeMaint�nvoTimePowrOn�

nvoSerialNo�nvoBlowRPM�

nvoBlowTorque�

��nviHCSetpoints

�nviRequest nvoStat�

�nciBldgStaticSP�nciBypassTime�nciDACISP�nciDAHtSP�nciDuctStatSP�nciFanOperation�nciLocation�nciOAMinPOS�nciOATSP�nciSetpoints�nciSndHrtBt�nciSpaceRHSetpt�nciSupAFSP�nciMinOAFSP

dischargeAirContlennox

NodeObject

Virtual Functional Blocks

Figure 5. Device Function Blocks

Table 1. Network Variables (sorted alphabetically)SNVT Name SNVT Index SNVT Name SNVT Index SNVT Name SNVT Index

nciBldgStaticSP 40 nviSetpoint 8 nvoOAFlow 101

nciBypassTime 104 nviSetptOffset 9 nvoOutdoorTemp 35

nciDAClSP 38 nviSpaceDehumSP 53 nvoRATemp 63

nciDAHtSP 39 nviSpaceIAQ 20 nvoRecentEvent_1 71

nciDuctStatSP 41 nviSpaceRH 19 nvoRecentEvent_2 72

nciFanOperation 66 nviSpaceTemp 7 nvoRecentEvent_3 73

nciLocation 1 nviSupFanCap 48 nvoRecentEvent_4 74

nciMinOAFlowSP 43 nvoAirflow 100 nvoRecentEvent_5 75

nciOAMinPos 5 nvoBldgStatPress 60 nvoRecentEvent_6 76

nciOATSP 42 nvoBlowRPM 102 nvoRecentEvent_7 77

nciSetpoints 4 nvoBlowTorque 103 nvoRecentEvent_8 78

nciSndHrtBt 0 nvoBuildVersion 86 nvoRecentEvent_9 79

nciSpaceRHSetpt 6 nvoCatalogNo 85 nvoRecentEvent10 80

nciSupAFSP 67 nvoCoolPrimary 32 nvoRunTimeBlower 99

nviApplicMode 22 nvoCurrentAlarms 70 nvoRunTimeComp_1 88

nviAuxHeatEnable 15 nvoDehumidifier 65 nvoRunTimeComp_2 89

nviBldgStaticSP 50 nvoDischAirTem1 29 nvoRunTimeComp_3 90

nviComprEnable 14 nvoDischAirTemp 54 nvoRunTimeComp_4 91

nviDAClSP 46 nvoDuctStatPress 57 nvoRunTimeFrCool 92

nviDAHtSP 47 nvoEconEnabled 61 nvoRunTimeHeat_1 95

nviDuctStaticSP 45 nvoEffDATempSP 56 nvoRunTimeHeat_2 96

nviEconEnable 16 nvoEffectOccup 26 nvoRunTimeHeat_3 97

nviEmergOverride 17 nvoEffectSetpt 25 nvoRunTimeHeat_4 98

nviExhFanCap 49 nvoEffSpaceDHSP 64 nvoRunTimeHotGas 93

nviFanSpeedCmd 13 nvoExhFanStatus 59 nvoRunTimeMaint 87

nviHCSetpoints 68 nvoFanSpeed 28 nvoRunTimePowrOn 94

nviOAMinPos 21 nvoHCSetpoints 69 nvoSerialNo 84

nviOccManCmd 11 nvoHeatPrimary 30 nvoSetpoint 27

nviOccSchedule 44 nvoHeatSecondary 31 nvoSpaceCO2 36

nviOccSchedule1 10 nvoLocalOATemp 62 nvoSpaceRH 34

nviOccSensor 12 nvoLocalSpaceCO2 81 nvoSpaceTemp 23

nviOutdoorTemp 18 nvoLocalSpaceRH 82 nvoStatus 3

nviPriCoolEnable 51 nvoLocalSpaceTmp 37 nvoSupFanStatus 58

nviPriHeatEnable 52 nvoModelNo 83 nvoUnitStatus 24

nviRequest 2 nvoOADamper 33 nvoUnitStatus1 55

Table 2. Network Variable Definitions

Index SNVT Name SNVT Type Functional BlockSend

HeartbeatApplication Description

0 nciSndHrtBt SNVT_time_sec Virtual Functional Block —

� A value of 0 (zero), turns off the send heart

beat function.

� Values between .01 seconds and 10 are

treated as 10 seconds.

� Ten (10) seconds is the minimum heartbeat

supported rate.)

1 nciLocation SNVT_str_asc Virtual Functional Block — Location label string.

2 nviRequest SNVT_obj_request NodeObject —

� Request an operation or a mode for a func

tional block within a device.

� Supported requests are:

RQ_NORMAL, RQ_UPDATE_STATUS, RQ_REPORT_MASK.

� RQ_RESET and RQ_CLEAR_RESET are

supported for the NodeObject function blockto reset the Prodigy controller.

3 nvoStatus SNVT_obj_status NodeObject No Reports the status for a functional block .

4 nciSetpoints SNVT_temp_setpt Virtual Functional Block —

� Sets default zone temperature setpoints for

the unit.

� Valid ranges are 40-95°F.

� The cooling setpoints must be above the

corresponding heating setpoint by the unit'sauto-changeover dead-band (3°F default).

� The standby setpoints are not used by the

Application

5 nciOAMinPos SNVT_lev_percent Virtual Functional Block —

� Sets the outdoor air damper minimum

position.

� Used in modes where outdoor air ventilation

is required, except when nviOAMinPos isvalid.

6 nciSpaceRHSetpt SNVT_lev_percent Virtual Functional Block —

� Defines a dehumidification setpoint for the

controlled space.

� Not used when nviSpaceDehumidSP is

valid.

7 nviSpaceTemp SNVT_temp_p sccRooftop —

� Supported range: 36.25-to-100°F.

� Input must be updated within 5 minutes.

� Must be enabled with ECTO 5.27 (Feature

not available in Prodigy 2.0 initial release).

8 nviSetpoint SNVT_temp_p sccRooftop —

� Used to set the temperature setpoints for the

occupied mode.

Note: The unoccupied setpoints are notchanged.

� If a valid value is not present, the appropriate

setpoint as configured in nciSetpoints will beused. The “symmetrical method” is used.

� The effective heat/cool setpoints for the oc

cupied mode are derived from nviSetpointplus / minus half the occupied deadbandsset in the Prodigy ECTO 6.15 (3°F default) orProdigy 2.0 Parameter 152:

effective_occupied_cool = nviSetpoint +0.5 (changeover_deadband)

effective_occupied_heat = nviSetpoint -0.5 (changeover_deadband)


Index Application DescriptionSend

HeartbeatFunctional BlockSNVT TypeSNVT Name

9 nviSetptOffset SNVT_temp_p sccRooftop —

Used to shift the effective occupied temperaturesetpoints by adding nviSetptOffset to the current setpoints.

10* nviOccSchedule1 SNVT_tod_event sccRooftop —Only current state occupancy mode issupported.

* See Appendix B for further information.

11* nviOccManCmd SNVT_occupancy sccRooftop —Used to command the Space ComfortController into different occupancy mode

12* nviOccSensor SNVT_occupancy sccRooftop —Used to indicate the presence of occupants inthe controlled space .

13 nviFanSpeedCmd SNVT_switch sccRooftop — Used to set the unit's blower speed.

14 nviComprEnable SNVT_switch sccRooftop — Used to disable compressor operation.

15 nviAuxHeatEnable SNVT_switch sccRooftop — Used to disable auxiliary heat operation.

16 nviEconEnable SNVT_switch sccRooftop —Used to enable and disable economizeroperation.

17 nviEmergOverride SNVT_hvac_emerg sccRooftop —

� Used to command the device into different

emergency modes.

� Supported enumerations:

EMERG_NORMALEMERG_PRESSURIZEEMERG_DEPRESSURIZEEMERG_PURGEEMERG_SHUTDOWNEMERG_NUL

18 nviOutdoorTemp SNVT_temp_p sccRooftop —� Supported range: -30.6 to 131.6°F.


19 nviSpaceRH SNVT_lev_percent sccRooftop —� Input must be updated within 5 minutes.

� Must be enabled with ECTO 5.27

20 nviSpaceIAQ SNVT_ppm sccRooftop —

� Supported range: 0 to 2,000 ppm.


� Must be enabled with ECTO 5.27 (Feature

not available in Prodigy 2.0 initial release).

21 nviOAMinPos SNVT_lev_percent sccRooftop —

� Used to provide a dynamic minimum

position setpoint for an outdoor air damper.

� When valid it will supersede nciOAMinPos.

22 nviApplicMode SNVT_hvac_mode sccRooftop —

� Used to set the unit's operating mode. Sup

ported values:

AUTO, HEAT ONLY, COOL ONLY, FANONLY, OFF

� Must be updated within 120 minutes, if

used.

23 nvoSpaceTemp SNVT_temp_p sccRooftop Yes

� This output is the effective space

temperature value that the control is using.

� The support range is 36 to 100°F.

24 nvoUnitStatus SNVT_hvac_status sccRooftop Yes Reports the controller status.

25 nvoEffectSetpt SNVT_temp_p sccRooftop YesReports the current effective space temperaturesetpoint.

26* nvoEffectOccup SNVT_occupancy sccRooftop NoReports the effective occupancy state (seeAppendix B).

27 nvoSetpoint SNVT_temp_p sccRooftop NoReports the current setpoint without theapplication of nviSetptOffset.




28 nvoFanSpeed SNVT_switch sccRooftop Yes Reports the current unit blower speed

29 nvoDischAirTemp SNVT_temp_p sccRooftop No� Reports the discharge temperature value.

� Supported range, -8 to +163°F.

30 nvoHeatPrimary SNVT_lev_percent sccRooftop Yes Reports the current primary heat output value.

31 nvoHeatSecondary SNVT_lev_percent sccRooftop YesReports the current secondary heat outputvalue, (heat pumps only).

32 nvoCoolPrimary SNVT_lev_percent sccRooftop Yes Reports the current cooling output value.

33 nvoOADamper SNVT_lev_percent sccRooftop YesReports the current outdoor air damperposition.

34 nvoSpaceRH SNVT_lev_percent sccRooftop YesReports the effective space relative humidityvalue.

35 nvoOutdoorTemp SNVT_temp_p sccRooftop Yes

� Reports the effective outdoor temperature

value.

� Supported range, -30 to +130°F.

36 nvoSpaceCO2 SNVT_ppm sccRooftop Yes

� Reports the effective space carbon dioxide

value.

� Supported range, 0 to 2,000 ppm.

37 nvoLocalSpaceTmp SNVT_temp_p sccRooftop Yes

� Reports the space temperature measured

by the locally wire sensor.

� Supported range, 36 to 100°F.

38 nciDAClSP SNVT_temp_p Virtual Functional Block —

� Sets the default discharge air cooling

temperature setpoint.

� Supported range: 40 to 80°F.

39 nciDAHtSP SNVT_temp_p Virtual Functional Block —

� Sets the default discharge air heating

temperature setpoint.


40 nciDuctStatSP SNVT_press_p Virtual Functional Block —

� Sets the default duct static pressure set

point.

� Supported range: 0 to 1245 Pa.

41 nciOATSP SNVT_temp_p Virtual Functional Block —

� Sets the outdoor air temperature setpoint to

enable free-cooling for units with economizers.


42 nciBldgStaticSP SNVT_press_p Virtual Functional Block —

� Sets the default building static pressure set

point for exhaust control.

� Supported range -124.5 to 124.5 Pa.

43 nciMinOAFlowSP SNVT_flow Virtual Functional Block —

� Set the default outdoor airflow for EP

enabled roof top units.

� Supported range – 0 to 150 cfm/ton

� Multiply the CFM/ton value with tonnage of

the unit to derive the value in CFM.

44 nviOccSchedule SNVT_tod_event dischargeAirCont — Only current state is supported.

45 nviDuctStaticSP SNVT_press_p dischargeAirCont —� Sets the duct static pressure setpoint.


46 nviDAClSP SNVT_temp_p dischargeAirCont —

� Sets the discharge air cooling temperature

setpoint.





47 nviDAHtSP SNVT_temp_p dischargeAirCont —

� Sets the discharge air heating temperaturesetpoint.


48 nviSupFanCap SNVT_lev_percent dischargeAirCont — Sets the unit's blower speed.

49 nviExhFanCap SNVT_lev_percent dischargeAirCont — Sets the unit's exhaust fan speed.

50 nviBldgStaticSP SNVT_press_p dischargeAirCont —

� Sets the building static pressure setpoint forexhaust control.

� Supported range −124.5 to 124.5 Pa.

51 nviPriCoolEnable SNVT_switch dischargeAirCont — Used to disable compressor operation.

52 nviPriHeatEnable SNVT_switch dischargeAirCont — Used to disable primary heating operation.

53 nviSpaceDehumSP SNVT_lev_percent dischargeAirCont — Sets the dehumidification RH setpoint.

54 nvoDischAirTemp SNVT_temp_p sccRooftop No� Reports the discharge air temperature.

� Supported range: -8 to 131°F..

55 nvoUnitStatus1 SNVT_hvac_status dischargeAirCont YesReports the controller status. Same asnvoUnitStatus in sccRooftop function block.

56 nvoEffDATempSP SNVT_temp_p dischargeAirCont YesReports the effective discharge air temperaturesetpoint.

57 nvoDuctStatPress SNVT_press_p dischargeAirCont Yes� Reports the duct static pressure.


58 nvoSupFanStatus SNVT_switch dischargeAirCont Yes Reports unit blower speed.

59 nvoExhFanStatus SNVT_switch dischargeAirCont Yes Reports exhaust fan speed.

60 nvoEconEnabled SNVT_switch dischargeAirCont Yes Reports free−cooling status of economizer.

61 nvoBldgStatPress SNVT_press_p dischargeAirCont Yes� Reports the building static pressure.

� Supported range: -124.5 to +124.5 Pa.

62 nvoLocalOATemp SNVT_temp_p dischargeAirCont Yes

� Reports locally measured outdoortemperature.

� Supported range: -30 to +130°F.

63 nvoRATemp SNVT_temp_p dischargeAirCont Yes� Reports effective return air temperature.

� Supported range: -8 to +163°F.

64 nvoEffSpaceDHSP SNVT_press_p dischargeAirCont YesReports effective relative humidity setpoint fordehumidification.

65 nvoDehumidifier SNVT_switch dischargeAirCont Yes Reports status of dehumidification operation.

66 nciFanOperation SCPTfanOperation Virtual Functional Block —Sets the operation mode for the unit blowerduring occupied state.

67 nciSupAFSP UNVT_SupAF_Stps Virtual Functional Block —

� Sets the default Airflow settings for a

SmartAirflow™ enabled roof top units inlit/sec units.

� For valid ranges please refer to the

Appendix A.

68 nviHCSetpoints SNVT_temp_setpt lennox —

� Valid ranges are 40-to-95°F (cooling).

� The cooling setpoints must be above the

corresponding heating setpoint by the unit'sAutochangeover Deadband (ECTO 6.15,3°F default or Prodigy 2.0 Parameter 152).

� The standby set points are not used by the

Application




69 nvoHCSetpoints SNVT_temp_setpt lennox No

� Reports zone temperature setpoints.

� Standby setpoints are not used and arereturned with the unoccupied values.

70 nvoCurrentAlarms UNVT_currentAlarms lennox Yes Reports currently active alarms codes.

71 nvoRecentEvent_1 UNVT_event lennox YesReports most recent alarm code with time ofoccurrence.

72 nvoRecentEvent_2 UNVT_event lennox NoReports second most recent alarm with time ofoccurrence.

73 nvoRecentEvent_3 UNVT_event lennox No

Reports alarm with time of occurrence.







80 nvoRecentEvent10 UNVT_event lennox No

81 nvoLocalSpaceCO2 SNVT_ppm lennox No

� Reports locally measured space carbondioxide level.

� Supported range: 0 to 2,000 ppm.

82 nvoLocalSpaceRH SNVT_lev_percent lennox NoReports locally measured space relativehumidity level.

83 nvoModelNo SNVT_str_asc lennox No Reports unit model number.

84 nvoSerialNo SNVT_str_asc lennox No Reports unit serial number.

85 nvoCatalogNo SNVT_str_asc lennox No Report unit catalog number.

86 nvoBuildVersion SNVT_str_asc lennox No Reports firmware version string.

87 nvoRunTimeMaint UNVT_maint_runtimes lennox NoReports air filter, blower belt and UV lamprun-times.

88 nvoRunTimeComp_1 UNVT_minutes_cycles lennox NoReports run-time and cycle count forcompressor 1.




92 nvoRunTimeFrCool UNVT_minutes_cycles lennox NoReports run-time and cycle count for freecooling operation.

93 nvoRunTimeHotGas UNVT_minutes_cycles lennox NoReports run-time and cycle count for hot gasbypass dehumidification.

94 nvoRunTimePowrOn UNVT_minutes_cycles lennox NoReports run-time and cycle count for unit poweron.

95 nvoRunTimeHeat_1 UNVT_minutes_cycles lennox NoReports run-time and cycle count for heat stage1.







99 nvoRunTimeBlower UNVT_minutes_cycles lennox No Reports run-time and cycle count for blower.

100 nvoAirflow SNVT_flow ssRooftop Yes

� Reports the amount of current supply air

flow.

� Supported range: 0480 cfm/ton

101 nvoOAFlow SNVT_flow dischargeAirCont Yes� Reports the amount of outdoor airflow.

� Supported range: 0480 cfm/ton

102 nvoBlowRPM SNVT_rpm lennox Yes� Reports the blower motor speed.

� Supported range: 01500 rpm

103 nvoBlowTorque SNVTlev_percent lennox Yes� Reports the PWM of an ECM blower motor.

� Supported range: 0 – 100 %

104 nciBypassTime SNVT_time_min Virtual Function Block —

� This configuration defines the maximum

amount of time that the controller can be inthe bypass (occupancy) mode following asingle bypass request from either a local(hardwired) bypass switch ornviOccManCmd.

� Additional Bypass requests can restart the

timer.

* See Appendix B for further information.

Table 3. Variable Type Definitions

SNVT Type Definition

SCPTfanOperation

fan_operation_tEnumeration, 1 byte

Value Identifier Notes

-1 (0xFF) HVF_NUL Invalid Value

1 HVF_CYCLE Fan cycles with heating andcooling

2 HVF_CON_CYCLE Continuous in occupied, cycles in occupied standby

SNVT_hvac_emergemerg_tEnumeration, 1 byte

SNVT_hvac_modehvac_tEnumeration, 1 byte

SNVT_hvac_status

typedef struct { hvac_t mode; signed long heat_output_primary; signed long heat_output_secondary; signed long cool_output; signed long econ_output; signed long fan_output; unsigned short in_alarm;} SNVT_hvac_status;

SNVT_lev_percent

Signed Long, 2 bytesValid Type Range: -163.840 .. 163.830Type Resolution: 0.005Invalid Value: 32,767 (0x7FFF)

SNVT_occupancyoccup_t Enumeration, 1 byte

SNVT_ppm

Unsigned Long, 2 bytesValid Range: 0 .. 65,535 Parts per Million (ppm)

SNVT_press_p

Signed Long, 2 bytesValid Type -32768 .. 32,766 Pascals Invalid Value 32,767 (0x7FFF)

SNVT_str_ascASCII character string with NUL terminator30 characters max, 31 bytes

SNVT_switch

typedef struct { unsigned value; signed state;} SNVT_switch;value: percentage of full scale, resolution0.5%state: can either be -1 (NULL), 0 (OFF), or 1(ON)

SNVT_temp_p

Temperature Signed Long 2 bytesValid Range: -273.17 .. 327.66 Resolution: 0.01 Degrees Celsius Invalid Value: 32,767 (0x7FFF)

SNVT_temp_setpt

typedef struct { signed long occupied_cool; signed long standby_cool; signed long unoccupied_cool; signed long occupied_heat; signed long standby_heat; signed long unoccupied_heat;} SNVT_temp_setpt;

SNVT_flow

Flow VolumeUnsigned Long, 2 bytesValid Range: 0 .. 65,534 lit/secResolution: 1 lit/secConvert to CFM 1 cfm = 0.4719474432 lit/sec

SNVT_rpm

Revolutions per minuteUnsigned Long, 2 bytesValid Range: 0 .. 65,534 RPMResolution: 1 RPM

SNVT Type Definition

SNVT_time_min

Elapsed Time Signed Long, 2 bytesValid Range: 0 .. 65,535 MinutesResolution: 1 Minute

SNVT_time_sec

Elapsed Time Signed Long, 2 bytesValid Range: 0 .. 6,5535 SecondsResolution: .01 Seconds

SNVT_time_stamp

typedef struct { signed long year; unsigned short month; unsigned short day; unsigned short hour; unsigned short minute; unsigned short second;} SNVT_time_stamp;

SNVT_tod_event

typedef struct { occup_t current_state; occup_t next_state; unsigned long time_to_next_state;}SNVT_tod_event

UNVT_currentAlarms

typedef struct { unsigned short AlarmCount; event_code_t AlarmCode1; event_code_t AlarmCode2; event_code_t AlarmCode3; event_code_t AlarmCode4; event_code_t AlarmCode5; event_code_t AlarmCode6; event_code_t AlarmCode7;}UNVT_currentAlarms;

UNVT_event

typedef struct { event_code_t Event; struct EventStatus { unsigned reserved :1; unsigned currentlyActiveAlarm :1; unsigned UnitOffOnAlarm :1; unsigned reserved5bits :5; }; SNVT_time_stamp EventTime;};UNVT_event

UNVT_maint_runtimes

typedef struct { signed quad filter_time_minutes; signed quad belt_time_minutes; signed quad UV_lamp_time_minutes;}UNVT_maint_runtimes;

UNVT_minutes_cycles

typedef struct { signed quad minutes; signed quad cycles;}UNVT_minutes_cycles;

UNVT_SupAF_Stps

typedef struct { unsigned long HeatSP; unsigned long HiCoolSP; unsigned long MHCoolSP; unsigned long MLCoolSP; unsigned long LoCoolSP; unsigned long VentSP; unsigned long SmokeSP;}UNVT_SupAF_StpsAll the above parameters follow the same unitconvention as SNVT_flow.

Network Configuration Parameter Implementation

Table 4 shows which Prodigy ECTO (Electronic Config To Order) parameters are updated with Network ConfigurationParameter (nci) parameter updates. Parameters Refer to Prodigy Application Guide for ECTO details.

Table 4. Network Configuration Parameter to Prodigy M2 Electronic-Config-To-Order Parameter Relationships

nci ECTO

nciBldgStaticSP 8.20

nciBypassTime 6.06

nciDAClSP 7.16

nciDAHtSP 7.10

nciDuctStatSP 0.16

nci ECTO

nciFanOperation 6.17

nciMinOAFlowSp 10.17

nciSupAFSP HeatSP – 10.5 HiCoolSP – 10.2

MHCoolSP – 10.4MLCoolSP – 10.3LoCoolSP – 10.1

VentSP 10.6SmokeSP – 10.7

nciOAMinPos 5.24

nciOATSP 6.26

nciSetpoints 6.02 – 6.05

nciSpaceRHSetpt 4.25

Table 4 shows which Prodigy 2.0 Parameters are updated with Network Configuration Parameter (nci) parameter updates.Parameters Refer to Prodigy 2.0 Application Guide for Parameter details.

Table 5. Network Configuration Parameter to Prodigy 2.0 M3 Parameter Relationships

nci Parameter

nciBldgStaticSP 215

nciBypassTime 141

nciDAClSP 180

nciDAHtSP 174

nciDuctStatSP 37

nci Parameter

nciFanOperation 154

nciMinOAFlowSp 237

nciSupAFSP HeatSP – 13HiCoolSP – 14

MHCoolSP – 15MLCoolSP – 16LoCoolSP – 17

VentSP 18SmokeSP – 12

nciOAMinPos 132

nciOATSP 160, 161, 162, 163

nciSetpoints 137 - 140

nciSpaceRHSetpt 106

APPENDIX A — SUPPLY AIRFLOW TARGETS

The maximum and minimum values of Supply Airflow Targets in CFM units are as below in CFM.

Table 6. Energence® A Box Supply Airflow Targets

UNIT SIZE (A Boxes) 36 48 60

Maximum High Speed Target and Heat Mode Target(480 CFM/ton)

1450 1925 2400

Minimum High Speed Target (280 CFM/ton) 850 1125 1400

Minimum Low Speed Target (220 CFM/ton) 650 875 1100

Minimum Ventilation Target (150 CFM/ton) 450 600 750

Minimum Heat Mode Target Standard Gas Heat(S,W)

975 975 975

Minimum Heat Mode Target Medium Gas Heat (M, Q, U, Y)

1125 1125 1125

Minimum Heat Mode Target High Gas Heat Minimum(H, T, X, Z)

1300 1300 1300

Minimum Heat Mode Target Electric Heat 1075 1275 1600

Maximum Outdoor Airflow (150 cfm/ton) 450 600 750

Note:

1. Maximum Ventilation Target should be less than High Speed Target or Heat Mode Target

2. Maximum Low Speed Target should be less than High Speed Target

3. CFM units to liters/sec units conversion factor: 1 CFM = 0.4719474432 lit/sec

4. All CFMs are rounded to the nearest 25 CFM increment.

APPENDIX B — LONTALK® OCCUPANCY SIGNALS AND BLOWER OPERATION

This section describes how LonTalk® occupancy signals are combined to produce effective occupancy along with theapplicable unit controller parameter setting.

PRODIGY M2 UNIT CONTROLLER BLOWER OPERATIONS WITH EFFECTIVE OCCUPANCY

This section describes how LonTalk® occupancy signals are

combined to produce effective occupancy.

The blower runs to service heat and cool demands,regardless of the space occupancy. But when there is noheating or cooling demand there are options for how theblower should operate in conjunction with occupancysignals to keep the space ventilated, or the air stirred.

In SETTINGS > CONTROL menus the option for BLOWERON OCP is selected as CYCLES or ALWAYS ON. Thesecorrespond to ECTO 6.17 settings of 0 or 1, respectively.These settings govern whether the blower runs continuouslywhen the space is considered occupied (=1), or cycles on/offwith the heating and cooling demand (=0). ECTO 6.17 only

applies to the room sensor control modes, and not to thelocal or network thermostat modes. In those modes theblower is controlled by the G thermostat or DDC signal.

To comply with the California Energy Commission Title 24standard there are two additional blower/occupancysettings that are set directly by changing ECTO 6.17 fromthe SETTINGS>CONTROL > ECTO menu. These twoadditional options are available when using LonTalk thatsupplies a room occupancy signal (in addition to thescheduled occupancy).

There are two new CEC Title 24 settings for ECTO 6.17.Those two options are 2 and 3 and a description of both areprovided in table 7.

Table 7. ECTO 6.17 Description

ECTO6.17

Occupancy Blower Duty Description

0 Blower cycles on/off with demand. (Legacy usage.)

1 Blower runs when either the occupancy sensor or schedule, or both, indicates occupied. (Legacy usage.)

2 Blower runs when both the occupancy sensor and schedule indicate occupied.

3The same as option 2, but blower runs for 30 minutes and is off for 90 minutes when schedule is occupied but the occupancy sensor isnot occupied.








OccupancyM2 ECTO

6.17Blower

Operation


0 Cycles

1 On

2 On

3 On


0 Cycles

1 Cycles

2 Cycles

3 Cycles

3255 0 0, 2-255 OCCUPIED

0 Cycles

1 On

2 On

3 On

3255 0 1 OCCUPIED

0 Cycles

1 On

2 Cycles

3 Cycles w/Stir


0 Cycles

1 Cycles

2 Cycles

3 Cycles


ManualnviOccManCmd

Index = 11

0: space occupied

1: space unoccupied




Index = 10

0: space occupied


SensornviOccSensor

Index = 12

0: space occupied

1: space unoccupied


EffectiveOccupancy


0: space occupied

1: space unoccupied


PRODIGY 2.0 M3 UNIT CONTROLLER BLOWER OPERATIONS WITH EFFECTIVE OCCUPANCY

This section describes how LonTalk® occupancy signals are

combined to produce effective occupancy.

The blower runs to service heat and cool demands,regardless of the space occupancy. However when there isno heating or cooling demand there are options for how theblower should operate in conjunction with occupancysignals to keep the space ventilated, or the air stirred.

1. California Energy Commission Title 24

A. The legacy option settings for OCC Blower Modeare AUTO CYCLES or ON-CONTINUOUS 1. Thesesettings govern whether the blower runscontinuously when the space is considered occupiedor cycles on/off with the heating and cooling demand.

B. To comply with the California Energy CommissionTitle 24 standard there are two additional values forOCC Blower Mode which are ON-CONTINUOUS 2and ON-CONTINUOUS 3. See table 11 for theirdescriptions.

C. These two new options are available when usingLonTalk that supplies a room occupancy signal (inaddition to the scheduled occupancy).

2. Enabling Network Type

To enable the network module, go to SETUP >

INSTALL and run the setup wizard. When

Configuration ID 1 appears on the screen, configure

position 5 to L = LonTalk.

3. Menu Setup Procedure Method for OCC BlowerMode

These blower control options are handled by the OCC

Blower Mode. These setting can be changed using the

following menu path:

Go to SETUP > NETWORK INTEGRATION >

NETWORK = LONTALK > (additional prompts

concerning network configuration and sensor

types will be asked) CONTROL MODE = ROOM

SENSOR > ROOM SENSOR OCC BLOWER MODE =

(see table 11).


OCC Blower Mode Description

AUTO CYCLES Blower cycles on/off with demand. (Legacy usage.)

ON-CONTINUOUS 1

Blower runs when either the occupancy sensor or schedule, or both, indicates occupied. (Legacy usage.)

ON-CONTINUOUS 2

Blower runs when both the occupancy sensor and schedule indicate occupied.

ON-CONTINUOUS 3

The same as option 2, but blower runs for 30 minutes and is off for 90 minutes when schedule is occupied but the occupancysensor is not occupied.


ManualnviOccManCmd

Index = 11

0: space occupied

1: space unoccupied




Index = 10

0: space occupied


SensornviOccSensor

Index = 12

0: space occupied

1: space unoccupied


EffectiveOccupancy


0: space occupied

1: space unoccupied









Occupancy OCC Blower ModeBlower

Operation


AUTO-CYCLES Cycles

ON-CONTINOUS 1 On

ON-CONTINOUS 2 On

ON-CONTINOUS 3 On


AUTO-CYCLES Cycles




3255 0 0, 2-225 OCCUPIED

AUTO-CYCLES Cycles

ON-CONTINOUS 1 On

ON-CONTINOUS 2 On

ON-CONTINOUS 3 On

3255 0 1 OCCUPIED

AUTO-CYCLES Cycles

ON-CONTINOUS 1 On


ON-CONTINOUS 3 Cycles w/Stir


AUTO-CYCLES Cycles




LENNOX QUALITY CARE PROGRAMEQUIPMENT LIMITED WARRANTY

APPLIES IN U.S.A. AND CANADA ONLYPLEASE READ DISPUTE RESOLUTION SECTION CAREFULLY, AS IT AFFECTS YOUR LEGAL RIGHTS

Failure to maintain equipment will void this limited warranty.

LIMITED WARRANTY

Subject to the terms below, this Limited Warranty coverscomponents within the following equipment (hereafter,referred to as the “Equipment”):

Equipment Type Model Number

Air Conditioners SSB

Heat Pumps SPB

Packaged Equipment LCA, LCC, LCH, LGA, LGC, LGH,LHA, SCA, SCB, SCC, SGA, SGB,SGC, SWA

Electric Heat Sections

EHA, EHB

Accessories High-Performance EconomizersVariable-Frequency Drive (Inverter)

This Limited Warranty covers repair components only. It doesNOT cover cabinets, cabinet pieces, unit accessories (otherthan those listed above), driers, refrigerant, belts, gaskets,wiring, fuses, or components such as air filters that must bereplaced as part of a regular maintenance program.

Warranty Period:

The warranty begins on the date the Equipment is originallyinstalled and ends as set forth below (the “Warranty Period”).If the date of original installation cannot be verified, theWarranty Period begins six months after the date ofmanufacture. Regardless of the date of installation, theWarranty Period will begin no later than 18 months from thedate of manufacture.

NOTE - The installation of replacement components underthis Limited Warranty does not extend the Warranty Period.

ONE-YEAR WARRANTYAll Applications

The covered components in the Equipment are warranted byLennox for a period of one (1) year when installed in allapplications.NOTE - One-year coverage applies to all listedEquipment, with the exception of SSB and SPB outdoorunits installed in Residential Applications andHigh-Performance Economizers installed in allapplications.

FIVE-YEAR WARRANTYSSB and SPB Equipment — Residential Applications

The covered components in the Equipment are warranted bythe Manufacturer for a period of five (5) years when installedin a “Residential Application.” A Residential Application refersto a single- or multi-family dwelling, which includes homes,duplexes, apartments and condominiums used for personal,family or household purpose.NOTE - Five (5) year coverage applies ONLY to SSB andSPB Equipment installed in Residential Applications.

FIVE-YEAR WARRANTYHigh-Performance Economizers and

Variable-Frequency Drives (Inverters) — All Applications

High-performance economizers and variable-frequencydrives (inverters) are warranted by Lennox for a period of five(5) years when installed in all applications.NOTE - Five-year coverage in all applications appliesONLY to the high-performance economizers andvariable-frequency drives (inverters).

EXTENDED WARRANTY PERIODHeat Exchangers, All-Aluminum Condenser Coils,

Compressors, Integrated Modular Control Boards andProdigy� Unit Controllers

Notwithstanding the above, heat exchangers, all-aluminumcondenser coils, compressors integrated modular controlboards and Prodigy� unit controllers within the followingEquipment are warranted by Lennox for the followingextended periods:

Equipment ModelNumber

Warranty Period forHeat Exchanger Only

SWA(Water to refrigerant)

Three (3) years

LGA, LGC, LGH, SGA,SGB, SGC with Aluminized Heat Exchanger

Ten (10) years

LGA, LGC, LGH, SGA,SGB, SGC with Stainless Steel Heat Exchanger

Fifteen (15) years


Warranty Period forAll-Aluminum Condenser Coil

Only

LCH, LGH, SCC, SGC Three (3) years


Warranty Period forCompressor Only

LCA, LCC, LCH, LGA,LGC, LGH, LHA, SCA,SCB, SCC, SGA, SGB,SGC, SSB, SPB

Five (5) years


Warranty Period forIntegrated Modular Control

Boards Only

LCA, LCC, LGA, LGC,LHA, SCA, SCB, SCC,SGA, SGB, SGC, SWA

Three (3) years


Warranty Period forProdigy� Unit Controller Only

LCH, LGH, SCC, SGC Three (3) years

WARRANTY COVERAGEIf, during the Warranty Period, a component in the Equipmentfails because of a manufacturing defect, Lennox will providea replacement component to the Owner through anindependent Lennox dealer or other licensed HVACcontractor. The Owner will be responsible for all shipping,freight and handling charges, as well as all fees and costsassociated with the warranty service, including, but not limitedto, all labor and other costs involved in diagnostic calls or inremoving, repairing, servicing or replacing any component.Lennox' sole responsibility under this Limited Warranty is toprovide a replacement component as set forth above. In theevent that any component covered by this Limited Warrantyis no longer available, Lennox will, at its option, provide asubstitute component or allow the Owner to purchaseequivalent Lennox equipment at a reduced price of 20 percentoff the Lennox list price in effect on the date of the failure.Replacement equipment must be purchased through andinstalled by an independent Lennox dealer listed atwww.lennox.com.Both Lennox Industries Inc. and the Owner of the Equipmentare bound by this Limited warranty.

MAKING A WARRANTY CLAIMTo make a warranty claim, the Owner must contact anindependent Lennox dealer or a licensed HVAC contractor. Anindependent Lennox dealer may be located by accessingwww.lennox.com or by calling Lennox at 1-800-953-6669.The Owner may also contact:

Lennox Industries Inc.ATTN: Consumer AffairsP.O. Box 799900Dallas, TX 75379-9900

When warranty coverage is requested, the Owner mustprovide, and the service provider must collect, the following:1 - The Equipment model and serial number;2 - The Owner's name and location of the Equipment;3 - The date of original Equipment installation; and4 - An accurate description of the problem.

NOTE - Proof of prior maintenance and purchase may also berequired.

EXCLUSIONS

The following limitations and exclusions apply to this LimitedWarranty:1 - Replacement components will not be provided under this

Limited Warranty unless the Equipment containing thedefective component is properly installed and maintained bya licensed professional HVAC installer or licensed HVACcontractor in accordance with Lennox’ installation, operationand maintenance instructions, which are provided with theEquipment or available by contacting Lennox.

2 - Replacement components will not be provided under thisLimited Warranty if the Equipment containing the defectivecomponent is moved after its initial installation.

3 - Replacement components will not be provided under thisLimited Warranty unless all repairs of the Equipmentcontaining the defective component are made by a licensed

professional HVAC installer or licensed HVAC contractorusing manufacturer-specified service components.

4 - This warranty does not cover units that do not meet and/orare installed in violation of regional government standards orother government requirements.

5 - This Limited Warranty does not cover damage or defectresulting from:a - Any act of God, including, but not limited to, fire, floods,

wind, lightning, hurricanes, tornadoes or earthquakes;b - Mold;c - Installation or operation in a corrosive atmosphere, or

otherwise in contact with corrosive materials (e.g.,chlorine, fluorine, salt, recycled waste water, urine,fertilizers, or other damaging substances or chemicals);

d - Accident, misuse, neglect or unreasonable use oroperation of the Equipment or component, including, butnot limited to, operation of electrical equipment atvoltages other than in the range specified on the unitnameplate (includes damages caused by brownouts);

e - Modification, change or alteration of the Equipment orcomponent, except as directed in writing by Lennox;

f - Use of accessories or additives that have not beenapproved by Lennox that are installed on or in theEquipment;

g - Use of contaminated or alternate refrigerant;h - Operation of packaged gas/electric units (equipped with

aluminized heat exchanger) with mixed air temperaturesof less than 45°F (7°C).

i - Damage caused by frozen or broken water pipes; and7 - This Limited Warranty does not apply to, nor is any warranty

offered by Lennox for, any Equipment or componentsordered over the internet, by telephone or other electronicmeans, unless the dealer or licensed HVAC installer sellingthe Equipment or components over the internet, bytelephone or other electronic means, is also the installingcontractor.

8 - Lennox makes no express warranties other than thewarranty specified herein. All implied warranties,including the implied warranties of merchantability andfitness for a particular purpose, are excluded to theextent legally permissible. Should such exclusion orlimitation of the warranty be unenforceable, suchimplied warranties are in any event limited to a period ofone (1) year. Liability for incidental, consequential,indirect, special and/or punitive damages is excluded,including, but not limited to, lost profits, loss of use,higher utility costs or property damages. Some statesdo not allow limitations on the duration of an impliedwarranty or the exclusion or limitation of incidental orconsequential damages. In such states, the limitationsor exclusions may not apply to the Owner.

9 - Lennox will not pay electricity or fuel costs, or increasesin electricity or fuel costs, for any reason whatsoever,including additional or unusual use of supplementalelectrical heat. This Limited Warranty does not coverlodging expenses.

10 - Lennox shall not be responsible for any default or delay inperformance under this Limited Warranty caused by anyfactor or contingency outside of its control.

This Limited Warranty gives the Owner specific legal rights, asdescribed herein, and the Owner may have other rights whichvary by state.

DISPUTE RESOLUTIONNOTE - Please read this section carefully as it affects yourrights and the resolution of Disputes.1 - Contact Lennox: Please report any Dispute (defined in

items 1 and 2 on page 4) to:


2 - Mandatory Arbitration: Both the Owner and Lennoxagree that all Disputes must be resolved exclusivelythrough final and binding arbitration, and not by acourt or jury; however, Owner or Lennox may assertclaims in small claims court if (i) the claims qualify forsmall claims court, (ii) the matter remains in smallclaims court, and (iii) the matter proceeds only on anindividual (not a class or representative) basis.

Both the Owner and Lennox waive the right to a trial byjury and any right to have a Dispute heard in court.Instead, all Disputes must be resolved in arbitration by aneutral third-party arbitrator. In arbitration, Disputes areresolved by an arbitrator instead of a judge or jury,discovery is more limited than in court and the arbitrator’sdecision is subject to limited review by courts. However,the arbitrator must follow the law and can award the samedamages as in court, including monetary damages,injunctive relief, declaratory relief and other relief. Thearbitrator’s award can be confirmed in any court ofcompetent jurisdiction.A single arbitrator, with the American ArbitrationAssociation (“AAA”), will conduct the arbitration, and theaward may not exceed the relief allowed by applicablelaw. The arbitration will be conducted in the county ofOwner’s residence or other mutually agreed location. Forclaims of $50,000 or less, the AAA’s SupplementaryProcedures for consumer-related Disputes will apply. Forclaims over $50,000, the AAA’s Commercial ArbitrationRules will apply. If either set of rules is not available, theAAA rules applicable to consumer Disputes apply. TheAAA’s rules and a form initiating arbitration proceedingsare available at www.adr.org or by calling1-800-778-7879.

This arbitration provision is subject to the FederalArbitration Act (“FAA”), which governs its interpretationand enforcement. To the extent the FAA does not apply toany Dispute, the laws of the State of Texas, without regardto principles of conflicts of law, will apply. The arbitrator willdecide all issues of interpretation and application of this“Dispute Resolution” section, the arbitration provision andthe Limited Warranty, with the exception of decidingwhether the Arbitration Class Action Waiver in Paragraph2a is valid or enforceable. A court will resolve any questionregarding the validity or enforceability of Paragraph 2a.This Dispute Resolution section will survive termination ofthis Limited Warranty. The requirement to arbitrate will bebroadly interpreted.

a - Arbitration Class Action Waiver: The Owner andLennox agree that arbitration will proceed solely onan individual basis and no Dispute will be arbitratedas a class action, consolidated with the claims of anyother party, or arbitrated on a consolidated,representative or private attorney general basis.

Unless the Owner and Lennox agree otherwise inwriting, the arbitrator’s authority to resolve and makeawards is limited to Disputes between Owner andLennox. The arbitrator’s award or decision will notaffect issues or claims involved in any proceedingbetween Lennox and any person or entity who is nota party to the arbitration. The arbitrator may awardmonetary, declaratory or injunctive relief only in favorof the individual party seeking relief and only to theextent necessary to provide relief warranted by thatparty’s individual claim. The arbitrator’s award, if any,will not apply to any person or entity that is not a partyto the arbitration.

A court, not the arbitrator, will decide any questionsregarding the enforceability of this Paragraph 2a. If acourt deems any portion of this Paragraph 2a invalidor unenforceable, the entire arbitration provision inParagraph 2 (other than this sentence) will be null andvoid and not apply.

b - Agency Proceedings: This arbitration agreementdoes not preclude the Owner from bringing issues tothe attention of federal, state, or local agencies. Suchagencies can, if the law allows, seek relief againstLennox on the Owner’s behalf.

c - Fees and Costs: If the Owner’s total damage claimsin an arbitration are $25,000 or less, not including theOwner’s attorney fees (“Small Arbitration Claim”), thearbitrator may, if the Owner prevails, award theOwner’s reasonable attorney fees, expert fees andcosts (separate from Arbitration Costs as definedbelow), but may not grant Lennox its attorney fees,expert fees or costs (separate from Arbitration Costs)unless the arbitrator determines that the Owner’sclaim was frivolous or brought in bad faith. In a SmallArbitration Claim case, Lennox will pay all arbitrationfiling, administrative and arbitrator costs (together,“Arbitration Costs”). The Owner must submit anyrequest for payment of Arbitration Costs to the AAAat the same time the Owner submits its Demand forArbitration. However, if the Owner wants Lennox toadvance the Arbitration Costs for a Small ArbitrationClaim before filing, Lennox will do so at the Owner’swritten request which must be sent to Lennox at theaddress in paragraph 1. In a Small Arbitration Claimcase, Lennox agrees that the Owner may choose tohave the arbitration carried out based only ondocuments submitted to the arbitrator or by atelephonic hearing unless the arbitrator requires anin-person hearing.

If the Owner’s total damage claim in an arbitrationexceeds $25,000, not including the Owner’s attorneyfees (“Large Arbitration Claim”), the arbitrator mayaward the prevailing party its reasonable attorneys’fees and costs, or it may apportion attorneys’ fees andcosts between the Owner and Lennox (such fees andcosts being separate from Arbitration Costs). In aLarge Arbitration Claim case, if the Owner is able todemonstrate that the Arbitration Costs will beprohibitive as compared to the costs of litigation,Lennox will pay as much of the Arbitration Costs asthe arbitrator deems necessary to prevent thearbitration from being cost-prohibitive.

d - OPT OUT: BOTH AN ORIGINAL ANDSUBSEQUENT OWNER MAY OPT OUT OFARBITRATION BY PROVIDING WRITTEN NOTICE(THE “OPT-OUT NOTICE”) TO LENNOX that ispost-marked no later than 30 calendar days after theOwner’s purchase of the equipment (in the case of theoriginal owner) or purchase of the premises at whichthe equipment was originally installed (in the case ofa subsequent owner). The Opt-Out Notice must bemailed to Lennox at:


The Opt–Out Notice must state (i) the Owner’s nameand address, (ii) the date that the Owner purchasedthe equipment (if the original owner) or the premiseswhere the equipment was originally installed (in thecase of a subsequent owner), (iii) the equipment’smodel name and number, (iv) the equipment serialnumber (which can be found on the unit nameplate),and (v) that that the Owner elects to opt out ofarbitration. The Owner must sign the Opt-Out Noticepersonally and not through another person or entity,and the Opt-Out Notice will apply only to the personor entity that signs it. Neither the Owner nor any otherperson or entity can opt out of arbitration on behalf ofanyone else. Providing a timely Opt-Out Notice is theonly way to opt out of arbitration. Opting out ofarbitration will not affect the Limited Warranty, and theOwner will continue to enjoy the benefits of theLimited Warranty if the Owner opts out of arbitration.Any Opt-Out Notice received after the opt outdeadline will not be valid.

3 - Non-Arbitration Class Action and Jury Waiver: If forany reason any Dispute proceeds in court rather thanarbitration, the Owner and Lennox waive any right to a jurytrial, the Dispute will proceed solely on an individual,non-class, non-representative basis and neither theOwner nor Lennox may be a class representative or classmember or otherwise participate in any class,consolidated, private attorney general or representativeproceeding.

4 - Severability: The Owner and Lennox agree that, with theexception of any of the provisions in paragraph 2(a)(“Arbitration Class Action Waiver”), if an arbitrator or courtdecides that any part of this Dispute Resolution section isinvalid or unenforceable, the other parts of this DisputeResolution section shall still apply. If paragraph 2(a) isfound to be invalid or unenforceable thereby rendering allof paragraph 2 of the Dispute Resolution section null andvoid, paragraph 3 of that section shall survive and remainin full force and effect.

DEFINITIONS

In addition to the terms defined above, the following definitionswill apply to this Limited Warranty:1 - The terms “Dispute” and “Disputes” will be broadly

interpreted to include any claims, disagreements orcontroversies that the Owner and Lennox had, have ormay have against each other, whether based in contract

or tort or on a statute or regulation or any other legaltheory, including, without limitation, all claims,disagreements or controversies related in any way to orarising in any way out of:

a - the Equipment and components covered by thisLimited Warranty;

b - any other Lennox equipment, component or service;

c - any Lennox advertising, representation or marketing;

d - any contract, warranty, or other agreement the Ownerhad or has with Lennox;

e - any Lennox billing or other policy or practice;

f - any action or inaction by any Lennox officer, director,employee, agent, or other representative relating toany Lennox equipment, component, marketing,representation or service;

g - any claims the Owner brings against a third party(such as a distributor, dealer or repair service) that arebased on, relate to or in any way arise out of anyLennox equipment, component, marketing,representation or service;

h - any claims Lennox brings against the Owner; and

i - any aspect of the relationship between the Owner andLennox.

2 - “Dispute” and “Disputes” includes claims, disagreementsor controversies that arose at any time, including beforethis Limited Warranty became operative and after thisLimited Warranty is terminated.

3 - “Lennox” refers to Lennox International Inc., LennoxIndustries Inc., as well as their parents, affiliatedcompanies, related companies, subsidiaries, divisions,departments, business units, representatives,predecessors in interest, successors, and assigns.

4 - “Limited Warranty” refers to this document.

5 - “Owner” refers to (i) the person or entity that originallypurchased the Equipment from an independent Lennoxdealer or other licensed professional HVAC contractorand (ii) during the Warranty Period, the owner(s) andsubsequent owner(s) of the premises where theEquipment is originally installed.

EQUIPMENT INFORMATION

NOTE TO CUSTOMERPlease complete information below and retain thiswarranty for records and future reference.

Unit Model Number:Serial Number:Installing Contractor:Installation Date: Phone:

FORM W-022-L3 -- 09/1/2015Supersedes 04/1/2014

©2015 Lennox Industries Inc.Litho U.S.A.

P.O. Box 799900, Dallas, TX 75379-9900

user's information manual - lennoxpros.com · high altitude derate page 9 ... take care when...

Documents